Anchor

Fastening
Technology
Manual
Australia / New Zealand
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
Hilti (Aust.) Pty Ltd | Level 5, 1G Homebush Bay Drive | Rhodes | NSW 2138 | T 131 292 | F 1300 135 042 | www.hilti.com.au
Item # 3480195
A
n
c
h
o
r

F
a
s
t
e
n
i
n
g

T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y

M
a
n
u
a
l
May 2011
4pp cover+spine_FINAL.indd 1 22/06/11 11:57 AM
May 2011 page 1
Foreword
Foreword
Dear design professional,
At Hilti, we are constantly striving to provide you with a state-of-the-art solution for anchor
design. We are strongly influenced by your feedback as well as the latest developments in
regulations, codes and approvals.
Based on your feedback, we have developed this Fastening Technology Manual. It reflects
our continuous investment in long-term research, regulation development and most
importantly the basic needs of our customers and stakeholders.
This manual has been specially developed to provide a quick and easy design process for
basic anchor configurations.
Developed by Hilti, it is a reliable support tool for the designer and forms an integral part of
Hilti’s service & support offering.
To compliment the manual, we have developed anchor design software – PROFIS.
This software provides the designer with the ability to handle more complex designs,
according to international and national guidelines.
Our national team of qualified Field Engineers work directly with design professionals to
provide expert technical support on your anchoring requirements.
To request an additional copy of this manual or to obtain a copy of PROFIS design software,
please visit us at www.hilti.com.au and click on the Service & Support tab. For technical
support or to request a consultative visit, contact us directly on au.engineering@hilti.com
or 131 292.
We look forward to working with you to make anchor design simple, safe and efficient.
Mark Esdaile
Engineering Manager
Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd
Jan Pacas
General Manager
Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd
page 2 May 2011
Important notice
Important notice
1. Construction materials and conditions vary on different sites. If it is suspected that the base material has insufficient
strength to achieve a suitable fastening, contact the Hilti Technical Advisory Service.
2. The information and recommendations given herein are based on the principles, formulae and safety factors set out in the
Hilti technical instructions, the operating manuals, the setting instructions, the installation manuals and other data sheets
that are believed to be correct at the time of writing. The data and values are based on the respective average values
obtained from tests under laboratory or other controlled conditions. It is the users responsibility to use the data given in the
light of conditions on site and taking into account the intended use of the products concerned. The user has to check the
listed prerequisites and criteria conform with the conditions actually existing on the job-site. Whilst Hilti can give general
guidance and advice, the nature of Hilti products means that the ultimate responsibility for selecting the right product for a
particular application must lie with the customer.
3. All products must be used, handled and applied strictly in accordance with all current instructions for use published by
Hilti, i.e. technical instructions, operating manuals, setting instructions, installation manuals and others.
4. All products are supplied and advice is given subject to the Hilti terms of business.
5. Hilti´s policy is one of continuous development. We therefore reserve the right to alter specifications, etc. without notice.
6. The given mean ultimate loads and characteristic data in the Anchor Fastening Technology Manual reflect actual test
results and are thus valid only for the indicated test conditions. Due to variations in local base materials, on-site testing is
required to determine performance at any specific site.
7. Hilti is not obligated for direct, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses in connection with, or by
reason of, the use of, or inability to use the products for any purpose. Implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a
particular purpose are specifically excluded.
Hilti Corporation
FL-9494 Schaan
Principality of Liechtenstein
www.hilti.com
Hilti = registred trademark of the Hilti Corporation, Schaan
May 2011 page 3
Contents
Contents
Anchor technology and design 5
Anchor selector 6
Specifying Hilti anchors 10
Glossary of Hilti anchors 12
PROFIS Anchor 2 13
Legal environment 14
Base materials 16
Corrosion 22
Dynamic 26
Resistance to fire 32
Design examples 38
Chemical anchoring systems 41
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor 42
HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor 54
Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS 66
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V 80
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS 92
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N 108
Hilti HIT-HY 70 injection mortar for masonry 120
Chemical anchor components & accessories 132
Mechanical anchoring systems 137
HDA design anchor 138
HSL-3 heavy duty anchor 150
HSC-A safety anchor 160
HSC-I safety anchor 170
HSA stud anchor 180
HUS-HR screw anchor 186
HUS-H screw anchor 196
HKD push-in anchor – single anchor application 204
HKD push-in anchor – redundant fastening 212
Post installed rebar systems 217
page 4 May 2011
Anchor selector
Engineering support
We have Field Engineers in Perth, Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne and Adelaide.
How can they help you, the consulting engineers?
• Ensure that you can choose or specify the right product for each application, in particular in the field of anchor
fastenings for concrete and firestop systems.
• Provide a problem solving and technical support function.
• Carry out seminars on Hilti products and technical related subjects at your request.
This compact Fastening Technology Manual, which you have in your hands, is just part of a comprehensive range of
engineering software which includes
• More detailed technical information on specific topics or products as required
• Anchor Design programme PROFIS Anchor.
Hilti Field Engineers Located at the Following Addresses:
Sydney:
1G Homebush Bay Drive,
Rhodes NSW 2138
Fax: (02) 8748 1191
Melbourne:
203-205 Normanby Road,
South Melbourne VIC 3205
Fax: 1300 135 042
Brisbane:
718 Kingsford Smith Drive
Hamilton QLD 4007
Fax: 1300 135 042
Phone Hilti Australia on 131 292
or au.engineering@hilti.com
Head office Australia:
Hilti (Aust.) Pty. Ltd
ABN 44 007 602 100 (ACN 007 602 100
1G Homebush Bay Drive, Rhodes NSW 2138
Tel: (02) 8748 1000 Fax: (02) 8748 1190
www.hilti.com.au
Adelaide:
52 Richmond Road
Keswick SA 5035
Fax: (08) 8371 2553
Perth:
23 Belmont Avenue
Belmont WA 6104
Fax: (08) 9479 4687
Head office New Zealand:
Hilti (New Zealand) Ltd.
Unit 1/B 525 Great South Road
PO Box 112-030, Penrose Auckland 1061
Tel: 0800 444 584 Fax: 0800 329 445
www.hilti.co.nz
Engineering support
May 2011 page 5
Anchor technology and design.
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
page 6 May 2011
Anchor selector
Anchor selector
Anchor type Base material
F
i
r
e

t
e
s
t
e
d
Application
C
r
a
c
k
e
d

c
o
n
c
r
e
t
e
U
n
c
r
a
c
k
e
d

c
o
n
c
r
e
t
e
S
o
l
i
d

b
r
i
c
k

m
a
s
o
n
r
y
H
o
l
l
o
w

b
r
i
c
k

m
a
s
o
n
r
y
Mechanical anchor systems
Heavy duty anchors
HDA-T/ -TR/TF/-P/-PR/-PF
undercut anchor
■ ■ ■
Anchor fastening for high loads e.g. in steel
construction and plant construction, suitable
for dynamic loading
HSL-3 / 3B heavy duty anchor
■ ■ ■
Fastening heavy loads e.g. from structural
columns & beams, machine, etc.
Medium and light duty anchors
HSC-A(R) /-I(R) safety anchor
■ ■ ■
Safety relevant fastening at facades, ceilings &
balustrades where short embedment depth is
required.
HSA/-R/-F stud anchor
■ ■
Fastening through in place parts like wooden
beams, metal sections, columns, beams,
brackets, etc.
HUS-HR screw anchor
■ ■ ■ ■
Fastening channels, brackets, racks, seating,
temporary and permanent fastenings.
HUS-H screw anchor
■ ■ ■ ■
Fastening channels, brackets, racks, seating,
temporary and permanent fastenings.
HKD push-in anchor
■ ■
Fastening with threaded rods for pipe
suspensions, air ducts, suspended ceilings.
■ = very suitable
May 2011 page 7
Anchor selector

Key Features Drill bit diameter
resp. anchor size
Specification Setting Page
S
t
e
e
l
,

z
i
n
c

p
l
a
t
e
d
S
t
e
e
l
,

s
h
e
r
a
d
i
s
e
d
,

h
o
t

d
i
p
p
e
d

g
a
l
v
.
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

s
t
e
e
l

A
4

(
1
.
4
4
0
1
)
H
C
R

s
t
e
e
l
*


(
1
.
4
5
2
9
)
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

t
h
r
e
a
d
I
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

t
h
r
e
a
d
P
r
e
-
s
e
t
t
i
n
g
T
h
r
o
u
g
h
-
f
a
s
t
e
n
i
n
g
Automatic undercutting
High load capacity
Approved for dynamic loads
Drill bit dia.:
20 – 37 mm
Anchor size:
M10 – M20
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 138
• Reliable pull-down of part
fastened.
• Force controlled expansion
• Automatic torque control
(safety cap)
Drill bit dia.:
12 – 32 mm
Anchor size:
M8 – M24
■ ■ ■ 150
• Automatic undercutting
• Suitable for shallow base material
thickness.
• Shallow anchorage depth
Drill bit dia.:
14 – 20 mm
Anchor size:
M8 – M12
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
160
170
• Two setting depths
• Setting mark
• Extremely ductile steel for high
bending capacity
Drill bit dia.:
6 – 20 mm
Anchor size:
M6 – M20
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 180
• Screw driven straight into base
material
• Forged on washer
• Matched system of screw anchor
and screw driver
Drill bit dia.:
10 – 14 mm
■ ■ 186
• Screw driven straight into base
material
• Forged on washer
• Matched system of screw anchor
and screw driver
Drill bit dia.:
8 – 14 mm
■ ■ ■ 196
• Visual verification of full expansion
• Shallow setting depth
Drill bit dia.:
8 – 25 mm
Anchor size:
M6 – M20
■ ■ ■ ■ 204
■ = very suitable
*HCR steel available subject to lead time
page 8 May 2011
Anchor selector

Anchor type Base material
F
i
r
e

t
e
s
t
e
d
Application
C
r
a
c
k
e
d

c
o
n
c
r
e
t
e
U
n
c
r
a
c
k
e
d

c
o
n
c
r
e
t
e
S
o
l
i
d

b
r
i
c
k

m
a
s
o
n
r
y
H
o
l
l
o
w

b
r
i
c
k

m
a
s
o
n
r
y
Adhesive anchor systems
Foil capsule systems
HVU adhesive anchor
■ ■
Heavy duty ‘adhesive capsule’ fastenings with
threaded rod and internally threaded sleeves
for structural steel columns, beams, brackets,
end plate & balustrade fastenings.
Injection mortar systems
HIT-RE 500
■ ■
Chemical injection / adhesive anchor. Heavy
duty fastenings with rebar & threaded rod
fastenings. Concrete member / element
extensions “starter bars” or structural steel
columns, beams, brackets & end plate
fastenings with threaded rod.
HIT-HY 150 MAX
■ ■ ■
Chemical injection / adhesive anchor. Heavy
duty fastenings with rebar & threaded rod
fastenings. Structural steel columns, beams,
brackets & end plate fastenings with
threaded rod or shallow embedment concrete
member / element extensions “starter bars”
HIT-HY 70
■ ■ ■
Universal chemical injection mortar / adhesive
for solid and hollow brick. Fastening wooden
or steel elements to masonry.
■ = very suitable Note: HIT-RE 500 SD for cracked concrete is available subject to lead time
May 2011 page 9
Anchor selector
Key Features Drill bit diameter
resp. anchor size
Specification Setting Page
S
t
e
e
l
,

z
i
n
c

p
l
a
t
e
d
S
t
e
e
l
,

s
h
e
r
a
d
i
s
e
d
,

h
o
t

d
i
p
p
e
d

g
a
l
v
.
S
t
a
i
n
l
e
s
s

s
t
e
e
l

A
4

(
1
.
4
4
0
1
)
H
C
R

s
t
e
e
l
*


(
1
.
4
5
2
9
)
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

t
h
r
e
a
d
I
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

t
h
r
e
a
d
P
r
e
-
s
e
t
t
i
n
g
T
h
r
o
u
g
h
-
f
a
s
t
e
n
i
n
g
• A strong and flexible foil capsule
• Fast cure, volume controlled
adhesive.
• Small edge distances and spacing
• Suitable for diamond cored or
hammer drilled holes.
• Ideal for overhead fastenings.
HAS M8 – M39
HIS-M8 - M20
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
42
54
• Small spacing and edge
distances.
• Slow cure, suitable for shallow &
deep embedment
• Suitable for diamond cored &
hammer drilled holes.
• Low dispensing pressure
• No expansion pressure
• No styrene content
HAS M8 – M39
HIS-M8 - M20
Rebar dia.
8 – 40 mm
HIT-V M8 – M24
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
66
• Small spacing and edge distances
• Very Fast cure
• No expansion pressure
• Low dispensing pressure
• No styrene content
• No plasticizer content
HAS M8 – M30
HIS-M8 - M20
Rebar dia.
8 – 24 mm
HIT-V M8 – M24
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
92
108
• Mortar filling control with
HIT-SC sleeves
• Fast cure
• No expansion pressure
• Low dispensing pressure
• Suitable for solid or hollow
masonary.
Drill bit dia.:
10 – 22 mm
Thread:
M6 – M12
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 120
■ = very suitable Note: HIS (internal thread) not available in sheradised, hot dipped galv or HCR steel
*HCR steel available subject to lead time
page 10 May 2011
Specifying Hilti anchors
Specifying Hilti anchors
Chemical anchors
Anchor type Zinc Plated Hot dipped galvanised Stainless steel
HVU + HAS-E Hilti HVU M16 chemical
capsule with HAS-E M16
rod (zinc plated). Standard
125mm embedment.
Hilti HVU M16 chemical
capsule with HAS-E-F M16
rod (hot dipped galvanised).
Standard 125mm
embedment.
Hilti HVU M16 chemical
capsule with HAS-E-R M16
rod (stainless steel). Standard
125mm embedment.
HVU + HIS-N Hilti HVU M20 chemical
capsule with HIS-N M16
sleeve (zinc plated). Standard
170mm embedment.
N/A
Hilti HVU M20 chemical
capsule with HIS-RN
M16 sleeve (stainless
steel). Standard 170mm
embedment
HIT-HY150 MAX + HIT-V Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with HIT-V M16
rod (zinc plated). 125mm
embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with HIT-V-F M16
rod (hot dipped galvanised).
125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with HIT-V-R M16
rod (stainless steel). 125mm
embedment.
HIT-HY150 MAX + HIS-N Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with HIS-N M16
sleeve (zinc plated). Standard
170mm embedment.
N/A
Hilti HIT-HY150MAX
chemical injection with HIS-
RN M16 sleeve (stainless
steel). Standard 170mm
embedment.
HIT-HY150 MAX + Rebar Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical
injection with N16 rebar.
200mm embedment.
N/A N/A
HIT-RE500 + HIT-V Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical
injection with HIT-V M16 rod
(zinc plated).
125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical
injection with HIT-V-F M16
rod (hot dipped galvanised).
125mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical
injection with HIT-V-R M16
rod (stainless steel).
125mm embedment.
HIT-RE500 + Rebar Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical
injection with N24 rebar.
400mm embedment.
N/A N/A
HIT HY70
(hollow
masonry)
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V M12 rod
(zinc plated) using HIT-SC
composite sleeve. Standard
85mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V-F M12 rod
(hot dipped galvanised) using
HIT-SC composite sleeve.
Standard 85mm embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V-R M12 rod
(stainless steel) using HIT-SC
composite sleeve. Standard
85mm embedment.
HIT HY70 (solid masonry) Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V M12 rod
(zinc plated). Standard 85mm
embedment.
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V-F M12
rod (hot dipped galvanised).
Standard 85mm embedment
Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical
injection with HIT-V-R M12
rod (stainless steel).
Standard 85mm embedment.
May 2011 page 11
Specifying Hilti anchors
Mechanical anchors
Anchor type Zinc Plated Hot dipped galvanised Stainless steel
HDA-P Hilti HDA-P M10 x 100/20
(zinc plated)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hilti HDA-PF M10 x 100/20
(sheradised)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hilti HDA-PR M10 x 100/20
(stainless steel)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
HDA-T Hilti HDA-T M10 x 100/20
(zinc plated)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hilti HDA-TF M10 x 100/20
(sheradised)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
Hilti HDA-TR M10 x 100/20
(stainless steel)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 20mm
** available subject to leadtime
HSL-3-B HSL-3-B M12/25 heavy duty
anchor (zinc plated)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 25mm
N/A N/A
HSL-3 HSL-3- M12/25 heavy duty
anchor (zinc plated)
Note: Max thickness fastened
= 25mm
N/A N/A
HSC-A Hilti HSC-A M10 x 40 safety
anchor (zinc plated)
N/A
Hilti HSC-AR M10 x 40
safety anchor (stainless steel)
** available subject to leadtime
HSC-I Hilti HSC-I M10 x 50 safety
anchor (zinc plated)
N/A
Hilti HSC-IR M10 x 50
safety anchor (stainless steel)
** available subject to leadtime
HSA Hilti HSA M16 x 140 stud
anchor (zinc plated)
Hilti HSA-F M16 x 140
stud anchor (hot dipped
galvanised)
Hilti HSA-R M16 x 140
stud anchor (stainless steel)
HUS-H Hilti HUS-H 10 x 100
concrete screw anchor (zinc
plated)
Hilti HUS-HF 10 x 100
concrete screw anchor (hot
dipped galvanised)
Hilti HUS-HR 10 x 105
concrete screw anchor
(stainless steel)
HKD-S Hilti HKD-S M10 x 40 drop-
in-anchor (zinc plated)
N/A
Hilti HKD-SR M10 x 40
drop-in-anchor (stainless
steel)
page 12 May 2011
Glossary of Hilti anchors
Glossary of Hilti anchors
Chemical anchors
HIT-V Zinc plated threaded rod, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars, enabling
flexible embedment depth
HIT-V-F Hot dipped galvanised threaded rod, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars,
enabling flexible embedment depth
HIT-V-R Stainless steel, universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars, enabling flexible
embedment depth
HAS-E Zinc plated threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting
HAS-E-F Hot dipped galvanised threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting
HAS-E-R Stainless steel threaded rod, standard length, with friction taper for easy setting
HIS-N Zinc plated internally threaded anchor sleeve
HIS-RN Stainless steel internally threaded anchor sleeve
HIT-SC Composite mesh sleeve, specifically for use with HIT-HY70 in hollow masonry base materials.
HVU Hilti Vinyl Urethane chemical capsule
HIT-RE500 High performance injection epoxy, ideal for rebar application
HIT-HY150MAX High performance two component hybrid mortar injection anchor for use in concrete.
HIT-HY70 Two component hybrid mortar injection anchor, for use in hollow & solid masonry
Mechanical anchors
HDA-P Zinc plated, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. ‘P’ for pre-set fastening
HDA-PF Sheradised, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. ‘P’ for pre-set fastening
HDA-PR Stainless steel, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. ‘P’ for pre-set fastening
HDA-T Zinc plated, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. ‘T’ for through set fastening
HDA-TF Sheradised, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. ‘T’ for through set fastening
HDA-TR Stainless steel, self undercutting, heavy duty mechanical anchor. ‘T’ for through set fastening
HSC-A Zinc plated, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, external thread
HSC-AR Stainless steel, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, external thread
HSC-I Zinc plated, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, internal thread
HSC-IR Stainless steel, self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment, internal thread
HSL-3 High tensile steel, heavy duty mechanical expansion anchor
HSL-3-B High tensile steel, heavy duty mechanical expansion anchor with torque indicator cap
HSA Hilti stud anchor, zinc plated
HSA-F Hilti stud anchor, hot dipped galvanised
HSA-R Hilti stud anchor, stainless steel
HUS-H Concrete screw anchor, zinc plated
HUS-HF Concrete screw anchor, hot dipped galvanised
HUS-HR Concrete screw anchor, stainless steel
HKD-S Internally threaded drop-in anchor, zinc plated
HKD-SR Internally threaded drop-in anchor, stainless steel
May 2011 page 13
PROFIS Anchor 2
PROFIS Anchor 2
Applications
■ Anchor calculation in concrete construction for static or dynamic
load cases
Functionality
■ Intuitive left to right working ribbon for structured input.
■ Simple 3D graphics with direct input for geometry and loads
■ Large selection of pre defined anchor plates which can be easily
customised
■ Several filter options for increased productivity
■ Easy access to technical library, approvals and documents
■ Update function that notifies of any changes available
Advantages
■ Fast and reliable anchor design based on the most up to date
technical data and approvals such as ETA.
■ Downloadable free of charge from www.hilti.com.au
PC System requirements
Microsoft Windows 2000
Professional, Microsoft Windows XP,
Microsoft Windows Vista or Microsoft
Windows 7 operating system with
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.1 or
higher.
CPU: Intel or AMD, 2 GHz or better
- Memory: 1024 MB or more - Hard
disk: 600 MB free space - CD-ROM:
24x - Hardware accelerated 3D
OpenGL video.
page 14 May 2011
Legal environment
Legal environment
Technical data
The technical data presented in this Anchor Fastening Technology Manual are all based on numerous tests and evaluation
according to the state-of-the art. Hilti anchors are tested in our test labs in Kaufering (Germany), Schaan (Principality of
Liechtenstein) or Tulsa (USA) and evaluated by our experienced engineers and/or tested and evaluated by independent testing
institutes in Europe and the USA. Where national or international regulations do not cover all possible types of applications,
additional Hilti data help to find customised solutions.
In addition to the standard tests for admissible service conditions and suitability tests, for safety relevant applications fire
resistance, shock, seismic and fatigue tests are performed.
European Technical Approval Guidelines
Approval based data given in this manual are either according to European Technical Approval Guidelines (ETAG) or have been
evaluated according to these guidelines and/or national regulations.
The European Technical Approval Guideline ETAG 001 “METAL ANCHORS FOR USE IN CONCRETE” sets out the basis for
assessing anchors to be used in concrete (cracked and non-cracked). It consists of:
• Part 1 Anchors in general
• Part 2 Torque-controlled expansion anchors
• Part 3 Undercut anchors
• Part 4 Deformation-controlled expansion anchors
• Part 5 Bonded anchors
• Part 6 Anchors for multiple use for non-structural applications
• Annex A Details of test
• Annex B Tests for admissible service conditions – detailed information
• Annex C Design methods for anchorages
For special anchors for use in concrete, additional Technical Reports (TR) related to ETAG 001 set out additional requirements:
• TR 018 Assessment of torque-controlled bonded anchors
• TR 020 Evaluation of Anchorages in Concrete concerning Resistance to Fire
• TR 029 Design of Bonded Anchors
The European Technical Approval Guideline ETAG 020 “PLASTIC ANCHORS FOR MULTIPLE USE IN CONCRETE AND
MASONRY FOR NON-STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS” sets out the basis for assessing plastic anchors to be used in concrete
or masonry for redundant fastenings (multiple use). It consists of:
• Part 1 General
• Part 2 Plastic anchors for use in normal weight concrete
• Part 3 Plastic anchors for use in solid masonry materials
• Part 4 Plastic anchors for use in hollow or perforated masonry
• Part 5 Plastic anchors for use in autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC)
• Annex A Details of tests
• Annex B Recommendations for tests to be carried out on construction works
• Annex C Design methods for anchorages
The European Technical Approval Guidelines including related Technical Reports set out the requirements for anchors and the
acceptance criteria they shall meet.
The general assessment approach adopted in the Guideline is based on combining relevant existing knowledge and experience
of anchor behaviour with testing. Using this approach, testing is needed to assess the suitability of anchors.
The requirements in European Technical Approval Guidelines are set out in terms of objectives and of relevant actions to
be taken into account. ETAGs specify values and characteristics, the conformity with which gives the presumption that the
requirements set out are satisfied, whenever the state of art permits to do so. The Guidelines may indicate alternate possibilities
for the demonstration of the satisfaction of the requirements.
May 2011 page 15
Legal environment
Post installed rebar connections
The basis for the assessment of post installed rebar connections is in accordance to the model as per the following Australian
Standard to determine the concrete capacity:
• AS3600 - 2009 : Concrete Structures
When applied in combination with the development of HIT chemical injection mortar, the load transfer values achieved are
comparable to those obtained with cast-in reinforcement.
System of attestation of conformity
For anchors having an approval, the conformity of the product shall be certified by an approved certification body (notified
body) on the basis of tasks for the manufacturer and tasks for the approved body.
Tasks for the manufacturer are:
• Factory production control (permanent internal control of production and documentation according to a prescribed test plan)
• involve a body which is approved for the tasks
Tasks for the approved body are:
• initial type testing of the product
• initial inspection of factory and of factory production control
• continuous surveillance, assessment and approval of factory production control
page 16 May 2011
Base materials
The wide variety of building materials used today provide different anchoring
conditions for anchors. There is hardly a base material in or to which a fastening
cannot be made with a Hilti product. However, the properties of the base material
play a decisive role when selecting a suitable fastener / anchor and determining the
load it can hold.
The main building materials suitable for anchor fastenings have been described in
the following.
Concrete is synthetic stone, consisting of a mixture of cement, aggregates and
water, possibly also additives, which is produced when the cement paste hardens
and cures. Concrete has a relatively high compressive strength, but only low tensile
strength. Steel reinforcing bars are cast in concrete to take up tensile forces. It is
then referred to as reinforced concrete.
If the tensile strength of concrete is exceeded, cracks form, which, as a rule, cannot
be seen. Experience has shown that the crack width does not exceed the figure
regarded as admissible,i.e. w 0.3mm, if the concrete is under a constant load. If it
is subjected predominately to forces of constraint, individual cracks might be wider
if no additional reinforcement is provided in the concrete to restrict the crack width.
If a concrete component is subjected to a bending load, the cracks have a wedge
shape across the component cross-section and they end close to the neutral axis.
It is recommended that anchors that are suitable in cracked concrete be used in the
tension zone of concrete components. Other types of anchors can be used if they
are set in the compression zone.
Anchors are set in both low-strength and high-strength concrete. Generally, the
range of compressive strength, f’c,cyl is between 20 and 50 MPa. Expansion anchors
should not be set in concrete which has not cured for more than seven days. If
anchors are loaded immediately after they have been set, the loading capacity can
be assumed to be only the actual strength of the concrete at that time. If an anchor
is set and the load applied later, the loading capacity can be assumed to be the
concrete strength determined at the time of applying the load.
σb, D calculated compressive stress
σb, Z calculated tensile stress
fct concrete tensile strength
Base materials
General
Different anchoring conditions
Concrete
A mixture of cement, aggregates
and water
Cracking from bending
Stress and strain in sections with
conditions I and II
If cracks in the tension zone
exist, suitable anchor systems
are required
Observe curing of concrete when
using expansion anchors
May 2011 page 17
Base materials
Cutting through reinforcement when drilling anchor holes must be avoided. If this
is not possible, the design engineer responsible must be consulted first.
Masonry
Masonry is a heterogeneous base material. The hole being drilled for an anchor
can run into mortar joints or cavities. Owing to the relatively low strength of
masonry, the loads taken up locally cannot be particularly high. A tremendous
variety of types and shapes of masonry bricks are on the market, e.g. clay bricks,
sand-lime bricks or concrete bricks, all of different shapes and either solid or
with cavities. Hilti offers a range of different fastening solutions for this variety of
masonry base material, e.g. the HPS-1, HRD, HUD, HIT, etc.
If there are doubts when selecting a fastener / anchor, your local Hilti sales
representative will be pleased to provide assistance.
When making a fastening, care must be taken to ensure that a layer of insulation
or plaster is not used as the base material. The specified anchorage depth (depth
of embedment) must be in the actual base material.
Other base materials
Aerated concrete: This is manufactured from fine-grained sand as the aggregate,
lime and/or cement as the binding agent, water and aluminium as the gas-forming
agent. The density is between 0.4 and 0.8 kg/dm³ and the compressive strength 2
to 6 N/mm². Hilti offers the HGN and HRD-U anchors for this base material.
Lightweight concrete: This is concrete which has a low density, i.e. ≤ 1800 kg/
m³, and a porosity that reduces the strength of the concrete and thus the loading
capacity of an anchor. Hilti offers the HRD, HUD, HGN, etc anchor systems for this
base material.
Drywall (plasterboard/gypsum) panels: These are mostly building components
without a supporting function, such as wall and ceiling panels, to which less
important, so-called secondary fastenings are made. The Hilti anchors suitable for
this material are the HLD and HHD.
In addition to the previously named building materials, a large variety of others,
e.g. natural stone, etc, can be encountered in practice. Furthermore, special
building components are also made from the previously mentioned materials
which, because of manufacturing method and configuration, result in base
materials with peculiarities that must be given careful attention, e.g. hollow ceiling
floor components, etc.
Descriptions and explanations of each of these would go beyond the bounds
of this manual. Generally though, fastenings can be made to these materials. In
some cases, test reports exist for these special materials. It is also recommended
that the design engineer, company carrying out the work and Hilti technical staff
hold a discussion in each case.
In some cases, testing on the jobsite should be arranged to verify the suitability
and the loading capacity of the selected anchor.
Avoid cutting reinforcement
Different types and shapes
Aerated concrete
Plaster coating is not a base
material for fastenings
Lightweight concrete
Drywall / gypsum panels
Variety of base materials
Jobsite tests
page 18 May 2011
Base materials
The tensile load, N, is transferred to
the base material by friction, R. The
expansion force, Fexp, is necessary for
this to take place. It is produced, for
example, by driving in an expansion
plug (HKD).
The tensile load, N, is in equilibrium with
the supporting forces, R, acting on the
base material, such as with the HDA
anchor.
An adhesive bond is produced between
the anchor rod and the hole wall by a
synthetic resin adhesive, such as with
HVU with HAS anchor rods.
Many anchors obtain their holding power from a combination of the above
mentioned working principles.
For example, an anchor exerts an expansion force against wall of its hole as a result
of the displacement of a cone relative to a sleeve. This permits the longitudinal force
to be transferred to the anchor by friction. At the same time, this expansion force
causes permanent local deformation of the base material, above all in the case of
metal anchors. A keying action results which enables the longitudinal force in the
anchor to be transferred additionally to the base material
In the case of expansion anchors, a distinction is made between force-controlled
and movement-controlled types. The expansion force of force-controlled expansion
anchors is dependent on the tensile force in the anchor (HSL-3 heavy-duty anchor).
This tensile force is produced, and thus controlled, when a tightening torque is
applied to expand the anchor.
In the case of movement-controlled types, expansion takes place over a distance
that is predetermined by the geometry of the anchor in the expanded state. Thus
an expansion force is produced (HKD anchor) which is governed by the modulus of
elasticity of the base material.
The synthetic resin of an adhesive anchor infiltrates into the pores of the base
material and, after it has hardened and cured, achieves a local keying action in
addition to the bond.
Why does an anchor hold in a base material?
There are three basic working principles which make an anchor hold in a building material:
Friction
Keying
Bonding
Combination of working
principles
Force-controlled and
displacement-controlled
expansion anchors
Adhesive/resin anchor
Working principles
May 2011 page 19
Base materials
The failure patterns of anchor fastenings subjected to a continually increased load
can be depicted as follows:
The weakest point in an anchor fastening determines the cause of failure. Modes
of failure, 1. break-out, 2. anchor pull-away and, 3., 3a., failure of anchor parts,
occur mostly when single anchors that are a suitable distance from an edge or the
next anchor, are subjected to a pure tensile load. These causes of failure govern
the max. loading capacity of anchors. On the other hand, a small edge distance
causes mode of failure 4. edge breaking. The ultimate loads are then smaller than
those of the previously mentioned modes of failure. The tensile strength of the
fastening base material is exceeded in the cases of break-out, edge breaking and
splitting.
Basically, the same modes of failure take place under a combined load. The mode
of failure 1. break-out, becomes more seldom as the angle between the direction
of the applied load and the anchor axis increases.
Generally, a shear load causes a conchoidal (shell-like) area of spall on one side
of the anchor hole and, subsequently, the anchor parts suffer bending tension or
shear failure. If the distance from an edge is small and the shear load is towards
the free edge of a building component, however, the edge breaks away.
Effects of static loading
Failure patterns
Causes of failure
Combined load
Shear load
Failure modes
1.
3.
4.
2.
3a.
page 20 May 2011
Base materials
It is not possible for a reinforced concrete structure to be built which does not have
cracks in it under working conditions. Provided that they do not exceed a certain
width, however, it is not at all necessary to regard cracks as defects in a structure.
With this in mind, the designer of a structure assumes that cracks will exist in the
tension zone of reinforced concrete components when carrying out the design work
(condition II). Tensile forces from bending are taken up in a composite construction
by suitably sized reinforcement in the form of ribbed steel bars, whereas the
compressive forces from bending are taken up by the concrete (compression zone).
The reinforcement is only utilised efficiently if the concrete in the tension zone is
permitted to be stressed (elongated) to such an extent that it cracks under the
working load. The position of the tension zone is determined by the static / design
system and where the load is applied to the structure. Normally, the cracks run in
one direction (line or parallel cracks). Only in rare cases, such as with reinforced
concrete slabs stressed in two planes, can cracks also run in two directions.
Testing and application conditions for anchors are currently being drafted
internationally based on the research results of anchor manufacturers and
universities. These will guarantee the functional reliability and safety of anchor
fastenings made in cracked concrete.
When anchor fastenings are made in non-cracked concrete, equilibrium is
established by a tensile stress condition of rotational symmetry around the anchor
axis. If a crack exists, the loadbearing mechanisms are seriously disrupted because
virtually no annular tensile forces can be taken up beyond the edge of the crack. The
disruption caused disrupted by the crack reduces the loadbearing capacity of the
anchor system.
The width of a crack in a concrete component has a major influence on the tensile
loading capacity of all fasteners, not only anchors, but also cast-in items, such as
headed studs. A crack width of about 0.3mm is assumed when designing anchor
fastenings. The reduction factor which can be used for the ultimate tensile loads of
anchor fastenings made in cracked concrete as opposed to non-cracked concrete
may be assumed to be 0.65 to 0.70 for the HSC anchor, for example. Larger
reduction factors for ultimate tensile loads must be anticipated (used in calculations)
in the case of all those anchors which were set in the past without any consideration
of the above-mentioned influence of cracks. In this respect, the safety factor to
use to allow for the failure of cracked concrete is not the same as the figure given
in product information, i.e. all previous figures in the old anchor manual. This is
an unacceptable situation which is being eliminated through specific testing with
anchors set in cracked concrete, and adding suitable information to the product
description sheets.
Very narrow cracks are not
defects in a structure
Reduction factor for cracked
concrete
Efficient utilisation of
reinforcement
Loadbearing mechanisms
Influence of cracks
a) Non-cracked concrete b) Cracked concrete
Crack plane
May 2011 page 21
Base materials
Since international testing conditions for anchors are based on the above-
mentioned crack widths, no theoretical relationship between ultimate tensile loads
and different crack widths has been given.
The statements made above apply primarily to static loading conditions. If the
loading is dynamic, the clamping force and pretensioning force in an anchor bolt
/ rod play a major role. If a crack propagates in a reinforced concrete component
after an anchor has been set, it must be assumed that the pretensioning force
in the anchor will decrease and, as a result, the clamping force from the fixture
(part fastened) will be reduced (lost). The properties of this fastening for dynamic
loading will then have deteriorated.
To ensure that an anchor fastening remains suitable for dynamic loading even
after cracks appear in the concrete, the clamping force and pretensioning force
in the anchor must be upheld. Suitable measures to achieve this can be sets of
springs or similar devices
Pretensioning force in anchor
bolts / rods
Loss of pretensioning force due
to cracks
page 22 May 2011
Corrosion
Corrosion
Material recommendations to counteract corrosion
Application General conditions Recommendations
Initial/carcass construction
Temporary fastening:
Forming, site fixtures,
scaffolding
Outside and inside applications Galvanised or coated
Structural fastening:
Brackets, columns, beams
Dry inside rooms, no condensation Galvanised 5-10 microns
Damp inside rooms with occasional
condensation due to high humidity
and temperature fluctuations
Hot-dipped galvanised /sherardized
min. 45 microns
Frequent and long-lasting
condensation (greenhouses), open
inside rooms or open halls / sheds
A4 (316) steels, possibly hot-dipped
galvanised
Composite construction Protection due to alkalinity of concrete Galvanised 5-10 microns
Interior finishing
Drywalls, suspended ceilings,
windows, doors, railings /
fences, elevators, fire escapes
Dry inside rooms, no condensation Galvanised 5-10 microns
Facades / roofing
Profiled metal sheets, curtain
wall cladding, insulation
fastenings, facade support
framing
Rural atmosphere
(without emissions)
Inside
application
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside
application
Hot-dipped galvanised /
sherardized min. 45 microns
Insulating
materials
Dacromet / plastic, A4 (316) steels
Town / city atmosphere:
High SO2 and Nox
contents, chlorides from
road salt can accumulate/
concentration on parts
not weathered directly
Inside
application
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside
application
Hot-dipped galvanised /sherardized min.
45 microns, Hilti-HCR if chlorides exist
Insulating
materials
A4 (316) steels
Industrial atmosphere:
High SO2 content and
other corrosive
substances (without
halides)
Inside
application
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside
application
A4 (316) steels
Insulating
materials
A4 (316) steels
Coastal atmosphere:
High content of
chlorides, combined
with industrial
atmosphere
Inside
application
Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside
application
Hilti-HCR
Insulating
materials
Hilti-HCR
May 2011 page 23
Corrosion
Application General conditions Recommendations
Installations
Conduit installation, cable runs,
air ducts
Electrical systems:
Runs, lighting, aerials
Industrial equipment:
Crane rails, barriers, conveyors,
machine fastening
Dry inside rooms, no condensation Galvanised 5-10 microns
Damp inside rooms, poorly ventilated
rooms, cellar / basement shafts,
occasional condensation due to high
humidity and temperature fluctuations
Hot-dipped galvanised /
sherardized min. 45 microns
Frequent and long-lasting condensation
(greenhouses), non enclosed inside
rooms or open sheds / buildings
A4 (316) steels, possibly hot-dipped
galvanised
Road and bridge construction
Conduit installation, cable runs,
traffic signs, noise-insulating
walls, crash barriers / guard
rails, connecting structures
Directly weathered (chlorides are
regularly washed off)
Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized
min. 45 microns, A4 (316) steels,
Duplex steel or austenitic steel with
approx. 4-5% Mo
Frequently heavy exposure to road
salt, highly relevant to safety
Hilti HCR
Tunnel construction
Tunnel foils / sheeting, reinforcing
mesh, traffic signs, lighting, tunnel wall
cladding / lining, air ducts, ceiling
suspensions, etc.
Secondary relevance for safety Duplex steel, poss. A4 (316) steels
Highly relevant to safety Hilti HCR
Dock/harbour/port facilities /off-shore rigs
Fastenings to quaysides, dock /
harbour
Secondary relevance for safety,
temporary fastenings
Hot-dipped galvanised
High humidity, chlorides, often a
superimposed “industrial atmosphere”
or changes of oil / sea water
Hilti HCR
On the platform / rig A4 (316) steels
Industry / chemical industry
Conduit installation, cable runs,
connecting structures, lighting
Dry inside rooms Galvanised 5-10 microns
Corrosive inside rooms, e.g. fastenings
in laboratories, galvanising / plating
plants etc.,very corrosive vapours
A4 (316) steels, Hilti-HCR
Outside applications, very heavy
exposure to SO2 and additional
corrosive substances (only acidic
surroundings)
A4 (316) steels
Power plants
Fastenings relevant to safety Dry inside rooms Galvanised 5-10 microns
Outside applications, very heavy
exposure to SO2
A4 (316) steels
page 24 May 2011
Corrosion
Application General conditions Recommendations
Smokestacks of waste incineration plants
Fastening of, for example,
service ladders, lightening
conductors
In lower section of stack Hot-dipped galvanised/sherardized
min. 45 microns A4 (316) steels
In top section of stack,
condensation of acids and often
high chloride and other halide
concentrations
Hilti-HCR
Sewage / waste water treatment
Conduit installation, cable runs,
connecting structures etc
In the atmosphere, high humidity,
sewage / digester gases etc.
Hot-dipped galvanised/sherardized
min. 45 microns A4 (316) steels
Underwater applications, municipal
sewage / waste water, industrial
waste water
Hilti HCR
Multi-storey car parks
Fastening of, for example,
guard rails, handrails,
balustrades
Large amounts of chlorides (road
salt) carried in by vehicles, many
wet and dry cycles
Hilti HCR
Indoor swimming pools
Fastening of, for example,
service ladders, handrails,
suspended ceilings
Fastenings relevant to safety Hilti HCR
Sports grounds / facilities / stadiums
Fastening of, for example,
seats, handrails, fences
In rural atmosphere Hot-dipped galvanised /
sherardized min. 45 microns
In town / city atmosphere Hot-dipped galvanised /
sherardized min. 45 microns A4
(316) steels
Inaccessible fastenings A4 (316) steels
May 2011 page 25
Corrosion
The following table shows the suitability of the respective metal couple. It also shows which two
metals in contact are permissible in field practice and which should rather be avoided.
If two or more metals are combined and these are linked conductively with direct contact or contact through a medium,
attention must be paid to their electrochemical compatibility.
The ratio of surface areas of the linked metals is of crucial importance for the corrosion rate. Here it should be remembered that
from an electrochemical point of view the less noble metal should always have a much larger surface area. In view of the fact
that a fastener is normally always the smaller component and thus has a smaller surface area, the fastener should be made of
the same material as the part fastened or if not possible of a nobler material.
If an “ unfavourable” combination of different materials
cannot be avoided, suitable measures can be taken to avoid
contact corrosion, for example electrical insulation using
plastic parts, like washers, sleeves, etc.
Galvanic separation using plastic and rubber
Slight or no corrosion of fastener
Heavy corrosion of fastener
Moderate corrosion of fastener
Fastened part
Fastener EI.-chem.
galvanised
Hot-dipped
galvanised
Aluminium
alloy
Structural
steel
Stainless
steel
Brass
Zinc
Hot-dipped galv. steel
Aluminium alloy
Cadmium coating
Structural steel
Cast steel
Chromium steel
CrNi(Mo) steel
Tin
Copper
Brass
Fastener
Fastened part
page 26 May 2011
Dynamic
Actions Common engineering design usually focuses around static loads. This chapter is
intended to point out those cases, where static simplification may cause severe
misjudgement and usually under-design of important structures.
Static loads Static loads can be segregated as follows:
• Own (dead) weight
• Permanent actions
Loads of non-loadbearing components, e.g. floor covering, screed, or from
constraint (due to temperature change or sinking of supports / columns)
• Changing actions
working loads (fitting / furnishing , machines, ”normal“ wear)Snow, Wind,
Temperature
Dynamic actions The main difference between static and dynamic loads is the effectiveness of inertia
and damping forces. These forces result from induced acceleration and must be
taken into account when determining section forces and anchoring forces.
Typical Dynamic Actions Dynamic actions can generally be classified into 3 different groups:
• Fatigue loads
• Seismic loads
• Shock loads
Examples for Fatigue Loads Two main groups of fatigue type loading can be identified:
• Vibration type loading of fasteners with very high recurrence and usually low
amplitude (e.g. ventilators, production machinery, etc.).
• Repeated loading and unloading of structures with high loads and frequent
recurrence (cranes, elevators, robots, etc.).
Actions relevant to fatigue Actions causing fatigue have a large number of load cycles which produce changes
in stress in the affected fastening. These stresses result in a decrease in strength,
which is all the greater the larger the change in stress and the larger the number of
load cycles are (fatigue). When evaluating actions causing fatigue, not only the type
of action, but also the planned or anticipated fastening life expectancy is of major
importance.
Examples for Seismic Loads Generally, all fastenings in structures situated in seismically active areas can be
subject to seismic loading. However, due to cost considerations, usually only
critical fastenings whose failure would result in loss of human life or significant
weakening of the overall structure are designed for seismic loads.
Earthquakes / seismic actions Ground movement during an earthquake / seismic tremors leads to relative
displacement of a building foundation. Owing to the inertia of its mass, the building
cannot or is unable to follow this movement without deformation. Due to the
stiffness of the structure, restoring forces are set up and vibration is induced. This
results in stress and strain for the structure, the parts fastened and the installations.
Earthquake frequencies often lead to resonance phenomena which cause larger
vibration amplitudes on the upper floors.
Dynamic
Dynamic design for anchors
May 2011 page 27
Dynamic
In view of the low ductility of anchors / fasteners, seismic loads generally have to be
taken up by a high loading capacity and very little deformation. A fastening should
be able to withstand design basis earthquakes without damage. Determining the
forces acting on a fastening is difficult and specialists thus provide them
Shock loads are mostly unusual loading situations, even though sometimes they are
the only loading case a structure is designed for (e.g. crash barriers, protection nets,
ship or aeroplane impacts and falling rocks, avalanches and explosions, etc.).
Examples of Shock Loading
Shock-like phenomena have generally a very short duration and tremendously high
forces which, however, generally only occur as individual peaks. As the probability
of such a phenomenon to occur during the life expectancy of the building
components concerned is comparably small, plastic deformations of fasteners and
structural members are usually permitted.
Shock
Material behaviour
The behaviour is described essentially by the strength (tensile and compressive)
and the elastic-plastic behaviour of the material. These properties are generally
determined by carrying out simple tests with specimens.
Material behaviour under
static loading
If a material is subjected to a sustained load that changes with respect to time, it
can fail after a certain number of load cycles even though the upper limit of the load
withstood up to this time is clearly lower than the ultimate tensile strength under
static loading. This loss of strength is referred to as material fatigue.
The grade and quality of steel has a considerable influence on the alternating
strength. In the case of structural and heat-treatable steels, the final strength
(i.e. after 2 million load cycles or more) is approx. 25-35% of the static strength.
In the non-loaded state, concrete already has micro-cracks in the zone of contact
of the aggregates and the cement paste, which are attributable to the aggregates
hindering shrinkage of the cement paste. The fatigue strength of concrete is directly
dependent on the grade of concrete. Concrete strength is reduced to about
55 – 65% of the initial strength after 2’000’000 load cycles
Material behaviour under
fatigue impact
The material strength is not as much influenced as under fatigue impact.
Other factors, as inertia, cracks, etc. influence the behaviour much more.
Material behaviour under
seismic or shock impact
page 28 May 2011
Dynamic
Anchor behaviour
Fatigue When a large number of load cycles is involved, i.e. n>10,000, it is usually the anchor
in single fastenings that is critical (due to steel failure). The concrete can only fail
when an anchor is at a reduced anchorage depth and subjected to tensile loading or
an anchor is at a reduced distance from an edge and exposed to shear loading.
Individual anchors in a multiple-anchor fastening can have a different elastic stiffness
and a displacement (slip) behaviour that differs from one anchor to another, e.g. if
an anchor is set in a crack. This leads to a redistribution of the forces in the anchors
during the appearance of the load cycles. Stiffer anchors are subjected to higher
loads, whereas the loads in the weaker anchors are reduced. Allowance is made for
these two effects by using a reduction factor for multiple-anchor fastenings
Earthquakes Anchors (fasteners) subjected to seismic loading can, under circumstances, be
stressed far beyond their static loading capacity. In view of this, the respective
suitability tests are carried out using a level of action (loading) that is considerably
higher than the working load level. The behaviour of anchors under seismic action
depends on the magnitude of loading, the direction of loading, the base material
and the type of anchor. After an earthquake, the loading capacity (ultimate state)
of an anchor is considerably reduced (to 30 – 80% of the original resistance.) With
any earthquake design of fasteners, concrete cracks resulting from seismic activity
should be taken into consideration.
When designing anchor fastenings, it is important to remember that they cannot be
regarded as something isolated to take up seismic forces, but that they must be
incorporated in the overall context of a design.
Shock Load increase times in the range of milliseconds can be simulated during tests on
servo-hydraulic testing equipment. The following main effects can then be observed:
• Deformation is greater when the breaking load is reached
• The energy absorbed by an anchor is also much higher
• Breaking loads are of roughly the same magnitude during static loading and
shock-loading tests
In this respect, more recent investigations show that the base material (cracked or
non-cracked concrete), has no direct effect on the load-bearing behaviour.
Suitability under fatigue loading Both mechanical and chemical anchors are basically suitable for fastenings
subjected to fatigue loading. Hilti manufactures the HDA and HVZ anchors of special
grades of steel resistant to fatigue and has also subjected them to suitable tests.
Suitability under seismic loading Where fastenings subjected to seismic loading are concerned, chemical anchors
take preference. There are, however, accompanying requirements to be met, such
as behaviour in a fire. These restrictions can make mechanical systems preferable.
Suitability under shock loading To date, mechanical anchor systems have been used primarily for applications
in civil defence installations. More recently, adhesive systems suitable for use in
cracked concrete have been developed, e.g. the HVZ anchor.
May 2011 page 29
Dynamic
Dynamic set for shear resistance upgrade
If a multiple-anchor fastening is loaded towards the edge of a concrete member
(shear load), the gap between anchor shaft and clearance hole has an important
role. An uneven shear load distribution within the anchors in the fastening is the
result as the clearance hole is always larger than the anchor diameter to ensure an
easy installation. Design methods take this fact into account by assuming that only
the row of anchors nearest to the concrete edge takes up all shear load.
Uneven shear load distribution
The second row of anchors can be activated only after a considerable slip of the
anchoring plate. This slip normally takes place after the edge failure of the outside
row. The effect of the clearance hole gap on the internal load distribution increases
if the shear load direction changes during the service life. To make anchors suitable
for alternating shear loads, Hilti developed the so called Dynamic Set. This consists
of a special washer, which permits HIT injection adhesive to be dispensed into the
clearance hole, a spherical washer, a nut and a lock nut.
Activating the second row of anchors
Dynamic Set
Injection washer: Fills clearance hole and thus guarantees that the load is uniformly
distributed among all anchors.
Spherical washer: Reduces bending moment acting on anchor shaft not set at right
angles and thus increases the tensile loading capacity.
Lock nut: Prevents loosening of the nut and thus lifting of the anchoring
plate away from the concrete in case of cyclic loading.
Delivery programme Dynamic Set: M10, M12, M16, M20
Improvements with Dynamic Set
page 30 May 2011
Dynamic
Shear resistance improvement
with Dynamic Set
By using the dynamic set for static fastenings, the shear resistance is improved
significantly. The unfavourable situation that only one row of anchors takes up all
loads no longer exists and the load is distributed uniformly among all anchors.
A series of experiments has verified this assumption. An example from this test
programme, double fastenings with HVZ M10 anchors with and without the Dynamic
Set are shown to compare resulting shear resistance and stiffness.
Standard clearence hole
Slotted hole
Member edge
With
Dynamic Set (extended Hilti method)
Without
Dynamic Set (ETAG)
The test results show clearly that according to the current practice the second row
of anchors takes up the load only after significant deformation of the plate, when the
concrete edge has already failed. The injection and the Dynamic Set resulted in a
continuous load increase until the whole multiple fastening fails.
When carrying out a simple fastening design, it may be assumed if the Dynamic
Set is used the overall load bearing capacity of the multiple fastening is equal
to the resistance of the first row of anchors multiplied by the number of rows in
the fastening. In addition to that it must be checked whether the concrete edge
resistance of the furthest row is smaller than the above metioned resistance. If
injection with the Dynamic Set is used, the ETAG restrictions on more than 6 anchor
fastenings can be overcome.
not injected injected
May 2011 page 31
Dynamic

page 32 May 2011
Resistance to fire
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specified fire resistance
time (fire resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HDA
Fire resistance data for F 180 please
refer to the test reports
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 1.0 IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3039/8151
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.2
M16 15.0 7.0 4.0 3.0
M20 25.0 9.0 7.0 5.0
HDA-F
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 1.0
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3039/8151
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.2
M16 15.0 7.0 4.0 3.0
HDA-R
M10 20.0 9.0 4.0 2.0
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3039/8151
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M12 30.0 12.0 5.0 3.0
M16 50.0 15.0 7.5 6.0
HSL-3
M8 3.0 1.1 0.6 0.4
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3041/1663-CM
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M10 7.0 2.0 1.3 0.8
M12 10.0 3.5 2.0 1.2
M16 19.4 6.6 3.5 2.2
M20 30.0 10.3 5.4 3.5
M24 43.0 14.8 7.9 5.0
HSL-3-B M12 10.0 3.5 2.0 1.2 IBMB Braunschweig
report No. 3041/1663-CM
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M16 19.4 6.6 3.5 2.2
M20 30.0 10.3 5.4 3.5
M24 43.0 14.8 7.9 5.0
Tested fasteners
for passive structural fire prevention
Tested according to the international standard temperature curve
MFPA Leipzig
GmbH
Tested according to the international
standard temperature curve (ISO
834, DIN 4102 T.2) and/or to EOTA
Technical Report TR 020 (Evaluation
of Anchorages in Concrete
concerning Resistance to Fire)
Tested when set in cracked concrete
and exposed to flames without
insulating or protective measures.
May 2011 page 33
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specified fire resistance
time (fire resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HSC-A M8x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 - IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3177/1722-1
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M8x50 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
M10x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
M12x60 3.5 3.5 2.0 -
HSC-I M8x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 - IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3177/1722-1
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M10x50 2.5 2.5 2.5 -
M10x60 2.5 2.5 2.5 -
M12x60 2.0 2.0 2.0 -
HSC-AR M8x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 - IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3177/1722-1
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M8x50 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
M10x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 -
M12x60 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.0
HSC-IR M8x40 1.5 1.5 1.5 - IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3177/1722-1
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M10x50 2.5 2.5 2.5 -
M10x60 2.5 2.5 2.5 -
M12x60 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.0
HSA
M6 0.9 0.5 0.3 0.25
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3049/8151
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M8 1.5 0.8 0.5 0.4
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 1.0
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.2
M16 15.0 7.0 4.0 3.0
M20 25.0 9.0 7.0 5.0
HSA-R M6 2.6 1.3 0.8 0.6 IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3049/8151
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M8 6.0 3.0 1.8 1.2
M10 9.5 4.7 3.0 2.5
M12 14.0 7.0 4.0 3.0
M16 26.0 13.0 7.5 6.0
HUS -HR
Reduced anchorage depth
DIBt Berlin
ETA-08/0307 8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2
10 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.8
14 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.4
Standard anchorage depth
6 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.4
8 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.7
10 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.4
14 6.3 6.3 6.3 5.0
page 34 May 2011
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specified fire resistance
time (fire resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HUS-H/HUS-HF 10.5 7.0 2.6 1.5 1.0 IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3574/5146
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
12.5
9.0 3.3 1.8 1.2
16.5
HKD
M6x25 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2
DIBt Berlin
ETA-06/0047 acc. Part 6 M8x25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5
M8x30 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7
M8x40 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.7
M10x25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5
M10x30 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7
M10x40 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5
M12x25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5
M12x50 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.8
M16x65 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.2
HKD-SR
M6x30 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3
DIBt Berlin
ETA-06/0047 acc. Part 6
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M8x30 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7
M10x40 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5
M12x50 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.8
HVU + HAS
M8 1.5 0.8 0.5 0.4
IBMB Braunschweig
UB- 3333/0891-1
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 0.9
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.0
M16 15.0 5.0 4.0 3.0
M20 25.0 9.0 7.0 5.0
M24 35.0 12.0 9.5 8.0
M27 40.0 13.5 11.0 9.0
M30 50.0 17.0 14.0 11.0
M33 60.0 20.0 16.5 13.5
M36 70.0 24.0 19.5 16.0
M39 85.0 29.0 23.5 19.5
HVU + HAS-R/HAS-E-R +
HVU + HAS-HCR/HAS-E-HCR
M8 2.0 0.8 0.5 0.4
IBMB Braunschweig
UB- 3333/0891-1
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M10 6.0 3.5 1.5 1.0
M12 10.0 6.0 3.0 2.5
M16 20.0 13.5 7.5 6.0
M20 36.0 25.5 15.0 10.0
M24 56.0 38.0 24.0 16.0
M27 65.0 44.0 27.0 18.0
M30 85.0 58.0 36.0 24.0
M33 100.0 68.0 42.0 28.0
M36 120.0 82.0 51.0 34.0
M39 140.0 96.0 60.0 40.0
May 2011 page 35
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specified fire resistance
time (fire resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HVU + HIS-N
M8 1.5 0.8 0.5 0.4
IBMB Braunschweig
UB- 3333/0891-1
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M10 4.5 2.2 1.3 0.9
M12 10.0 3.5 1.8 1.0
M16 15.0 5.0 4.0 3.0
M20 25.0 9.0 7.0 5.0
HVU + HIS-RN M8 10.0 5.0 1.8 1.0 IBMB Braunschweig
UB- 3333/0891-1
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M10 20.0 9.0 4.0 2.0
M12 30.0 12.0 5.0 3.0
M16 50.0 15.0 7.5 6.0
M20 65.0 35.0 15.0 10.0
HIT-RE 500 + HAS/HAS-E/HIT-V
M8 2.3 1.26 0.73 0.46
IBMB Braunschweig
Test Report 3565 / 4595,
& supplement letter 414/2008
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402 &
WF Report No 172920
M10 3.7 2.0 1.15 0.73
M12 5.3 2.9 1.68 1.06
M16 10.0 5.4 3.1 1.97
M20 15.6 8.4 4.8 3.08
M24 22.5 12.1 7.0 4.4
M27 29.2 15.8 9.1 5.7
M30 35.7 19.3 11.1 7.0
M33 44.2 23.9 13.8 8.7
M36 58.5 31.6 18.2 11.5
M39 62.2 33.6 19.4 12.2
HIT-RE 500 + HAS-R/HAS-ER/ HAS
HCR/HIT-V-R/HIT-V-HCR
M8 2.4 1.88 1.34 1.07
IBMB Braunschweig
Test Report 3565 / 4595,
& supplement letter 414/2008
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402 &
WF Report No 172920
M10 3.8 2.98 2.1 1.69
M12 6.5 5.5 4.5 4.0
M16 12.1 10.2 8.3 7.4
M20 18.8 15.9 13.0 11.6
M24 27.2 23.0 18.8 16.7
M27 35.3 29.9 24.4 21.7
M30 43.2 36.5 29.9 26.5
M33 53.4 45.2 37.0 32.8
M36 70.6 59.7 48.9 43.4
M39 75.2 63.6 52.0 46.2
HIT-RE 500-SD + HIT-V
M8 2.3 1.08 0.5 0.28
MFPA Leipzig
GS-lll/B-07-070
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 172920
Loads for standard embedment depth,
for variable embedment depth see test
report.
M10 3.7 1.9 0.96 0.59
M12 5.3 2.76 1.59 1.0
M16 10.0 5.4 3.1 1.97
M20 15.6 8.46 4.5 2.79
M24 22.5 12.19 7.0 4.4
M27 29.2 15.8 9.1 5.7
M30 35.7 19.3 11.1 7.0
page 36 May 2011
Resistance to fire
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specified fire resistance
time (fire resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
F30 F60 F90 F120
HIT-RE 500-SD + HIT-VR/HIT-V-HCR
M8 2.42 1.08 0.5 0.28
MFPA Leipzig
GS-lll/B-07-070
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 172920
Loads for standard embedment depth,
for variable embedment depth see test
report.
M10 3.8 1.9 0.96 0.59
M12 6.5 4.2 2.3 1.5
M16 12.1 8.6 4.8 3.2
M20 18.8 15.9 12.2 10.5
M24 27.2 23.0 18.8 16.7
M27 35.3 29.9 24.4 21.7
M30 43.2 36.5 29.9 26.5
HIT-HY150MAX + HIT-V(R)
M8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.4
MFPA Leipzig
GS-3.2/09-526 M10 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.6
M12 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.1
M16 6.2 4.5 3.3 2.5
M20 9.6 7.8 5.1 4.1
M24 13.9 11.2 8.5 7.1
M27 18.1 14.6 11.1 9.3
M30 22.1 17.8 13.5 11.4
HIT-HY 70 hef = 80 mm
(HLz. MVz.
KSL. KSV)
M8 2.0 0.4 0.2 -
MFPA Leipzig
PB III/B-07-157
Warringtonfire
WF Report No 166402
M10 2.0 0.4 0.2 -
M12 2.0 0.4 0.2 -
May 2011 page 37
Resistance to fire
Tested fasteners
for passive structural fire prevention
Tested according to the German tunnel temperature curve
MFPA Leipzig
GmbH
Tested according to the German
tunnel temperature curve
(ZTV-ING, part 5).
Tested when set in cracked concrete
and exposed to flames without
insulating or protective measures.
Anchor / fastener Size Max. loading (kN) for
specified fire resistance
time (fire resistance time in
minutes)
Authority / No.
HUS-HR
6 0.20
a)
MFPA Leipzig
PB III/08-354
8 0.30
a)
10 0.50
a)
14 1.10
a)
HKD-SR
M8 0.5
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3027/0274-4
& supplement letter 133/00-Nau-
Warringtonfire
WF-Report No 166402
M10 0.8
M12 2.5
M16 5.0
M20 6.0
HVU + HAS-HCR
M8 0.5
IBMB Braunschweig
UB 3333/0891-2
Warringtonfire
WF-Report No 166402
M10 1.5
M12 1.5
M16 5.0
a) Tested according tunnel temperature curve EBA
page 38 May 2011
Design examples
Design examples
HIT HY 150 MAX + M20 HAS-E-R rods
Design Input
Base Material
Description
Thickness
Concrete strength f'c,cyl
Non-cracked concrete
≥ 250mm
40MPa
Anchors layout
Number of anchors
Edge distance - c
Spacing - s1
2 x M20
200mm
150mm
Applied loads
Tension - NSd
Shear - VSd
70kN
40kN
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd (see page 93)
Steel - NRd,s per single anchor
Steel - NRd,s per 2 anchors
84kN
168kN
Combined pullout and concrete cone resistance NRd,p
fB,p - Influence of concrete strength
N*Rd,p - from the relevant table (refer page 97)
NRd,p = fB,p • N*Rd,p
1.021
98.7kN
100.7kN
Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c
fB - Influence of concrete strength
N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 97)
NRd,c = fB • N*Rd,c
1.11
89.4kN
99.2kN
NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,p;NRd,c} 99.2kN
Design check - Tension
NRd > NSd
Safe
Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd (see page 94)
Steel - VRd,s per single anchor
Steel - VRd,s per 2 anchors
50.6kN
101.2kN
Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c
fB - Influence of concrete strength
V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 97)
VRd,c = fB • V*Rd,c
1.11
59.5kN
66kN
VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} 66kN
Design check - Shear
VRd > VSd
Safe
Step 3 - Design check under combined loads (see page 94)
NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd ≤ 1.2
1.31 > 1.2
1.31
Unsafe
Nsd = 70kN
Vsd = 40kN
S1 = 150 S1 = 150
2
5
0
*
C = 200
May 2011 page 39
Design examples
M16 HSL-3
Design Input
Base Material
Description
Thickness
Concrete strength f’c,cyl
Non-cracked concrete
≥ 200mm
25MPa
Anchors layout
Number of anchors
Edge distance - c
Spacing - s1=s2
4 x M16
175mm
250mm
Applied loads
Tension - NSd
Shear - VSd
80kN
20kN
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd (see page 151)
Steel - NRd,s per single anchor
Steel - NRd,s per 4 anchors
83.7kN
334.8kN
Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c
fB - Influence of concrete strength
N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 157)
NRd,c = fB • N*Rd,c
0.87
111.6kN
97.1kN
NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,c} 97.1kN
Design check - Tension
NRd > NSd
Safe
Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd (see page 152)
Steel - VRd,s per single anchor
Steel - VRd,s per 4 anchors
80.9kN
323.6kN
Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c
fB - Influence of concrete strength
V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 157)
VRd,c = fB • V*Rd,c
0.87
89.9kN
78.2kN
VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} 78.2kN
Design check - Shear
VRd > VSd
Safe
Step 3 - Design check under combined loads (see page 152)
NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd
1.08 < 1.2
1.08
Safe
Nsd = 80kN
Vsd = 20kN
S1 = 250
S2 = 250
2
0
0
C = 175
page 40 May 2011
Design examples
HVU + M12 HAS-E- Grade 5.8
Design Input
Base Material
Description
Thickness
Concrete strength f’c,cyl
Non-cracked concrete
≥ 170mm
32MPa
Anchors layout
Number of anchors
Edge distance - c
Spacing - s1=s2
4 x M12
80mm
150mm
Applied loads
Tension - NSd
Shear - VSd
30kN
20kN
Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd (see page 43)
Steel - NRd,s per single anchor
Steel - NRd,s per 4 anchors
25.3kN
101.2kN
Combined pullout and concrete cone resistance NRd,p
fB,p - Influence of concrete strength
N*Rd,p - from the relevant table (refer page 43)
NRd,p = fB,p • N*Rd,p • 4
1
28kN
112kN
Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c
fB - Influence of concrete strength
N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 48)
NRd,c = fB • N*Rd,c
1
48.5kN
48.5kN
NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,p;NRd,c} 48.5kN
Design check - Tension
NRd > NSd
Safe
Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd (see page 44)
Steel - VRd,s per single anchor
Steel - VRd,s per 4 anchors
15.2kN
60.8kN
Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c
fB - Influence of concrete strength
V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 48)
VRd,c = fB • V*Rd,c
1
43.4kN
43.4kN
VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} 43.4kN
Design check - Shear
VRd > VSd
Safe
Step 3 - Design check under combined loads (see page 44)
NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd ≤ 1.2
1.08 < 1.2
1.08
Safe
Nsd = 30kN
Vsd = 20kN
S1 = 150
S2 = 150
1
7
0
C = 80
May 2011 page 41
Chemical anchoring systems.
Foil capsule systems l Injection mortar systems
page 42 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor
Mortar System
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin
ETA-05/0255 / 2010-03-01
ETA-05/0256 / 2006-01-20
ETA-05/0257 / 2006-01-20
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26
Fire test report ZTV-Tunnel IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3333/0891-2 / 2003-08-12
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-05/0255, HAS-(E) and HIS-N
ETA-05/0256, HAS-(E)R and HIS-RN
ETA-05/0257, HAS-HCR
Service temperature range
Hilti HVU adhesive may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a
reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °C +120 °C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time.
Benefits
■ suitable for non-cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
■ high loading capacity
■ suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
■ large diameter applications
■ high corrosion resistant
■ small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
Fire
resistance
HAS rods
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HAS-HCR rods
Hilti HVU foil capsule
May 2011 page 43
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from the design method according to ETAG 001, Annex C and Hilti simplified design
method. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-05/0255, issue 2010-03-01 and ETA-05/0256, issue 2006-01-20.
■ Influence of concrete strength
■ Influence of edge distance
■ Influence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplification:
■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor configuration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p

n
n = number of anchors
N*Rd,p
Anchor M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
N*Rd,p per anchor 13.9 17.5 28.0 34.9 52.4 80.4
fB,p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
NRd,s HAS – E 5.8 [kN] 11.3 17.3 25.3 48.0 74.7 106.7
HAS-E-R [kN] 12.3 19.8 28.3 54.0 84.0 119.8
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 44 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
VRd,s HAS – E 5.8 [kN] 6.8 10.4 15.2 28.8 44.8 64.0
HAS-E-R [kN] 7.7 12,2 17.3 32.7 50.6 71.8
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 45
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material thickness h [mm] 110 120 170 170 220 300
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ temperature range II (see service temperature range)
■ base material thickness, as specified in the table
■ One typical embedment depth, as specified in the tables
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile Pull-out
a)
N*
Rd,p
13.9 17.5 28.0 34.9 52.4 80.4
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
a) Combined pull-out and cone design is governing.
Note: for cracked concrete contact your local field engineer for further information, au.engineering@hilti.com
page 46 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 170 170 220 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 18.1 6.3 25.0 13.2 28.8 15.4 35.0 21.0 35.0 23.2
80 20.6 7.9 28.3 15.0 32.1 17.2 39.7 22.7 39.7 24.9
100 21.8 8.6 30.0 15.9 34.6 18.1 42.0 23.6 42.0 25.8
120 23.0 9.4 31.7 16.9 36.5 19.0 44.3 24.5 44.3 26.6
150 24.8 9.4 34.2 18.3 39.4 20.4 47.8 25.7 47.8 27.9
200 27.9 9.4 38.4 20.6 44.2 22.6 53.7 27.9 53.7 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 21.3 7.9 27.4 14.8 31.6 17.2 41.8 23.2 41.8 29.1
100 24.7 10.3 31.8 17.6 36.1 19.9 48.2 25.7 48.2 31.5
150 27.8 11.8 35.6 20.2 40.7 22.4 54.2 28.1 54.2 33.8
200 30.8 11.8 39.7 22.8 45.2 24.9 60.2 30.4 60.2 36.0
250 34.0 11.8 43.7 24.8 49.7 27.4 66.3 32.7 66.3 38.3
300 37.4 11.8 47.6 24.8 54.2 29.9 72.3 35.1 72.3 38.7
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
55 26.6 11.1 30.3 16.4 33.4 21.1 41.8 29.8 51.0 37.0
100 29.0 13.3 33.1 18.9 36.5 23.8 45.6 32.4 55.7 39.5
150 31.6 15.8 36.1 21.7 39.9 26.7 49.8 35.4 60.8 42.3
200 34.4 16.6 39.2 24.5 43.2 29.7 54.0 38.3 66.0 45.1
250 37.1 16.6 42.3 26.7 46.6 32.7 58.3 41.3 71.2 48.0
300 40.1 16.6 45.3 26.7 50.0 35.7 62.5 44.5 76.3 50.8
May 2011 page 47
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
55 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
65 32.8 14.9 38.5 23.5 47.2 32.4 56.7 39.8 67.1 47.0
100 34.9 17.0 40.8 25.7 50.1 34.6 60.2 41.9 71.2 49.1
150 37.8 19.8 44.2 28.9 54.3 37.8 65.2 44.9 77.1 52.0
200 40.7 22.4 47.7 32.1 58.5 40.9 70.3 47.9 83.1 54.8
250 43.6 22.4 51.5 35.3 62.7 44.1 75.3 50.9 89.0 57.7
300 46.6 22.4 54.5 38.6 66.8 47.2 80.3 53.9 95.0 60.6
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
90 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
90 52.5 25.4 63.8 42.8 74.1 51.4 85.0 59.9 96.6 68.3
150 57.0 29.7 68.8 47.5 79.9 55.8 91.6 64.2 104.2 72.5
200 60.0 33.2 73.0 51.5 84.7 59.6 97.2 67.7 110.4 75.9
250 63.4 36.7 77.1 55.4 89.5 63.6 102.7 71.3 116.7 79.4
300 66.8 38.1 81.2 59.4 94.3 67.0 108.2 74.9 123.0 82.8
350 70.2 38.1 85.4 63.4 99.1 70.7 113.7 78.4 129.3 86.3
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 74.6 39.7 80.8 49.7 91.8 67.5 103.4 77.6 128.5 97.6
150 76.9 42.3 83.4 52.3 94.7 70.3 106.7 80.2 132.6 100.1
200 80.8 46.4 87.6 56.6 99.5 75.0 112.1 84.7 139.2 104.2
250 84.6 50.5 91.8 61.0 104.2 79.6 117.4 89.2 145.9 108.4
300 88.5 54.7 96.0 65.3 109.0 84.3 122.8 93.6 152.6 112.6
350 92.4 58.8 100.2 69.7 113.8 89.0 128.2 98.1 159.3 116.8
page 48 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 170 170 220 300
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 21.0 12.6 28.9 17.7 33.3 19.9 40.4 25.4 40.4 30.9
80 26.9 15.8 37.1 23.8 42.8 26.0 51.9 31.4 51.9 36.8
100 30.2 17.2 41.6 26.8 47.9 29.0 58.2 34.4 58.2 39.7
120 33.6 18.8 46.4 29.8 53.4 32.0 64.9 37.3 64.9 42.6
150 39.1 18.8 54.0 34.3 62.2 36.4 75.5 41.7 75.5 47.0
200 49.2 18.8 67.9 41.2 78.3 43.7 95.0 49.0 95.0 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 24.5 15.8 31.5 20.2 35.9 22.9 47.8 28.5 47.8 34.3
100 33.0 20.6 42.4 29.2 48.2 31.5 64.3 37.2 64.3 43.0
150 41.8 23.6 53.6 37.2 61.0 39.4 81.3 45.1 81.3 50.7
200 51.6 23.6 66.2 45.0 75.3 47.2 100.4 52.8 100.4 58.4
250 62.4 23.6 80.1 49.6 91.2 54.8 121.6 60.5 121.6 66.0
300 74.3 23.6 95.4 49.6 108.5 59.8 144.6 68.0 144.6 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
55 30.0 22.2 34.1 27.6 37.6 30.5 47.1 37.3 57.4 44.7
100 35.7 26.6 40.6 36.7 44.8 39.5 56.0 46.5 68.4 53.4
150 42.6 31.6 48.5 43.4 53.5 49.2 66.9 56.1 81.6 62.9
200 50.1 33.2 57.0 49.0 62.9 58.8 78.7 65.6 96.0 72.3
250 58.2 33.2 66.3 53.4 73.1 65.4 91.4 74.9 111.6 81.6
300 67.0 33.2 76.3 53.4 84.1 71.4 105.2 84.1 128.4 90.8
May 2011 page 49
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
55 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
65 37.1 29.5 43.5 34.6 53.4 42.0 64.1 49.2 75.8 56.4
100 41.9 36.8 49.0 41.9 60.2 49.1 72.3 56.2 85.4 63.2
150 49.2 43.4 57.6 52.0 70.6 59.0 84.8 66.0 100.3 72.9
200 57.0 49.0 66.8 59.6 81.9 68.7 98.4 75.6 116.3 82.5
250 65.4 53.4 76.6 70.6 94.0 78.4 113.0 85.2 133.5 92.0
300 74.5 53.4 87.2 77.2 107.0 87.9 128.5 94.6 151.9 101.4
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
90 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
90 59.4 47.9 72.3 58.2 83.9 66.6 96.3 75.0 109.4 83.3
150 69.0 59.4 84.0 72.5 97.5 80.7 111.8 88.9 127.2 97.0
200 77.6 66.4 94.4 84.0 109.6 92.2 125.7 100.2 142.9 108.3
250 86.6 73.4 105.4 95.5 122.4 103.5 140.4 111.5 159.6 119.5
300 96.2 76.2 117.1 106.7 135.9 114.7 155.9 122.6 177.2 130.5
350 106.3 76.2 129.4 117.9 150.1 125.8 172.2 133.6 195.8 141.5
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 85.2 75.5 92.4 81.6 105.0 91.6 118.2 101.5 146.9 121.2
150 90.6 84.3 98.2 90.2 111.6 100.1 125.7 109.9 156.2 129.4
200 100.0 92.8 108.4 104.2 123.2 114.0 138.7 123.7 172.4 142.9
250 109.8 101.0 119.1 118.0 135.3 127.7 152.4 137.2 189.4 156.3
300 120.1 109.4 130.3 130.6 148.0 141.1 166.7 150.6 207.1 169.5
350 130.9 117.6 141.9 139.4 161.2 154.5 181.6 163.9 225.7 182.6
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 50 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HAS
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257,
issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Nominal tensile strength f
uk
HAS-(E) [N/mm²] 500 500 500 500 500 500 800
HAS-(E)F [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
HAS –(E)R [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700 700 500
HAS –(E)HCR [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 700 -
Yield strength f
yk
HAS-(E) [N/mm²] 400 400 400 400 400 400 640
HAS-(E)F [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
HAS –(E)R [N/mm²] 450 450 450 450 450 450 210
HAS –(E)HCR [N/mm²] 600 600 600 600 600 400 -
Stressed cross-section A
s
HAS [mm²] 32.8 52.3 76.2 144 225 324 519
Section modulus Z HAS [mm³] 27.0 54.1 93.8 244 474 809 1706
Steel failure with lever arm M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Design bending moment MRd,s
HAS-E-5.8 [kN] 13 26 45 118 227 389 NA
HAS-E-8.8 [kN] NA NA NA NA NA NA 1310
HAS-E-R [kN] 15 29 51 131 255 436 430
HAS-E-HCR [kN] 21 42 72 187 364 389 819
Material quality
Part Material
Threaded rod HAS-(E) M8-M24
HAS-(E) M27+M30
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HAS-(E)F M8-M30
HAS-(E) M27+M30
Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HAS-(E)R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for ≤ M24 and
class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401;
Threaded rod HAS-(E)HCR
High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
strength ≤ M20: Rm = 800 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile
M24: Rm = 700 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile
Washer ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Nut EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm, EN ISO 4042 hot
dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4,
EN 10088: 1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
May 2011 page 51
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
a)
Anchor rod
HAS-E,HAS-R, HAS-ER
HAS-HCR M
8
x
8
0
M
1
0
x
9
0
M
1
2
x
1
1
0
M
1
6
x
1
2
5
M
2
0
x
1
7
0
M
2
4
x
2
1
0
M
3
0
x
2
7
0
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
a) M30 design please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Rotary hammer TE 2 – TE 16 TE 40 – TE 70
Other tools compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
Setting instructions
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.
page 52 May 2011
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Temperature of the base material Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded t
cure
20 °C to 40 °C 20 min
10 °C to 19 °C 30 min
0 °C to 9 °C 1 h
-5 °C to - 1 °C 5 h
Setting details
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257,
issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Nominal diameter of
drill bit
d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 35
Effective anchorage
and drill hole depth
h
ef,min
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Diameter of clearance hole
in the fixture
d
f

[mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33
Minimum spacing s
min
[mm] 40 45 55 65 90 120 135
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 45 55 65 90 120 135
Torque moment
a)
t
max
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200 300
a) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation for anchors with minimum
spacing and/or edge distance.
May 2011 page 53
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod
adhesive anchor
page 54 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor
Mortar System
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin
ETA-05/0255 / 2010-03-01
ETA 05/0256 / 2006-01-20
ETA-05/0256 / 2006-01-20 IBMB, Braunschweig UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-05/0255, HAS-(E) and HIS-N
ETA-05/0256, HAS-(E)R and HIS-RN.
Service temperature range
Hilti HVU adhesive may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a
reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °C +120 °C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time.
Benefits
■ suitable for non-cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
■ high loading capacity
■ suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
Fire
resistance
Hilti HVU foil capsule
Internal threaded sleeve
HIS-N
HIS-RN (A4-70)
May 2011 page 55
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from the design method according to ETAG 001, Annex C and Hilti simplified design
method. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-05/0255, issue 2010-03-01 and ETA-05/0256, issue 2006-01-20.
■ Influence of concrete strength
■ Influence of edge distance
■ Influence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplification:
■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor configuration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p

n
n = number of anchors
N*Rd,p
Anchor M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
N*Rd,p per anchor 13.9 24.4 34.9 52.4 66.3
fB,p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
NRd,s
HIS-N [kN] 16.8 30.7 44.7 80.3 74.1
HIS-RN [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 69.2
Bolt Grade 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0
Bolt Grade 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7
Bolt Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt tensile resistance.
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 56 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
VRd,s
HIS-N [kN] 10.4 18.4 26.0 39.3 36.7
HIS-RN [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 41.5
Bolt Grade 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8
Bolt Grade 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4
Bolt Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt shear resistance.
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 57
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Embedment depth [mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Base material thickness [mm] 120 150 170 230 270
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ temperature range II (see service temperature range)
■ base material thickness, as specified in the table
■ One typical embedment depth, as specified in the tables
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile Pull-out
a)
N*
Rd,p
13.9 24.4 34.9 52.4 66.3
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
a) Combined pull-out and cone design is governing.
Note: for cracked concrete contact your local field engineer for further information.
page 58 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 205
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 170 170 220 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 21.2 7.1 29.0 15.1 33.3 17.5 41.5 23.6 41.5 29.6
80 23.9 8.9 32.8 17.2 37.6 19.6 46.8 25.6 46.8 31.5
100 25.3 9.8 34.6 18.3 39.8 20.6 49.6 26.5 49.6 32.4
120 26.7 10.7 36.5 19.4 41.9 21.7 52.2 27.5 52.2 33.3
150 28.8 10.7 39.5 21.0 45.1 23.2 56.2 29.0 56.2 34.7
200 32.1 10.7 44.0 23.7 50.5 25.8 62.9 31.4 62.9 37.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 27.6 9.3 34.9 16.8 39.3 21.7 51.6 28.7 55.6 35.6
100 31.7 12.1 40.0 20.1 45.1 25.1 59.1 31.9 63.7 38.7
150 35.3 13.9 44.6 23.0 50.3 28.3 66.0 34.8 71.1 41.4
200 39.0 13.9 49.2 26.0 55.6 31.4 72.9 37.7 78.5 44.2
250 42.7 13.9 53.9 28.4 60.8 34.5 79.8 40.6 85.9 47.0
300 46.4 13.9 58.6 28.4 66.1 37.7 86.6 43.5 93.3 49.7
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 36.1 14.3 40.6 19.1 45.4 24.2 58.2 33.4 68.8 40.9
100 39.5 16.7 44.4 21.6 49.5 26.9 63.6 36.0 75.2 43.3
150 43.6 19.7 49.0 24.8 54.8 30.2 70.3 39.3 83.1 46.4
200 47.8 21.5 53.7 28.0 60.0 33.6 77.0 42.5 91.0 49.5
250 52.0 21.5 58.4 30.5 65.2 37.0 83.7 45.8 98.9 52.6
300 56.1 21.5 63.1 30.5 70.4 40.3 90.4 49.1 106.8 55.7
May 2011 page 59
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 56.7 23.3 61.9 28.9 75.6 44.2 90.7 53.8 107.0 62.7
100 58.6 24.7 64.0 30.4 78.3 46.0 93.8 55.3 110.7 64.2
150 63.4 28.4 69.2 34.2 84.6 50.1 101.5 59.3 119.7 67.9
200 68.2 32.0 74.5 38.0 91.1 54.3 109.2 63.3 128.8 71.7
250 73.0 34.9 79.7 41.8 97.5 58.4 116.9 67.2 137.9 75.5
300 77.9 34.9 84.9 45.6 103.9 62.7 124.6 71.2 147.0 79.3
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
125 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 86.5 42.7 94.3 51.2 110.6 65.7 128.2 75.3 146.9 84.9
150 89.5 44.9 97.5 53.4 114.4 68.0 132.5 77.5 151.8 87.0
200 95.4 49.2 103.9 57.8 121.9 72.5 141.2 81.8 161.8 91.1
250 101.2 53.4 110.2 62.3 129.3 77.0 149.8 86.1 171.7 95.3
300 107.0 57.7 116.6 66.7 136.8 81.5 158.5 90.4 181.6 99.4
350 112.9 62.0 123.0 71.2 144.3 86.1 167.1 94.7 191.5 103.5
page 60 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 205
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 170 170 220 300
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 24.4 14.2 33.3 22.0 38.3 22.4 47.7 28.4 47.7 34.3
80 31.1 17.8 42.5 26.8 48.8 29.1 60.8 35.0 60.8 40.8
100 34.7 19.6 47.5 30.1 54.5 32.4 67.9 38.2 67.9 44.0
120 38.6 21.4 52.7 33.3 60.6 35.6 75.4 41.4 75.4 47.1
150 44.7 21.4 61.2 38.2 70.2 40.5 87.5 46.2 87.5 51.9
200 56.0 21.4 76.6 46.1 88.0 48.4 109.6 54.0 109.6 59.6
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 31.4 18.6 39.6 25.2 44.7 28.0 58.6 35.0 63.1 41.8
100 41.3 24.2 52.1 36.0 58.8 38.7 77.1 45.4 83.0 52.0
150 51.4 27.8 64.9 45.4 73.2 48.0 96.0 54.6 103.4 61.1
200 62.7 27.8 79.2 52.0 89.3 57.2 117.1 63.7 126.1 70.1
250 75.1 27.8 94.8 56.8 107.0 66.2 140.2 72.6 151.0 79.0
300 88.6 27.8 111.8 56.8 126.2 75.1 165.4 81.5 178.1 87.8
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 42.0 28.6 47.2 31.9 52.6 34.9 67.6 42.4 79.8 49.7
100 50.0 33.4 56.2 40.4 62.7 43.4 80.6 50.6 95.2 57.9
150 61.1 39.4 68.7 49.6 76.7 53.6 98.4 60.8 116.3 67.9
200 73.3 43.0 82.4 56.0 92.0 63.7 118.0 70.7 139.5 77.7
250 86.6 43.0 97.4 61.0 108.7 73.5 139.5 80.5 164.8 87.4
300 101.0 43.0 113.5 61.0 126.7 80.6 162.7 90.1 192.3 97.0
May 2011 page 61
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 65.6 46.6 71.6 50.2 87.8 59.1 105.0 67.9 123.8 76.7
100 70.2 49.4 76.5 55.3 93.6 64.2 112.2 72.9 132.4 81.6
150 82.1 56.8 89.6 67.9 109.6 76.5 131.4 85.1 154.9 93.6
200 95.0 64.0 103.7 76.0 126.8 88.6 152.0 97.1 179.3 105.5
250 108.9 69.8 118.8 83.6 145.2 100.5 174.2 108.8 205.5 117.1
300 123.7 69.8 135.0 91.2 165.0 112.3 197.8 120.5 233.4 128.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
125 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 104.2 75.3 113.5 80.1 133.1 89.7 154.2 99.2 176.7 108.6
150 111.4 82.2 121.3 87.0 142.1 96.4 164.8 105.8 188.9 115.2
200 126.4 95.8 137.6 100.4 161.5 109.7 187.1 119.0 213.6 128.2
250 142.3 106.8 155.0 113.7 181.9 122.8 210.7 132.0 241.5 141.1
300 159.3 115.4 173.5 126.7 203.6 135.7 235.8 144.8 270.2 153.8
350 177.2 124.0 193.0 139.5 226.4 148.5 262.2 157.5 300.5 166.4
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 62 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIS-(R)N
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Nominal tensile strength f
uk
HIS-N [N/mm²] 490 490 460 460 460
Screw 8.8 [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800
HIS-RN [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700
Screw A4-70 [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700
Yield strength f
yk
HIS-N [N/mm²] 410 410 375 375 375
Screw 8.8 [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640
HIS-RN [N/mm²] 350 350 350 350 350
Screw A4-70 [N/mm²] 450 450 450 450 450
Stressed cross-section A
s
HIS-(R)N [mm²] 51.5 108.0 169.1 256.1 237.6
Screw [mm²] 36.6 58 84.3 157 245
Section modulus Z
HIS-(R)N [mm³] 145 430 840 1595 1543
Screw [mm³] 31.2 62.3 109 277 541
Material quality
Part Material
Internal threaded sleeve
a)

HIS-N
C-steel 1.0718
Steel galvanized ≥ 5μm
Internal threaded sleeve
b)

HIS-RN
Stainless steel 1.4401
a) related fastening screw: strength class 8.8 EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% Ductile
steel galvanized ≥ 5μm
b) related fastening screw: strength class 70 EN ISO 3506-1, A5 > 8% Ductile
stainless steel 1.4401
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Internal sleeve HIS-(R)N M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Rotary hammer TE 2 – TE 16 TE 40 – TE 70
Other tools blow out pump or compressed air gun, setting tools
May 2011 page 63
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Setting instructions
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.
page 64 May 2011
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Temperature of the base material Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded t
cure
20 °C to 40 °C 20 min
10 °C to 19 °C 30 min
0 °C to 9 °C 1 h
-5 °C to - 1 °C 5 h
Setting details
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20
Anchor size
Sleeve HIS-(R)N
foil capsule
M8x90
M10x90
M10x110
M12x110
M12x125
M16x125
M16x170
M20x170
M20x205
M24x210
Nominal diameter of
drill bit
d
0
[mm] 14 18 22 28 32
Diameter of element d [mm] 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.4 27.6
Effective anchorage
and drill hole depth
h
ef,min
[mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Diameter of clearance hole in
the fixture
d
f

[mm] 9 12 14 18 22
Thread engagement length;
min - max
h
s
[mm] 8-20 10-25 12-30 16-40 20-50
Minimum spacing s
min
[mm] 40 45 60 80 125
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 45 60 80 125
Torque moment
a)
t
max
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150
a) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation for anchors with minimum
spacing and/or edge distance.
May 2011 page 65
HVU with HIS-(R)N
adhesive anchor
page 66 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
HAS rods
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HAS-HCR rods
Static mixer
HIT-V rods
HIT-V (Zinc)
HIT-V-F (Gal)
HIT-V-R (A4-70)
HIT-V-HCR rods
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS
Injection Mortar System
Variable
embedment
depth
Hilti HIT-RE 500
330 ml foil pack
(also available as 500 ml
and 1400 ml foil pack)
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval a) DIBt, Berlin ETA-04/0027 / 2009-05-20
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig
UB 3565 / 4595 / 2006-10-29
UB 3588 / 4825 / 2005-11-15
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire
WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 & suppl.
WF 172920 / 2008-05-27
a) All data given in this section according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20.
Service temperature range
Hilti HIT-RE 500 injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature
may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +58 °C +35 °C +58 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +70 °C +43 °C +70 °C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time
Benefits
■ suitable for non-cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
■ high loading capacity
■ suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
■ under water application
■ large diameter applications
■ high corrosion resistant
■ long working time at elevated
temperatures
■ odourless epoxy
■ varied embedment depths
■ small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
Fire
resistance
May 2011 page 67
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from Profis V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to
EOTA TR 029. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20.
■ Influence of concrete strength
■ Influence of edge distance
■ Influence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplification:
■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor configuration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p
1,2
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB,p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
1 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.83 2 For diamond cored holes multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.7
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
3
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
3 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,c by the factor 0.83.
The definition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
NRd,s HAS – E 5.8 [kN] 11.3 17.3 25.3 48.0 74.7 106.7 -
HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0 118.0 187.3
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7 188.0 299.3
HAS-E-R [kN] 12.3 19.8 28.3 54.0 84.0 119.8 92.0
HIT-V-R [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0 132.1 98.3
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 68 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
VRd,s HAS – E 5.8 [kN] 6.8 10.4 15.2 28.8 44.8 64.0 -
HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8 70.4 112.0
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4 112.8 179.2
HAS-E-R [kN] 7.7 12,2 17.3 32.7 50.6 71.8 55.5
HIT-V-R [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5 58.8
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 69
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Typical embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Base material thickness h [mm] 110 120 150 200 250 300 350
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ temperature range I (see service temperature range)
■ base material thickness, as specified in the table
■ One typical embedment depth, as specified in the tables
■ dry concrete
The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths. The latest version of the Hilti software Profis allows the
engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical
solution every time. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods.
For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134.
The anchor design software program Profis can be download from the Hilti Australia website, www.hilti.com.au.
Design resistance: dry concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile
Pull-out N*
Rd,p
19.2 27.0 39.7 56.4 95.8 132.7 198.1
Concrete N*
Rd,c
26.1 31.0 42.0 51.0 88.6 111.1 161.9
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
Note: for cracked concrete refer HIT-RE 500-SD section page 80.
page 70 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 13.2 13.9 6.3 18.7 18.1 13.2 21.8 20.3 15.4 24.5 26.5 21.0 24.6 29.2 23.2
80 14.8 15.4 7.9 21.0 19.9 15.0 24.4 22.4 17.2 27.5 29.3 22.7 27.5 32.3 24.9
100 15.6 16.1 8.6 22.1 20.9 15.9 25.7 23.5 18.1 28.6 30.7 23.6 28.9 33.8 25.7
120 16.3 16.8 9.4 23.2 21.8 16.9 27.0 24.6 19.0 30.4 32.0 24.5 30.4 35.3 26.6
150 17.5 17.9 9.4 24.8 23.3 18.3 28.9 26.2 20.4 32.5 34.2 25.7 32.5 37.7 27.9
200 19.4 19.8 9.4 27.6 25.7 20.6 32.0 28.9 22.6 36.1 37.7 27.9 36.1 41.5 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 18.6 17.0 9.0 23.4 20.3 15.0 26.9 22.4 17.4 33.5 28.6 23.4 33.5 35.2 29.3
100 21.2 19.0 11.3 26.8 22.6 17.6 30.7 25.1 19.9 38.3 31.8 25.7 38.3 39.0 31.5
150 23.9 20.9 13.5 30.0 24.7 20.2 34.4 27.5 22.4 43.0 35.0 28.1 43.0 43.0 33.8
200 26.5 22.8 13.5 33.4 27.0 22.8 38.3 30.1 24.9 47.6 38.3 30.4 47.6 46.9 36.1
250 29.0 24.7 13.5 36.6 29.3 24.8 42.0 32.5 27.4 52.3 41.4 32.7 52.3 50.8 38.3
300 30.1 26.6 13.5 37.9 31.6 24.8 43.4 35.2 29.9 54.2 44.6 35.1 54.2 54.7 40.6
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 26.4 24.2 12.3 30.0 26.6 16.7 33.8 29.3 21.4 44.4 36.2 28.2 47.9 43.8 35.0
100 28.9 26.0 14.4 33.0 28.7 18.9 37.2 31.4 23.8 48.7 38.9 30.5 52.6 47.2 37.1
150 32.2 28.3 16.9 36.6 31.2 21.7 41.4 34.2 26.7 54.2 42.4 33.2 58.4 51.2 39.7
200 35.4 30.6 18.5 40.3 33.7 24.5 45.5 37.0 29.7 59.6 45.7 36.0 64.2 55.3 42.4
250 38.6 32.9 18.5 44.0 36.2 26.7 49.7 39.7 32.7 65.2 49.1 38.7 70.1 59.4 45.0
300 41.9 35.2 18.5 47.6 38.8 26.7 53.8 42.5 35.7 70.6 52.6 41.5 76.0 63.6 47.7
May 2011 page 71
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 88.9 69.0 39.7 98.3 74.8 49.7 115.1 84.8 67.5 133.0 95.4 77.6 158.0 118.3 97.6
150 92.4 71.2 42.3 102.2 77.0 52.3 119.6 87.5 70.3 138.2 98.4 80.2 164.4 122.0 100.1
200 98.4 74.8 46.4 108.8 81.0 56.6 127.3 91.8 75.0 147.1 103.3 84.7 174.8 128.2 104.2
250 104.3 78.2 50.5 115.3 84.8 61.0 135.0 96.1 79.6 156.0 108.2 89.2 185.4 134.2 108.4
300 110.2 81.8 54.7 121.9 88.7 65.3 142.7 100.6 84.3 164.9 113.2 93.6 196.0 140.2 112.6
350 116.2 85.3 58.8 128.5 92.5 69.7 150.4 104.9 89.0 173.8 118.1 98.1 206.5 146.4 116.8
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 40.4 36.6 19.3 45.1 40.8 24.4 58.0 52.3 36.2 68.5 61.9 44.1 68.5 61.9 52.0
100 42.2 38.2 20.5 47.2 42.6 25.7 60.5 54.7 37.5 71.5 64.6 45.4 71.5 64.6 53.2
150 46.7 42.2 23.6 52.1 47.0 28.9 66.8 60.5 41.0 79.1 71.4 48.6 79.1 71.4 56.3
200 51.1 46.2 26.6 57.1 51.6 32.1 73.2 66.1 44.4 86.5 78.2 51.9 86.5 78.2 59.4
250 55.6 50.3 29.0 62.0 56.0 35.3 79.6 71.9 47.8 94.1 85.1 55.1 94.1 85.1 62.6
300 60.0 54.2 29.0 67.0 60.6 38.6 85.9 77.3 51.2 101.6 91.8 58.4 101.6 91.8 65.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 65.3 52.4 28.9 79.8 61.9 44.0 95.8 72.0 55.5 113.0 82.8 64.6 114.7 94.3 73.5
150 70.7 55.9 32.5 86.4 65.9 48.0 103.6 76.7 59.5 122.3 88.2 68.4 124.2 100.4 77.2
200 76.1 59.3 36.1 93.0 70.0 52.0 111.5 81.4 63.5 131.5 93.6 72.2 133.6 106.1 80.9
250 81.4 62.8 39.7 99.5 74.0 56.0 119.3 86.2 67.4 140.8 99.0 76.0 143.0 112.8 84.6
300 86.8 66.1 43.4 106.1 78.0 60.0 127.2 90.8 71.4 150.0 104.4 79.8 152.4 118.9 88.2
350 92.0 69.6 43.4 112.7 82.1 64.0 135.0 95.5 75.4 159.2 109.8 83.6 161.8 125.2 92.0
page 72 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 18.5 16.6 12.6 25.1 21.0 17.7 28.8 23.3 19.9 32.0 29.8 25.4 32.0 32.6 30.9
80 24.1 21.2 15.8 31.9 26.4 23.8 36.1 29.2 26.0 40.0 36.6 31.5 40.0 39.8 36.8
100 27.4 23.8 17.2 35.6 29.3 26.8 40.1 32.3 29.0 44.2 40.3 34.4 44.2 43.8 39.7
120 30.6 26.4 18.8 39.5 32.4 29.8 44.3 35.5 32.0 48.7 44.2 37.3 48.7 47.8 42.6
150 35.8 30.7 18.8 45.6 37.2 34.3 50.9 40.8 36.4 55.7 50.2 41.7 55.7 54.2 47.0
200 45.0 38.5 18.8 56.5 46.2 41.2 62.6 50.3 43.7 68.2 61.2 49.0 68.2 65.9 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 25.1 20.5 17.4 30.6 23.9 21.0 34.6 26.3 23.4 42.0 32.8 29.3 42.0 39.5 35.1
100 34.1 26.6 22.6 40.8 30.6 29.2 45.6 33.4 31.5 54.6 40.9 37.2 54.6 48.8 43.0
150 44.4 33.5 27.0 52.3 38.2 37.2 58.0 41.4 39.4 68.6 50.2 45.1 68.6 59.3 50.7
200 55.9 41.2 27.0 65.2 46.4 45.0 71.9 50.3 47.2 84.2 60.2 52.8 84.2 70.6 58.4
250 68.6 49.6 27.0 79.4 55.7 49.6 87.0 59.3 54.8 101.2 71.2 60.5 101.4 82.9 66.0
300 74.0 58.8 27.0 85.4 65.6 49.6 93.5 70.4 59.8 108.4 83.2 68.0 108.4 96.2 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 34.3 29.0 24.1 38.3 31.8 26.9 42.6 34.4 29.6 54.2 41.9 36.3 58.0 49.8 42.9
100 42.7 34.8 28.8 47.3 37.8 34.4 52.2 40.8 37.1 65.5 49.0 43.6 69.8 58.0 50.1
150 54.5 42.6 33.8 60.0 46.0 43.4 65.8 49.4 46.2 81.2 58.8 52.7 86.2 68.9 59.1
200 67.7 51.2 37.0 74.0 55.1 49.0 80.6 58.9 55.2 98.5 69.5 61.5 104.2 80.8 67.9
250 82.2 60.6 37.0 89.4 64.8 53.4 97.1 69.2 64.0 117.5 81.0 70.3 124.0 93.6 76.6
300 98.0 70.7 37.0 106.3 75.5 53.4 115.0 80.4 71.4 138.0 93.4 79.0 145.3 107.3 85.2
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 73
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 113.4 84.2 75.5 123.7 90.4 81.6 141.8 101.0 91.6 161.2 111.7 101.5 188.2 136.7 121.2
150 124.3 90.7 84.2 135.2 97.2 90.2 154.6 108.4 100.1 175.0 120.2 109.9 203.5 145.6 129.4
200 143.5 102.1 92.8 155.6 109.1 104.2 176.8 121.2 114.0 199.2 133.8 123.7 230.4 161.0 142.9
250 164.2 114.1 101.0 177.4 121.6 118.0 200.5 134.6 127.7 225.0 148.2 137.2 259.1 177.4 156.3
300 186.2 126.7 109.4 200.6 134.8 130.6 225.7 148.7 141.1 252.5 163.3 150.6 289.3 194.5 169.5
350 208.9 140.0 117.6 225.2 148.7 139.4 252.5 163.6 154.5 281.4 179.2 163.9 321.2 212.4 182.6
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 52.6 47.5 37.8 57.7 52.1 40.9 71.6 64.8 48.8 83.2 75.1 56.6 83.2 75.1 64.3
100 58.0 52.4 41.0 63.5 57.5 45.4 78.4 70.9 53.2 90.6 81.8 60.9 90.6 81.8 68.6
150 72.8 65.9 47.2 79.3 71.6 56.3 96.6 86.6 64.0 110.6 100.0 71.5 110.6 100.0 79.1
200 89.4 80.6 53.2 96.7 86.9 64.1 116.6 103.2 74.5 132.7 120.0 82.0 132.7 120.0 89.5
250 107.5 95.9 58.0 115.9 102.8 70.6 138.6 121.2 85.0 156.8 141.1 92.4 156.8 141.7 99.7
300 127.3 112.4 58.0 136.9 120.1 77.2 162.4 140.6 95.2 182.9 163.0 102.6 182.9 165.2 110.0
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 83.8 64.6 55.5 99.6 74.6 64.6 116.9 85.4 73.5 135.4 97.0 82.4 137.3 109.2 91.2
150 100.4 75.2 65.0 118.4 86.4 77.2 137.8 98.3 86.0 158.5 110.9 94.7 160.7 124.3 103.4
200 118.9 86.8 72.2 139.0 99.0 89.6 160.4 112.0 98.2 183.6 125.8 106.8 186.0 140.4 115.4
250 138.7 99.0 79.4 160.9 112.4 101.7 184.9 126.6 110.3 210.5 141.6 118.8 213.1 157.4 127.3
300 160.0 112.1 86.8 184.7 126.6 113.7 211.0 142.0 122.2 239.2 158.3 130.7 242.0 175.4 139.1
350 182.9 126.0 86.8 210.0 141.7 125.6 238.9 158.4 134.0 269.6 175.9 142.4 272.9 194.4 150.8
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 74 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2008-11-03
Additional Hilti
technical data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Nominal
tensile
strength f
uk
HIT-V/HAS 5.8 [N/mm²] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
HIT-V/HAS 8.8 [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700 700 500 500
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 700 700 500
Yield
strength f
yk
HIT-V/HAS 5.8 [N/mm²] 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
HIT-V/HAS 8.8 [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm²] 450 450 450 450 450 450 210 210
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm²] 600 600 600 600 600 400 400 250
Stressed
cross-
section A
s
HAS [mm²] 32.8 52.3 76.2 144 225 324 519 759
HIT-V [mm²] 36.6 58.0 84.3 157 245 353 561 817
Section
Modulus
Z
HAS [mm³] 27.0 54.1 93.8 244 474 809 1706 2949
HIT-V [mm³] 31.2 62.3 109 277 541 935 1874 3294
Steel failure with lever arm M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Design
bending
moment
MRd,s
HIT-V-5.8 [kN] 15 30 53 134 260 449 900 1581
HIT-V-8.8 [kN] 24 48 84 213 415 718 1439 2530
HIT-V-R [kN] 17 33 59 149 291 504 472 830
HIT-V-HCR [kN] 24 48 84 213 416 449 899 1129
HAS-E-5.8 [kN] 13 26 45 118 227 389 NA NA
HAS-E-8.8 [kN] NA NA NA NA NA NA 1310 2265
HAS-E-R [kN] 15 29 51 131 255 436 430 743
HAS-E-HCR [kN] 21 42 72 187 364 389 819 1011
May 2011 page 75
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Material quality
Part Material
Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 5.8 M8 – M24
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 8.8 M27 – M39
Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V-R, HAS-R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for ≤ M24 and
class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401
Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR, HAS-HCR
High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
strength ≤ M20: Rm = 800 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile
M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile
Washer ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Nut EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm, EN ISO 4042 hot
dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4,
EN 10088: 1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
a)
M36
a)
Anchor rod
HAS, HAS-E,HAS-R, HAS-ER
HAS-HCR M
8
x
8
0
M
1
0
x
9
0
M
1
2
x
1
1
0
M
1
6
x
1
2
5
M
2
0
x
1
7
0
M
2
4
x
2
1
0
M
3
0
x
2
7
0
M
3
6
x
3
3
0
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270 330
Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R,
HIT-V-HCR
Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length
a) M30 and M36 please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Rotary hammer TE 2 – TE 16 TE 40 – TE 70
Other tools compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
Additional Hilti recommended tools DD EC-1, DD 100 … DD xxx a)
a) For anchors in diamond drilled holes load values for combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance have to be reduced
(see section “Design process for typical anchor layouts”)
page 76 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Setting instructions
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB
a) Note: Manual cleaning only for hef ≤ 250 mm and anchor size ≤ M16
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
May 2011 page 77
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB
Water filled bore hole or submerged, hammer drilling
page 78 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Setting instructions
Dry and water-saturated concrete, diamond coring drilling; Hilti technical information only
For anchors in diamond drilled holes load values for combined pull-out and
concrete cone resistance have to be reduced. Load reduction factor: 0.7
May 2011 page 79
Hilti HIT-RE 500
with HIT-V / HAS
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20
Additional
Hilti
technical
data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 35 40
Effective anchorage and drill hole
depth range a)

h
ef,min
[mm] 40 40 48 64 80 96 120 144
h
ef,max
[mm] 160 200 240 320 400 480 600 720
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] h
ef
+ 30 mm ≥ 100 mm h
ef
+ 2 d
0
Diameter of clearance hole
in the fixture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33 39
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 180
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 180
Torque moment b)
T
max
b)
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200 300 360
a) hef,min ≤ hef ≤ hef,max (hef: embedment depth)
b) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting during installation for anchors with minimum spacing
and/or edge distance.
Setting details
Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2009-05-20 Additional Hilti technical data
Temperature of the
base material
Curing time before anchor
can be fully loaded t
cure
Temperature of the
base material
Working time in which
anchor can be inserted
and adjusted t
cure
40 °C 4 h 40 °C 12 min
30 °C to 39 °C 8 h 30 °C 20 min
20 °C to 29 °C 12 h 20 °C 30 min
15 °C to 19 °C 24 h 15 °C 1 ½ h
10 °C to 14 °C 48 h 10 °C 2 h
5 °C to 9 °C 72 h 5 °C 2 ½ h
For dry concrete curing times may be reduced according to the following table. For installation temperatures below +5 °C all
load values have to be reduced according to the load reduction factors given below.
Curing time for dry concrete
Additional Hilti technical data
Temperature of the
base material
Reduced curing time
before anchor can be fully
loaded t
cure
Working time in which
anchor can be inserted
and adjusted t
cure
Load reduction factor
40 °C 4 h 12 min 1
30 °C 8 h 20 min 1
20 °C 12 h 30 min 1
15 °C 18 h 1 ½ h 1
10 °C 24 h 2 h 1
5 °C 36 h 2 ½ h 1
0 °C 50 h 3 h 0,7
-5 °C 72 h 4 h 0,6
page 80 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
HAS rods
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HAS-HCR rods
Static mixer
HIT-V rods
HIT-V (Zinc)
HIT-V-F (Gal)
HIT-V-R (A4-70)
HIT-V-HCR rods
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V
Injection Mortar System
Variable
embedment
depth
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
330 ml foil pack
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval a) DIBt, Berlin ETA-07/0260 / 2009-01-12
ES report ICC evaluation service ESR 2322 / 2007-11-01
Fire test report MFPA, Leipzig GS-III/B-07-070 / 2008-01-18
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire
WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 & suppl.
WF 172920 / 2008-05-27
a) All data given in this section according ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12.
Service temperature range
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material
temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +58 °C +35 °C +58 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +70 °C +43 °C +70 °C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time
Benefits
■ suitable for cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
■ high loading capacity
■ suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
■ large diameter applications
■ high corrosion resistant
■ long working time at elevated
temperatures
■ odourless epoxy
■ varied embedment depths
■ small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
Fire
resistance
Tensile zone
May 2011 page 81
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from Profis V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to
EOTA TR 029. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12.
■ Influence of concrete strength
■ Influence of edge distance
■ Influence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplification:
■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor configuration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p
1
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB,p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
1 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,p by the factor 0.83
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
2
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
2 For non dry concrete multiply NRd,c by the factor 0.83.
The definition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
NRd,s HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0 118.0 187.3
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7 188.0 299.3
HIT-V-R [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0 132.1 98.3
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 82 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c

ψre,V
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
The factor ψre,V takes account of the effect of the type of reinforcement used in cracked concrete.
ψre,V = 1.0 anchorage in cracked concrete without edge reinforcement
ψre,V = 1.2 anchorage in cracked concrete with straight edge reinforcement (≥ ∅12 mm)
ψre,V = 1.4 anchorage in cracked concrete with edge reinforcement and closely spaced stirrups (a ≤ 100 mm)
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
VRd,s HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8 70.4 112.0
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4 112.8 179.2
HIT-V-R [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5 58.8
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 83
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Typical embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Base material thickness h [mm] 110 120 150 200 250 300 350
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ temperature range I (see service temperature range)
■ base material thickness, as specified in the table
■ One typical embedment depth, as specified in the tables
■ dry concrete
The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths. The latest version of the Hilti software Profis allows the
engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical
solution every time. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods.
For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134.
The anchor design software program Profis can be download from the Hilti Australia website, www.hilti.com.au.
Design resistance: dry concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Cracked concrete
Tensile
Pull-out N*
Rd,p
11.3 15.7 21.7 26.4 44.8 55.3 91.4
Concrete N*
Rd,c
21.7 21.6 35.0 36.4 57.7 79.2 115.4
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
page 84 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge influence – cracked concrete
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge E (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 8.2 11.5 4.5 11.5 15.0 9.3 13.4 16.9 10.9 15.1 22.1 14.9 15.1 24.2 16.5
80 9.0 12.7 5.6 12.7 16.6 10.6 14.9 18.7 12.2 16.7 24.4 16.1 16.7 26.9 17.7
100 9.5 13.4 6.1 13.3 17.4 11.3 15.5 19.6 12.8 17.5 25.6 16.7 17.5 28.1 18.3
120 9.8 14.0 6.7 13.9 18.1 12.0 16.2 20.4 13.5 18.2 26.6 17.3 18.2 29.4 18.9
150 10.4 14.9 6.7 14.8 19.3 13.0 17.2 21.8 14.4 19.4 28.4 18.2 19.4 31.3 19.8
200 11.4 16.4 6.7 16.2 21.4 14.6 18.8 24.0 16.1 21.2 31.3 19.8 21.2 34.4 21.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 11.8 14.2 6.4 14.8 16.8 10.6 16.9 18.7 12.4 21.0 23.8 16.6 21.0 29.2 20.8
100 13.1 15.7 8.0 16.4 18.7 12.5 18.8 20.8 14.1 23.5 26.4 18.5 23.5 32.5 22.3
150 14.4 17.4 9.6 18.1 20.6 14.3 20.9 22.9 15.9 25.9 29.2 19.9 25.9 35.8 24.0
200 15.7 19.0 9.6 19.8 22.4 16.2 22.8 25.0 17.7 28.3 31.8 21.6 28.3 39.0 25.5
250 17.0 20.5 9.6 21.5 24.4 17.6 24.6 27.1 19.4 30.7 34.4 23.2 30.7 42.2 27.1
300 17.5 22.1 9.6 22.1 26.3 17.6 25.3 29.2 21.2 31.6 37.1 24.9 31.6 45.6 28.7
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 15.8 20.2 8.7 18.1 22.2 11.8 20.4 24.4 15.2 26.8 30.1 20.0 28.8 36.5 24.8
100 17.2 21.6 10.2 19.4 23.9 13.4 22.0 26.2 16.9 28.8 32.4 21.6 31.1 39.1 26.3
150 18.6 23.5 12.0 21.2 25.9 15.4 23.9 28.4 19.0 31.4 35.2 23.6 33.8 42.6 28.2
200 20.2 25.4 13.1 22.9 28.1 17.4 25.9 30.7 21.1 34.0 38.0 25.5 36.6 46.1 30.0
250 21.6 27.4 13.1 24.6 30.1 18.9 27.8 33.0 23.2 36.5 40.9 27.5 39.2 49.4 31.9
300 23.2 29.2 13.1 26.3 32.2 18.9 29.6 35.3 25.3 38.9 43.7 29.4 41.9 52.8 33.8
Tensile
zone
May 2011 page 85
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 46.9 49.2 28.2 46.9 49.2 35.2 60.7 60.5 47.8 70.2 68.0 55.0 83.4 84.4 69.1
150 48.5 50.8 29.9 48.5 50.8 37.0 62.8 62.3 49.8 72.6 70.1 56.9 86.3 87.0 71.0
200 51.2 53.3 32.9 51.2 53.3 40.1 66.4 65.3 53.1 76.7 73.7 60.0 91.2 91.3 73.9
250 54.0 55.8 35.8 54.0 55.8 43.2 70.0 68.5 56.4 80.9 77.2 63.2 96.1 95.6 76.8
300 56.8 58.3 38.8 56.8 58.3 46.3 73.4 71.6 59.8 85.0 80.6 66.3 100.9 100.0 79.8
350 59.5 60.8 41.7 59.5 60.8 49.4 77.0 74.8 63.1 89.0 84.1 69.5 105.8 104.4 82.7
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 20.5 26.0 13.7 22.9 29.0 17.3 29.4 37.3 25.6 34.7 44.2 31.3 34.7 44.2 36.8
100 21.2 27.2 14.6 23.8 30.4 18.2 30.4 39.0 26.6 35.9 46.1 32.2 35.9 46.1 37.7
150 23.0 30.1 16.7 25.8 33.6 20.5 33.0 43.1 29.0 39.0 50.9 34.5 39.0 50.9 39.9
200 24.8 32.9 18.9 27.8 36.7 22.8 35.6 47.2 31.4 42.1 55.8 36.8 42.1 55.8 42.1
250 26.6 35.8 20.6 29.8 40.0 25.0 38.3 51.2 33.9 45.2 60.6 39.1 45.2 60.6 44.3
300 28.4 38.6 20.6 31.8 43.2 27.3 40.8 55.1 36.3 48.2 65.4 41.4 48.2 65.4 46.6
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 32.8 37.4 20.5 40.0 44.0 31.2 48.0 51.4 39.4 56.5 59.0 45.8 57.5 67.2 52.1
150 34.9 39.8 23.1 42.7 47.0 34.0 51.2 54.7 42.2 60.5 62.9 48.5 61.4 71.6 54.7
200 37.2 42.2 25.6 45.5 49.9 36.9 54.6 58.1 45.0 64.4 66.7 51.1 65.4 76.0 57.3
250 39.5 44.8 28.2 48.2 52.8 39.7 57.8 61.3 47.8 68.3 70.6 53.8 69.4 80.4 59.9
300 41.8 47.2 30.7 51.0 55.7 42.6 61.2 64.8 50.6 72.1 74.4 56.5 73.3 84.8 62.5
350 43.9 49.7 30.7 53.8 58.6 45.4 64.4 68.0 53.4 76.1 78.2 59.2 77.3 89.2 65.1
page 86 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence – cracked concrete
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge E (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 12.2 13.8 9.0 16.4 17.4 12.5 19.0 19.4 14.1 21.1 24.8 18.0 21.1 27.1 19.6
80 15.5 17.6 11.2 20.4 21.8 16.9 23.2 24.2 18.4 25.6 30.5 22.3 25.6 33.1 23.8
100 17.3 19.8 12.2 22.4 24.4 19.0 25.3 26.8 20.6 27.8 33.5 24.4 27.8 36.4 25.9
120 19.1 22.0 13.4 24.6 26.9 21.2 27.6 29.5 22.7 30.4 36.7 26.5 30.4 39.7 28.0
150 21.8 25.6 13.4 28.0 31.0 24.3 31.2 33.8 25.8 34.1 41.8 29.6 34.1 45.1 31.1
200 26.8 32.0 13.4 33.6 38.4 29.2 37.3 41.8 31.0 40.6 50.9 34.7 40.6 54.7 36.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 17.2 17.0 12.4 21.0 19.8 14.9 23.6 21.8 16.6 28.8 27.2 20.8 28.8 32.9 24.9
100 22.3 22.1 16.0 26.8 25.4 20.7 29.9 27.7 22.4 35.8 34.1 26.4 35.8 40.7 30.4
150 28.1 27.8 19.2 33.1 31.7 26.4 36.6 34.4 28.0 43.3 41.6 32.0 43.3 49.3 36.0
200 34.2 34.2 19.2 39.8 38.6 31.9 43.9 41.8 33.5 51.4 50.0 37.4 51.4 58.7 41.4
250 40.6 41.3 19.2 46.9 46.3 35.2 51.5 49.8 38.8 59.8 59.2 42.9 59.8 69.0 46.8
300 43.2 49.0 19.2 49.8 54.6 35.2 54.5 58.6 42.4 63.2 69.1 48.2 63.2 80.0 52.1
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 23.3 24.2 17.1 23.3 24.2 19.1 28.9 28.7 21.0 36.7 34.8 25.7 39.4 41.4 30.4
100 27.7 28.9 20.4 27.7 28.9 24.4 34.0 34.0 26.3 42.6 40.8 30.9 45.5 48.1 35.6
150 34.0 35.4 24.0 34.0 35.4 30.8 40.9 41.2 32.7 50.6 48.8 37.3 53.6 57.2 41.9
200 40.4 42.6 26.2 40.4 42.6 34.8 48.2 49.1 39.1 59.0 57.7 43.6 62.4 67.1 48.1
250 47.4 50.4 26.2 47.4 50.4 37.8 56.0 57.6 45.4 67.8 67.3 49.8 71.6 77.8 54.3
300 54.7 58.8 26.2 54.7 58.8 37.8 64.1 66.8 50.6 77.0 77.6 56.0 81.1 89.3 60.4
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
Tensile
zone
May 2011 page 87
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 64.2 60.0 53.4 70.1 64.4 57.8 80.4 72.1 64.9 91.3 80.2 72.0 106.7 97.4 85.9
150 69.7 64.7 59.7 75.8 69.2 63.9 86.6 77.3 70.9 98.2 85.7 77.9 114.1 103.8 91.7
200 79.2 72.7 65.8 85.8 77.8 73.9 97.6 86.4 80.8 109.9 95.4 87.6 127.1 114.8 101.2
250 89.3 81.4 71.6 96.5 86.6 83.6 109.1 96.0 90.4 122.4 105.7 97.2 140.9 126.5 110.7
300 100.0 90.4 77.6 107.6 96.1 92.6 121.2 106.0 100.0 135.5 116.4 106.7 155.3 138.6 120.1
350 111.0 99.8 83.4 119.4 106.0 98.4 133.8 116.6 109.5 149.2 127.7 116.8 170.3 151.4 129.4
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 29.6 33.8 26.8 32.5 37.2 29.0 40.4 46.2 34.6 46.8 53.5 40.1 46.8 53.5 45.6
100 32.2 37.3 29.2 35.2 40.9 32.2 43.4 50.5 37.7 50.2 58.3 43.2 50.2 58.3 48.6
150 38.9 46.9 33.4 42.2 51.1 39.9 51.5 61.7 45.3 58.9 71.3 50.7 58.9 71.3 56.0
200 46.1 57.5 37.8 49.9 61.9 45.4 60.1 73.6 52.8 68.4 85.4 58.1 68.4 85.4 63.4
250 53.6 69.2 41.2 58.0 73.3 50.0 69.2 86.4 60.2 78.4 100.7 65.4 78.4 101.9 70.7
300 61.8 80.2 41.2 66.5 85.7 54.6 78.8 100.3 67.5 88.8 116.2 72.7 88.8 117.8 77.9
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 46.1 46.1 39.3 54.7 53.3 45.7 64.2 61.0 52.1 74.4 69.1 58.4 75.5 77.8 64.6
150 53.8 53.6 46.2 63.4 61.6 54.7 73.7 70.1 60.9 84.8 79.0 67.1 85.9 88.6 73.3
200 62.0 61.8 51.2 72.6 70.6 63.5 83.9 79.8 69.6 95.9 89.6 75.7 97.2 100.1 81.8
250 70.9 70.6 56.4 82.3 80.2 72.1 94.6 90.2 78.2 107.6 100.9 84.2 109.0 112.2 90.2
300 80.3 79.9 61.4 92.6 90.2 80.6 105.8 101.3 86.6 119.9 112.8 92.6 121.3 125.0 98.5
350 90.0 89.9 61.4 103.3 101.0 88.8 117.6 112.9 95.0 132.7 125.4 100.9 134.3 138.6 106.8
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 88 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS
Data according ETA-04/0027, issue 2008-11-03
Additional Hilti
technical data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Nominal
tensile
strength f
uk
HIT-V 5.8 [N/mm²] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
HIT-V 8.8 [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
HIT-V-R [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700 700 500 500
HIT-V-HCR [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 700 700 500
Yield
strength f
yk
HIT-V 5.8 [N/mm²] 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
HIT-V 8.8 [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
HIT-V-R [N/mm²] 450 450 450 450 450 450 210 210
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm²] 600 600 600 600 600 400 400 250
Stressed
cross-
section A
s
HIT-V [mm²] 36.6 58.0 84.3 157 245 353 561 817
Section
Modulus
Z
HIT-V [mm³] 31.2 62.3 109 277 541 935 1874 3294
Steel failure with lever arm M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Design
bending
moment
MRd,s
HIT-V-5.8 [kN] 15 30 53 134 260 449 900 1581
HIT-V-8.8 [kN] 24 48 84 213 415 718 1439 2530
HIT-V-R [kN] 17 33 59 149 291 504 472 830
HIT-V-HCR [kN] 24 48 84 213 416 449 899 1129
May 2011 page 89
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Material quality
Part Material
Threaded rod HIT-V(F)
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V(F)
Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V-R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for ≤ M24 and
class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401
Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR
High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
strength ≤ M20: Rm = 800 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile
M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile
Washer ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Nut EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm, EN ISO 4042 hot
dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4,
EN 10088: 1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
a)
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R,
HIT-V-HCR
Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length
a) M30 please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Rotary hammer TE 2 – TE 16 TE 40 – TE 70
Other tools compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
page 90 May 2011
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Setting instructions
Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB
a) Note: Manual cleaning only for hef ≤ 250 mm and anchor size ≤ M16
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
May 2011 page 91
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD
with HIT-V
Data according ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 35
Effective anchorage and drill hole
depth range a)

h
ef,min
[mm] 40 40 48 64 80 96 120
h
ef,max
[mm] 160 200 240 320 400 480 600
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] h
ef
+ 30 mm ≥ 100 mm h
ef
+ 2 d
0
Diameter of clearance hole
in the fixture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 33
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 150
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 150
Torque moment b)
T
max
b)
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200 300
a) hef,min ≤ hef ≤ hef,max (hef: embedment depth)
b) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting during installation for anchors with minimum spacing
and/or edge distance.
Setting details
Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-07/0260, issue 2009-01-12
Temperature of the
base material
Working time in which anchor
can be inserted and adjusted t
cure
Curing time before anchor
can be fully loaded t
cure
40 °C 12 min 4 h
30 °C to 39 °C 20 min 8 h
20 °C to 29 °C 30 min 12 h
15 °C to 19 °C 1 ½ h 24 h
10 °C to 14 °C 2 h 48 h
5 °C to 9 °C 2 ½ h 72 h
page 92 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS
Injection Mortar System Benefits
■ suitable for non cracked and
cracked concrete C 20/25 to
C50/60
■ suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
■ high loading capacity
■ rapid curing
■ small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
■ high corrosion resistant
■ varied embedment depths
Variable
embedment
depth
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
330 ml foil pack
(also available as 500 ml
and 1400 ml foil pack)
HAS rods
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
HAS-HCR rods
Static mixer
Tensile
zone
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0352 / 2010-04-01
a) All data given in this section according ETA-08/0352 issue 2010-04-01.
Service temperature range
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material
temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °C +120 °C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time
HIT-V rods
HIT-V (Zinc)
HIT-V-F (Gal)
HIT-V-R (A4-70)
HIT-V-HCR rods
May 2011 page 93
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtained from Profis V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to
EOTA TR 029. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-08/0352, issue 2010-04-01.
■ Influence of concrete strength
■ Influence of edge distance
■ Influence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplification:
■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor configuration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB,p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
NRd,s HAS – E 5.8 [kN] 11.3 17.3 25.3 48.0 74.7 106.7
HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0 118.0
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7 188.0
HAS-E-R [kN] 12.3 19.8 28.3 54.0 84.0 119.8
HIT-V-R [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0 132.1
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 94 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c

ψre,V
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
The factor ψre,V takes account of the effect of the type of reinforcement used in cracked concrete.
ψre,V = 1.0 anchorage in non-cracked concrete
ψre,V = 1.0 anchorage in cracked concrete without edge reinforcement
ψre,V = 1.2 anchorage in cracked concrete with straight edge reinforcement (≥ ∅12 mm)
ψre,V = 1.4 anchorage in cracked concrete with edge reinforcement and closely spaced stirrups (a ≤ 100 mm)
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
VRd,s HAS – E 5.8 [kN] 6.8 10.4 15.2 28.8 44.8 64.0
HIT-V 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8 70.4
HIT-V 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4 112.8
HAS-E-R [kN] 7.7 12,2 17.3 32.7 50.6 71.8
HIT-V-R [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 95
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material thickness h [mm] 110 120 150 200 250 300
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non cracked and cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ temperature range I (see service temperature range)
■ base material thickness, as specified in the table
■ One typical embedment depth, as specified in the tables
The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths. The latest version of the Hilti software Profis allows the
engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical
solution every time. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods.
For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134.
The anchor design software program Profis can be download from the Hilti Australia website, www.hilti.com.au.
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile
Concrete N*
Rd,p
16.4 23.1 33.8 57.1 94.4 121.7
Concrete N*
Rd,c
25.4 30.3 40.9 59.5 103.4 129.6
Shear V
Rd,s
Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
Cracked concrete
Tensile
Concrete N*
Rd,p
NA 10.8 15.9 26.3 44.9 66.4
Concrete N*
Rd,c
NA 25.9 35.0 42.4 67.3 92.4
Shear V
Rd,s
NA Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
page 96 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 170
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 11.9 13.5 6.3 17.2 17.5 13.2 20.1 19.7 15.4 21.6 25.7 21.0 21.6 28.3 23.2
80 13.3 14.9 7.9 19.2 19.4 15.0 22.5 21.8 17.2 24.1 28.5 22.7 24.1 31.3 24.9
100 14.0 15.6 8.6 20.2 20.3 15.9 23.7 22.9 18.1 25.4 29.8 23.6 25.4 32.8 25.7
120 14.7 16.4 9.4 21.2 21.2 16.9 24.9 23.9 19.0 26.7 31.2 24.4 26.7 34.3 26.6
150 15.8 17.4 9.4 22.7 22.6 18.3 26.6 25.4 20.4 28.5 33.2 25.7 28.5 36.6 27.9
200 17.5 19.2 9.4 25.3 24.9 20.6 29.5 28.0 22.6 31.6 36.6 27.9 31.6 40.3 30.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 16.3 16.5 9.0 20.5 19.6 15.0 23.6 21.8 17.4 29.4 27.8 23.4 29.4 34.1 29.3
100 18.5 18.4 11.3 23.2 21.8 17.6 26.7 24.3 19.9 33.2 30.9 25.7 33.2 38.0 31.5
150 20.6 20.3 13.5 25.9 24.0 20.2 29.7 26.7 22.4 37.1 34.0 28.1 37.1 41.7 33.8
200 22.7 22.1 13.5 28.5 26.2 22.8 32.8 29.2 24.9 40.9 37.2 30.4 40.9 45.6 36.0
250 24.8 24.0 13.5 31.1 28.5 24.8 35.8 31.6 27.4 44.6 40.2 32.7 44.6 49.4 38.3
300 25.6 25.8 13.5 32.2 30.7 24.8 37.0 34.1 29.9 46.1 43.3 35.1 46.1 53.2 40.6
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 23.4 23.5 12.3 26.6 25.9 16.7 30.0 28.4 21.4 39.4 35.2 28.2 42.3 42.5 35.0
100 25.5 25.2 14.4 29.0 27.8 18.9 32.7 30.5 23.8 43.0 37.8 30.5 46.1 45.7 37.1
150 28.1 27.5 16.9 32.0 30.3 21.7 36.1 33.2 26.7 47.4 41.1 33.2 50.8 49.8 39.7
200 30.7 29.7 18.5 35.0 32.7 24.5 39.5 35.9 29.7 51.9 44.4 36.0 55.6 53.8 42.4
250 33.3 31.9 18.5 38.0 35.2 26.7 42.9 38.6 32.7 56.3 47.7 38.7 60.3 57.8 45.0
300 36.0 34.1 18.5 40.9 37.6 26.7 46.2 41.4 35.7 60.7 51.0 41.5 65.0 61.8 47.7
May 2011 page 97
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 87.0 80.5 39.7 96.9 87.2 49.7 114.4 99.0 67.5 133.3 111.3 77.6 149.6 138.0 97.6
150 90.6 83.0 42.3 100.9 89.9 52.3 119.1 102.0 70.3 138.7 114.7 80.2 155.7 142.3 100.1
200 96.5 87.1 46.4 107.5 94.4 56.6 126.9 107.0 75.0 147.8 120.5 84.7 165.9 149.4 104.2
250 102.5 91.3 50.5 114.1 98.9 61.0 134.7 112.2 79.6 156.9 126.2 89.2 176.1 156.5 108.4
300 108.4 95.4 54.7 120.7 103.4 65.3 142.5 117.3 84.3 166.0 132.0 93.6 186.3 163.6 112.6
350 114.3 99.6 58.8 127.3 107.9 69.7 150.3 122.3 89.0 175.0 137.7 98.1 196.5 170.7 116.8
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 41.3 42.6 19.3 46.2 47.6 24.4 59.3 61.0 36.2 70.0 72.2 44.1 70.0 72.2 52.0
100 43.1 44.5 20.5 48.1 49.7 25.7 61.8 63.7 37.5 73.0 75.3 45.4 73.0 75.3 53.2
150 47.5 49.2 23.6 53.1 54.9 28.9 68.1 70.4 41.0 80.5 83.3 48.6 80.5 83.3 56.3
200 52.0 53.9 26.6 58.0 60.1 32.1 74.5 77.2 44.4 88.0 91.2 51.9 88.0 91.2 59.4
250 56.4 58.5 29.0 63.0 65.4 35.3 80.8 83.9 47.8 95.5 99.2 55.1 95.5 99.2 62.6
300 60.8 63.2 29.0 67.9 70.6 38.6 87.1 90.1 51.2 103.0 107.0 58.4 103.0 107.1 65.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 62.2 61.1 28.9 76.2 72.1 44.0 91.4 84.0 55.5 108.0 96.5 64.6 109.0 110.0 73.5
150 67.1 65.1 32.5 82.2 76.9 48.0 98.7 89.4 59.5 116.5 102.8 68.4 117.6 117.1 77.2
200 72.1 69.1 36.1 88.3 81.6 52.0 106.0 95.0 63.5 125.1 109.2 72.2 126.3 124.3 80.9
250 77.0 73.2 39.7 94.3 86.3 56.0 113.2 100.4 67.4 133.6 115.5 76.0 135.0 131.5 84.6
300 82.0 77.2 43.4 100.4 91.0 60.0 120.4 105.9 71.4 142.2 121.8 79.8 143.6 138.7 88.2
350 86.7 81.2 43.4 106.4 95.7 64.0 127.7 111.4 75.4 150.8 128.1 83.6 152.2 146.0 92.0
page 98 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 17.3 16.0 12.6 23.8 20.3 17.7 27.4 22.6 19.9 29.2 29.0 25.4 29.2 31.7 30.9
80 22.6 20.6 15.8 30.1 25.6 23.8 34.3 28.2 26.0 36.3 35.6 31.4 36.6 38.7 36.8
100 25.4 23.0 17.2 33.5 28.4 26.8 38.0 31.3 29.0 40.2 39.1 34.4 40.2 42.5 39.7
120 28.4 25.7 18.8 37.1 31.4 29.8 41.8 34.5 32.0 44.1 42.8 37.3 44.1 46.4 42.6
150 33.1 29.8 18.8 42.6 36.2 34.3 47.8 39.6 36.4 50.4 48.8 41.7 50.4 52.7 47.0
200 41.4 37.4 18.8 52.4 44.9 41.2 58.4 48.8 43.7 61.3 59.5 49.0 61.3 64.0 54.2
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 22.9 19.9 17.4 28.0 23.2 21.0 31.6 25.5 23.4 38.5 31.8 29.3 38.5 38.4 35.1
100 30.5 25.8 22.6 36.5 29.7 29.2 40.8 32.4 31.5 48.9 39.8 37.2 48.9 47.5 43.0
150 39.1 32.5 27.0 46.1 37.0 37.2 51.1 40.2 39.4 60.5 48.7 45.1 60.2 57.4 50.7
200 48.5 40.0 27.0 56.6 45.2 45.0 62.3 48.8 47.2 73.0 58.5 52.8 73.0 68.6 58.4
250 58.7 48.2 27.0 67.9 54.1 49.6 74.4 58.2 54.8 86.6 69.2 60.5 86.5 80.6 66.0
300 63.0 52.1 27.0 72.6 63.8 49.6 79.5 68.4 59.8 92.1 80.8 68.0 92.2 93.5 73.5
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 32.0 28.2 24.1 35.7 30.8 26.9 39.7 33.5 29.6 50.6 40.6 36.3 53.9 48.4 42.9
100 39.1 33.8 28.8 43.4 36.7 34.4 48.0 39.7 37.1 60.2 47.6 43.6 63.8 56.3 50.1
150 49.1 41.4 33.8 54.0 44.7 43.4 59.2 48.1 46.2 73.3 57.1 52.7 77.5 66.9 59.1
200 60.0 49.8 37.0 65.7 53.5 49.0 71.6 57.3 55.2 87.5 67.5 61.5 92.3 78.4 67.9
250 71.9 58.8 37.0 78.3 63.0 53.4 85.0 67.3 64.0 102.9 78.7 70.3 108.2 91.0 76.6
300 84.6 68.7 37.0 91.8 73.3 53.4 99.3 78.1 71.4 119.3 90.7 79.0 125.2 104.3 85.2
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 99
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 115.4 98.2 75.5 126.5 105.4 81.6 146.1 117.9 91.6 167.1 131.1 101.5 185.2 159.4 121.2
150 126.6 105.8 84.2 138.4 113.3 90.2 159.2 126.4 100.1 181.4 140.2 109.9 200.5 169.8 129.4
200 146.6 119.0 92.8 159.4 127.2 104.2 182.2 141.3 114.0 206.5 156.1 123.7 227.4 188.0 142.9
250 167.6 133.1 101.0 181.8 141.8 118.0 206.7 157.0 127.7 233.3 172.9 137.2 256.0 207.0 156.3
300 190.2 147.9 109.4 205.6 157.2 130.6 232.8 173.5 141.1 261.6 190.5 150.6 286.3 226.9 169.5
350 214.1 163.4 117.6 230.9 173.4 139.4 260.3 190.8 154.5 291.5 209.0 163.9 318.2 247.8 182.6
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 54.6 55.4 37.8 60.0 60.8 40.9 74.5 75.5 48.8 86.4 87.6 56.6 86.4 87.6 64.3
100 60.2 61.1 41.0 65.9 67.0 45.4 81.3 82.6 53.2 94.0 95.4 60.9 94.0 95.4 68.6
150 75.1 76.8 47.2 81.7 83.6 56.3 99.6 101.0 64.0 114.1 116.6 71.5 114.1 116.6 79.1
200 91.6 94.1 53.2 99.2 101.3 64.1 119.6 120.3 74.5 136.1 139.9 82.0 136.1 139.9 89.5
250 109.7 111.8 58.0 118.4 120.0 70.6 141.4 141.4 85.0 160.1 164.6 92.4 160.1 165.3 99.7
300 129.4 131.1 58.0 139.2 140.2 77.2 165.1 164.1 95.2 186.0 190.0 102.6 186.0 192.8 110.0
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 81.6 75.3 55.5 97.2 87.1 64.6 114.0 99.7 73.5 132.2 113.1 82.4 133.4 127.3 91.2
150 97.4 87.8 65.0 114.9 100.9 77.2 133.7 114.6 86.0 154.0 129.4 94.7 155.2 145.0 103.4
200 114.6 101.2 72.2 134.1 115.4 89.6 155.0 130.6 98.2 177.4 146.7 106.8 178.8 163.7 115.4
250 133.2 115.5 79.4 154.7 131.1 101.7 177.8 147.6 110.3 202.5 165.1 118.8 204.0 183.6 127.3
300 153.1 130.8 86.8 176.7 147.7 113.7 202.1 165.6 122.2 229.2 184.6 130.7 230.8 204.6 139.1
350 174.3 147.0 86.8 200.2 165.3 125.6 228.0 184.7 134.0 257.5 205.2 142.4 259.3 226.8 150.8
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 100 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge influence – cracked concrete
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa – Cracked Concrete
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 8.4 14.1 6.4 10.5 16.8 10.6 12.1 18.7 12.4 15.1 23.8 16.6 15.1 29.2 20.8
100 9.3 15.8 8.0 11.6 18.7 12.5 13.4 20.8 14.1 16.7 26.4 18.5 16.7 32.5 22.3
150 10.1 17.4 9.6 12.7 20.6 14.3 14.6 22.9 15.9 18.2 29.1 19.9 18.2 35.7 24.0
200 11.0 18.9 9.6 13.8 22.5 16.2 15.8 25.0 17.7 19.7 31.8 21.6 19.7 39.0 25.5
250 11.8 20.5 9.6 14.8 24.4 17.6 17.0 27.1 19.4 21.2 34.4 23.2 21.2 42.3 27.1
300 12.1 22.1 9.6 15.2 26.3 17.6 17.4 29.2 21.2 21.7 37.1 24.9 21.7 45.5 28.7
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 12.1 20.1 8.7 13.8 22.2 11.8 15.6 24.3 15.2 20.5 30.1 20.0 22.0 36.4 24.8
100 13.0 21.6 10.2 14.8 23.8 13.4 16.7 26.2 16.9 21.9 32.4 21.6 23.5 39.2 26.3
150 14.0 23.5 12.0 16.0 25.9 15.4 18.0 28.4 19.0 23.7 35.2 23.6 25.4 42.6 28.2
200 15.1 25.4 13.1 17.1 28.0 17.4 19.4 30.7 21.1 25.4 38.0 25.5 27.3 46.0 30.0
250 16.1 27.3 13.1 18.3 30.1 18.9 20.7 33.0 23.2 27.2 40.9 27.5 29.1 49.4 31.9
300 17.1 29.2 13.1 19.5 32.2 18.9 22.0 35.3 25.3 28.8 43.7 29.4 30.9 52.9 33.8
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 21.0 30.4 13.7 23.5 34.0 17.3 30.1 43.6 25.6 35.6 51.5 31.3 35.6 51.5 36.8
100 21.7 31.7 14.6 24.3 35.4 18.2 31.1 45.5 26.6 36.8 53.7 32.2 36.8 53.7 37.7
150 23.5 35.1 16.7 26.2 39.2 20.5 33.6 50.2 29.0 39.8 59.4 34.5 39.8 59.4 39.9
200 25.2 38.4 18.9 28.2 42.9 22.8 36.1 55.0 31.4 42.7 65.1 36.8 42.7 65.1 42.1
250 26.9 41.7 20.6 30.0 46.6 25.0 38.6 59.8 33.9 45.6 70.7 39.1 45.6 70.7 44.3
300 28.6 45.1 20.6 32.0 50.4 27.3 41.0 64.2 36.3 48.5 76.3 41.4 48.5 76.4 46.6
Tensile
zone
May 2011 page 101
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 50.7 57.4 28.2 56.5 62.2 35.2 66.7 70.5 47.8 77.7 79.3 55.0 87.2 98.4 69.1
150 52.5 59.2 29.9 58.5 64.1 37.0 69.0 72.7 49.8 80.4 81.8 56.9 90.2 101.5 71.0
200 55.4 62.1 32.9 61.7 67.3 40.1 72.9 76.4 53.1 84.8 85.9 60.0 95.2 106.5 73.9
250 58.3 65.1 35.8 65.0 70.5 43.2 76.7 80.0 56.4 89.3 90.0 63.2 100.3 111.6 76.8
300 61.2 68.0 38.8 68.2 73.7 46.3 80.5 83.6 59.8 93.8 94.1 66.3 105.3 116.7 79.8
350 64.2 71.0 41.7 71.4 76.9 49.4 84.3 87.2 63.1 98.2 98.2 69.5 110.2 121.7 82.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 33.9 43.6 20.5 41.4 51.4 31.2 49.7 59.9 39.4 58.7 68.8 45.8 59.3 78.4 52.1
150 36.0 46.5 23.1 44.1 54.8 34.0 52.9 63.8 42.2 62.5 73.3 48.5 63.1 83.5 54.7
200 38.2 49.3 25.6 46.8 58.2 36.9 56.1 67.7 45.0 66.2 77.8 51.1 66.9 88.7 57.3
250 40.3 52.1 28.2 49.4 61.5 39.7 59.3 71.6 47.8 70.0 82.4 53.8 70.7 93.8 59.9
300 42.5 55.0 30.7 52.1 64.9 42.6 62.5 75.5 50.6 73.8 86.8 56.5 74.5 98.9 62.5
350 44.7 57.9 30.7 54.7 68.3 45.4 65.6 79.4 53.4 77.5 91.4 59.2 78.2 104.0 65.1
page 102 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence – cracked concrete
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa– Cracked Concrete
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Typical embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
80 90 110 125 170 210
Base material
thickness h [mm]
110 120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 12.9 17.0 12.4 15.7 19.9 14.9 17.8 21.8 16.6 21.6 27.2 20.8 21.6 32.9 24.9
100 16.4 22.1 16.0 19.6 25.4 20.7 21.9 27.8 22.4 26.2 34.1 26.4 26.2 40.7 30.4
150 20.2 27.9 19.2 23.8 31.7 26.4 26.3 34.4 28.0 31.2 41.7 32.0 31.2 49.3 36.0
200 24.1 34.2 19.2 28.1 38.7 31.9 31.0 41.8 33.5 36.1 50.1 37.4 36.3 58.7 41.4
250 28.1 41.2 19.2 32.5 46.3 35.2 35.6 49.8 38.8 41.4 59.2 42.9 41.4 69.0 46.8
300 29.7 48.9 19.2 34.2 54.6 35.2 37.5 58.6 42.4 43.5 69.1 48.2 43.4 80.1 52.1
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 18.4 24.2 17.1 20.7 26.4 19.1 23.0 28.7 21.0 29.3 34.8 25.7 31.2 41.4 30.4
100 21.8 28.9 20.4 24.2 31.4 24.4 26.7 34.0 26.3 33.5 40.8 30.9 35.5 48.2 35.6
150 26.3 35.4 24.0 28.9 38.2 30.8 31.7 41.2 32.7 39.2 48.9 37.3 41.4 57.3 41.9
200 30.9 42.6 26.2 33.9 45.8 34.8 36.9 49.0 39.1 45.1 57.7 43.6 47.6 67.1 48.1
250 35.8 50.4 26.2 39.0 53.9 37.8 42.3 57.6 45.4 51.2 67.3 49.8 53.9 77.8 54.3
300 40.7 58.8 26.2 44.1 62.8 37.8 47.7 66.8 50.6 57.4 77.6 56.0 60.2 89.2 60.4
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
80 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 31.3 39.5 26.8 34.4 43.4 29.0 42.7 53.9 34.6 49.5 62.5 40.1 49.5 62.5 45.6
100 33.8 43.6 29.2 37.0 47.8 32.2 45.7 58.9 37.7 52.7 68.1 43.2 52.7 68.1 48.6
150 40.4 54.8 33.4 44.0 59.6 39.9 53.6 72.0 45.3 61.4 83.2 50.7 61.4 83.2 56.0
200 47.4 67.1 37.8 51.4 72.2 45.4 62.0 85.8 52.8 70.5 99.7 58.1 70.5 99.7 63.4
250 54.9 79.8 41.2 59.2 85.5 50.0 70.7 100.8 60.2 80.0 117.4 65.4 80.0 117.9 70.7
300 62.6 93.5 41.2 67.4 99.9 54.6 79.9 117.0 67.5 90.0 135.5 72.7 90.0 137.5 77.9
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
Tensile
zone
May 2011 page 103
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
120 73.2 70.0 53.5 80.2 75.2 57.8 92.6 84.1 64.9 105.9 93.5 72.0 117.4 113.6 85.9
150 79.2 75.4 59.7 86.6 80.8 63.9 99.6 90.2 70.9 113.5 100.0 77.9 125.4 121.1 91.7
200 89.8 84.9 65.8 97.7 90.7 73.9 111.7 100.8 80.8 126.6 111.3 87.6 139.5 134.0 101.2
250 100.9 94.9 71.6 109.5 101.1 83.6 124.5 111.9 90.4 140.5 123.3 97.2 154.2 147.6 110.7
300 112.6 105.4 77.6 121.7 112.1 92.6 137.8 123.7 100.0 154.5 135.8 106.7 169.5 161.7 120.1
350 124.7 116.5 83.4 134.6 123.7 98.4 151.7 136.0 109.5 169.9 149.0 116.8 185.4 176.6 129.4
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 49.3 53.7 39.3 58.8 62.1 45.7 69.0 71.1 52.1 80.0 80.7 58.4 80.6 90.8 64.6
150 57.1 62.6 46.2 67.4 71.9 54.7 78.4 81.8 60.9 90.3 92.3 67.1 91.0 103.4 73.3
200 65.5 72.2 51.2 76.5 82.3 63.5 88.5 93.1 69.6 101.3 104.6 75.7 102.1 116.7 81.8
250 74.2 82.4 56.4 86.2 93.4 72.1 99.0 105.3 78.2 112.8 117.7 84.2 113.6 130.9 90.2
300 83.3 93.2 61.4 96.2 105.3 80.6 110.0 118.1 86.6 124.7 131.6 92.6 125.6 145.9 98.5
350 92.8 104.8 61.4 106.6 117.9 88.8 121.4 131.7 95.0 137.1 146.3 100.9 138.1 161.7 106.8
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 104 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Nominal tensile strength f
uk
HIT-V/HAS 5.8 [N/mm²] 500 500 500 500 500 500
HIT-V/HAS 8.8 [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800
HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700 700
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 700
Yield strength f
yk
HIT-V/HAS 5.8 [N/mm²] 400 400 400 400 400 400
HIT-V/HAS 8.8 [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640
HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm²] 450 450 450 450 450 450
HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm²] 600 600 600 600 600 400
Stressed cross-section A
s
HAS [mm²] 32,8 52,3 76,2 144 225 324
HIT-V [mm²] 36,6 58,0 84,3 157 245 353
Section modulus Z
HAS [mm³] 27,0 54,1 93,8 244 474 809
HIT-V [mm³] 31,2 62,3 109 277 541 935
Steel failure with lever arm M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Design bending moment MRd,s
HIT-V-5.8 [kN] 15 30 53 134 260 449
HIT-V-8.8 [kN] 24 48 84 213 415 718
HIT-V-R [kN] 17 33 59 149 291 504
HIT-V-HCR [kN] 24 48 84 213 416 449
HAS-E-5.8 [kN] 13 26 45 118 227 389
HAS-E-8.8 [kN] NA NA NA NA NA NA
HAS-E-R [kN] 15 29 51 131 255 436
HAS-E-HCR [kN] 21 42 72 187 364 389
May 2011 page 105
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Material quality
Part Material
Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 5.8: M8 – M24
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V(F), HAS 8.8 M27 – M30
Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod HIT-V-R, HAS-R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for ≤ M24 and
class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401
Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR, HAS-HCR
(AVAILABLE ON REQUEST)
High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
strength ≤ M20: Rm = 800 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile
M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile
Washer ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Nut EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm, EN ISO 4042 hot
dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4, EN 10088:
1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Anchor rod
HAS, HAS-R, HAS-HCR
HAS-E, HAS-E-R
M8x80 M10x90 M12x110 M16x125 M20x170 M24x210
Embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Anchor rod HIT-V, HIT-V-R,
HIT-V-HCR
Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Rotary hammer TE 2 – TE 16 TE 40 – TE 70
Other tools compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
page 106 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Setting instructions
a) Note: Manual cleaning for non-cracked concrete, element sizes d ≤ 16mm and embedment depth hef ≤ 10 d only!
b) Note: Extension and piston plug needed for overhead installation and/or embedment depth > 250mm!
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
May 2011 page 107
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIT-V / HAS
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28
Effective embedment and drill hole depth
range a) for HIT-V

h
ef,min
[mm] 60 60 70 80 90 100
h
ef,max
[mm] 160 200 240 320 400 480
Effective anchorage
and drill hole depth for HAS
h
ef
[mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] h
ef
+ 30 mm ≥ 100 mm h
ef
+ 2 d
0
Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26
Torque moment
T
max
b)
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120
a) Embedment depth range: hef,min ≤ hef ≤ hef,max
b) Maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation with minimum spacing and/or edge
distance
Setting details
Working time, curing time
Temperature of the base material T
BM
Working time t
gel
Curing time t
cure
-10 °C ≤ T
BM
< -5 °C 180 min 12 h
-5 °C ≤ T
BM
< 0 °C 40 min 4 h
0 °C ≤ T
BM
< 5 °C 20 min 2 h
5 °C ≤ T
BM
< 20 °C 8 min 1 h
20 °C ≤ T
BM
< 30 °C 5 min 30 min
30 °C ≤ T
BM
≤ 40 °C 2 min 30 min
page 108 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
Small edge
distance
& spacing
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N
Injection Mortar System Benefits
■ suitable for non-cracked concrete
C 20/25 to C 50/60
■ suitable for dry and water
saturated concrete
■ high loading capacity
■ rapid curing
■ small edge distance and anchor
spacing possible
■ corrosion resistant
■ in service temperature range up to
120°C short term/72°C long term
■ manual cleaning for anchor size
M8 and M10
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
330 ml foil pack
(also available as 500 ml
and 1400 ml foil pack))
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0352 / 2010-04-01
a) All data given in this section according ETA-08/0352 issue 2010-04-01.
Service temperature range
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material
temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.
Temperature range Base material temperature
Maximum long term base
material temperature
Maximum short term base
material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °C +120 °C
Max short term base material temperature
Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g. as a result of diurnal cycling.
Max long term base material temperature
Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time
Internal threaded sleeve
HIS-N
HIS-RN (A4-70)
Static mixer
May 2011 page 109
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Design process for typical anchor layouts
The design values in the tables are obtain from Profis V2.1.1 in compliance with the design method according to EOTA TR 029.
Design resistance according to data given in ETA-08/0352, issue 2010-04-01.
■ Influence of concrete strength
■ Influence of edge distance
■ Influence of spacing
The design method is based on the following simplification:
■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity)
The values are valid for the anchor configuration.
For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
NRd,p = fB,p

N*Rd,p
N*Rd,p is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB,p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB,p 0.95 0.97 1.00 1.021 1.04
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
NRd,s
HIS-N [kN] 17.5 30.7 44.7 80.3 74.1
HIS-RN [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 69.2
Bolt Grade 5.8 [kN] 12.0 19.3 28.0 52.7 82.0
Bolt Grade 8.8 [kN] 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 130.7
Bolt Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92.0
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt tensile resistance.
NRd = min { NRd,p, NRd,c, NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 110 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design table
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear): VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
VRd,s HIS-N [kN] 10.4 18.4 26.0 39.3 36.7
HIS-RN [kN] [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 41.5
Bolt Grade 5.8 [kN] 7.2 12.0 16.8 31.2 48.8
Bolt Grade 8.8 [kN] 12.0 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4
Bolt Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1
Note: Designer needs to check the bolt shear resistance.
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 111
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence
Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Embedment depth h
ef
[mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Base material thickness h [mm] 120 150 200 250 300
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ temperature range I (see service temperature range)
■ base material thickness, as specified in the table
■ One typical embedment depth, as specified in the tables
Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Tensile N
Rd,s
29.1 66.3
Shear V
Rd,s

Steel Failure Governs
refer steel resistance tables
Note: for cracked concrete contact your local field engineer for further information, au.engineering@hilti.com
page 112 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
90 110 125 170 205
Base material
thickness h [mm]
120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 13.3 15.2 7.1 18.2 19.2 15.1 20.9 21.4 17.5 26.0 27.2 23.6 26.0 33.4 29.6
80 14.6 16.6 8.9 20.0 21.0 17.2 23.0 23.3 19.6 28.6 29.7 25.6 28.6 36.4 31.5
100 15.3 17.3 9.8 20.9 21.9 18.3 24.0 24.3 20.6 29.9 30.9 26.5 29.9 38.0 32.4
150 17.0 19.1 10.7 23.2 24.1 21.0 26.6 26.8 23.2 33.2 34.0 29.0 33.2 41.8 34.7
200 18.6 20.8 10.7 25.4 26.3 23.7 29.2 29.2 25.8 36.3 37.2 31.4 36.3 45.6 37.0
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 18.2 20.2 9.3 22.9 24.1 16.8 25.9 26.4 21.7 33.9 32.7 28.7 36.5 39.5 35.6
80 19.5 21.6 11.1 24.6 25.7 18.9 27.8 28.2 23.9 36.4 34.9 30.8 39.2 42.2 37.6
100 20.3 22.4 12.1 25.6 26.6 20.1 28.8 29.2 25.1 37.8 36.1 31.9 40.7 43.7 38.7
150 22.2 24.3 13.9 28.0 29.0 23.0 31.6 31.8 28.3 41.4 39.3 34.8 44.6 47.6 41.4
200 24.1 26.3 13.9 30.4 31.3 26.0 34.3 34.3 31.4 45.0 42.5 37.7 48.5 51.4 44.2
250 26.0 28.2 13.9 32.8 33.6 28.4 37.0 36.9 34.5 48.5 45.6 40.6 52.3 55.2 47.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
55 31.9 34.8 12.9 37.0 40.3 18.8 41.3 45.0 23.9 53.0 57.7 35.8 62.7 68.3 44.0
100 35.0 38.4 15.5 40.5 44.5 21.6 45.3 49.7 26.9 58.1 63.1 39.0 68.6 75.3 47.0
150 38.4 42.5 18.5 44.4 49.2 24.8 49.6 54.9 30.2 63.7 69.1 42.6 75.3 83.3 50.4
200 41.7 46.5 19.4 48.4 53.9 28.0 54.0 59.8 33.6 69.3 75.0 46.1 81.9 91.3 53.7
250 45.1 50.5 19.4 52.3 58.4 30.5 58.3 64.5 37.0 74.9 81.0 49.7 88.5 99.1 57.1
300 48.4 54.6 19.4 56.1 62.7 30.5 62.7 69.2 40.3 80.4 86.9 53.2 95.1 106.4 60.5
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 113
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
65 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
65 41.0 49.7 18.3 48.1 56.3 27.7 59.2 66.4 43.0 71.3 77.3 54.8 83.2 88.9 64.1
100 43.0 52.1 20.7 50.5 59.0 30.4 62.1 69.6 46.0 74.8 81.0 57.7 87.3 93.2 66.9
150 45.9 55.5 24.2 53.9 62.9 34.2 66.3 74.2 50.1 79.8 86.3 61.8 93.2 99.3 70.8
200 48.8 58.9 27.4 57.3 66.8 38.0 70.5 78.8 54.3 84.9 91.6 66.0 99.1 105.4 74.8
250 51.8 62.3 27.4 60.8 70.6 41.8 74.7 83.3 58.5 90.0 96.9 70.1 105.0 111.5 78.7
300 54.6 65.7 27.4 64.1 74.5 45.6 78.9 87.9 62.7 95.0 102.2 74.2 110.8 117.6 82.6
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
90 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
90 57.3 69.9 28.9 73.1 83.0 48.1 87.6 94.7 65.9 103.3 107.0 76.2 105.4 120.0 86.4
150 61.7 74.6 33.8 78.7 88.6 53.4 94.3 101.0 71.6 111.1 114.2 81.7 113.4 128.1 91.7
200 65.3 78.5 37.8 83.3 93.2 57.8 99.8 106.3 76.4 117.7 120.1 86.2 120.0 134.8 96.1
250 68.9 82.4 41.8 87.9 97.8 62.3 105.4 111.6 81.2 124.2 126.1 90.7 126.7 141.5 100.4
300 72.5 86.3 43.4 92.5 102.5 66.7 110.9 116.9 86.0 130.7 132.1 95.3 133.3 148.2 104.8
350 76.1 90.2 43.4 97.1 107.1 71.2 116.3 122.1 90.7 137.1 138.1 99.8 139.9 154.9 109.2
page 114 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence
Design Data: fc,cyl=32 MPa
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Embedment
depth h
ef
[mm]
90 110 125 170 205
Base material
thickness h [mm]
120 150 200 250 300
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 18.7 17.8 14.2 24.7 22.0 20.0 28.0 24.2 22.4 34.2 30.3 28.4 34.2 36.7 34.3
80 23.7 22.2 17.8 30.4 27.0 26.8 34.2 29.6 29.1 41.2 36.5 35.0 41.2 43.8 40.8
100 26.3 24.6 19.6 33.6 29.8 30.1 37.5 32.5 32.4 44.9 39.8 38.2 44.9 47.5 44.0
150 33.5 31.1 21.4 41.9 37.1 38.2 46.4 40.2 40.5 54.9 48.7 46.2 54.9 57.6 51.9
200 41.2 38.4 21.4 50.8 45.2 46.1 56.0 48.8 48.4 65.6 58.5 54.0 65.6 68.6 59.6
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
45 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
45 25.0 23.4 18.6 30.7 27.5 25.2 34.3 29.9 28.0 43.9 36.5 35.0 47.0 43.6 41.8
80 29.9 27.7 22.2 36.2 32.2 32.1 40.0 34.9 34.8 50.6 42.1 41.6 54.0 50.0 48.3
100 32.8 30.3 24.2 39.5 35.1 36.0 43.6 37.9 38.7 54.7 45.5 45.4 58.2 53.8 52.0
150 40.8 37.5 27.8 48.4 42.7 45.4 53.0 46.0 48.0 65.5 54.6 54.6 69.6 63.9 61.1
200 49.4 45.0 27.8 58.0 51.1 52.0 63.2 54.8 57.2 77.2 64.5 63.7 81.7 75.0 70.1
250 58.6 53.3 27.8 68.2 60.2 56.8 74.0 64.3 66.2 89.6 75.2 72.6 94.6 86.9 79.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
55 80 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
55 41.5 42.6 25.8 47.2 48.6 33.4 52.1 53.6 36.7 65.3 66.4 44.8 76.1 78.2 52.8
100 51.7 54.3 31.0 58.3 61.0 43.2 63.8 66.2 47.0 78.7 80.4 54.9 90.9 95.5 62.8
150 64.3 67.8 37.0 71.8 75.1 49.6 78.2 81.2 58.2 95.2 97.4 65.9 109.0 115.1 73.6
200 78.1 82.5 38.8 86.7 90.8 56.0 93.9 97.7 67.2 113.2 116.1 76.7 128.8 136.1 84.3
250 93.2 98.5 38.8 102.9 107.8 61.0 111.0 115.7 74.0 132.6 136.4 87.3 150.1 158.8 94.8
300 109.5 115.9 38.8 120.3 126.5 61.0 129.3 135.2 80.6 153.5 158.3 97.8 172.9 183.3 105.2
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 115
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
65 100 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
65 56.4 57.8 36.6 65.0 64.8 48.0 78.4 75.4 57.6 92.9 86.7 66.9 107.1 98.8 76.1
100 63.4 65.2 41.4 72.9 72.7 57.7 87.1 84.1 66.9 102.5 96.2 76.0 117.6 109.2 85.0
150 74.9 76.5 48.4 85.0 84.7 68.4 100.5 97.3 79.8 117.3 110.7 88.7 133.7 124.9 97.6
200 86.8 88.6 54.8 97.9 97.7 76.0 114.8 111.4 92.4 133.1 126.1 101.2 150.8 141.6 109.9
250 99.5 101.6 54.8 111.5 111.5 83.6 129.9 126.5 104.8 149.6 142.4 113.5 168.8 159.4 122.1
300 112.8 115.4 54.8 125.9 126.2 91.2 145.7 142.6 117.0 167.0 159.9 125.6 187.5 178.2 134.2
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
90 150 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,p N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
90 82.8 82.7 57.8 102.4 96.5 74.2 120.3 108.8 84.4 139.5 121.8 94.6 142.1 135.4 104.6
150 98.9 97.3 67.6 120.5 112.6 91.7 140.1 126.1 101.6 161.1 140.4 111.5 163.9 155.4 121.4
200 113.1 110.4 75.6 136.5 126.9 105.9 157.7 141.5 115.7 180.3 157.0 125.4 183.3 173.1 135.1
250 128.2 124.2 83.6 153.4 142.1 119.8 176.1 157.8 129.5 200.0 174.4 139.1 203.6 191.8 148.7
300 143.9 138.9 86.8 171.0 158.0 133.5 195.4 175.0 143.1 221.3 192.8 152.6 224.7 211.4 162.1
350 160.3 154.3 86.8 189.2 174.9 142.4 215.2 193.0 156.5 242.9 212.1 166.0 246.5 232.0 175.4
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 116 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Materials
Mechanical properties of HIS-(R)N
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Nominal tensile strength f
uk
HIS-N [N/mm²] 490 490 460 460 460
Screw 8.8 [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800
HIS-RN [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700
Screw A4-70 [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700
Yield strength f
yk
HIS-N [N/mm²] 410 410 375 375 375
Screw 8.8 [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640
HIS-RN [N/mm²] 350 350 350 350 350
Screw A4-70 [N/mm²] 450 450 450 450 450
Stressed cross-section A
s
HIS-(R)N [mm²] 51.5 108.0 169.1 256.1 237.6
Screw [mm²] 36.6 58 84.3 157 245
Section modulus Z
HIS-(R)N [mm³] 145 430 840 1595 1543
Screw [mm³] 31.2 62.3 109 277 541
Material quality
Part Material
Internal threaded sleeve
a)

HIS-N
C-steel 1.0718, EN 10277-3
Steel galvanized ≥ 5μm EN ISO 4042
Internal threaded sleeve
b)

HIS-RN
Stainless steel 1.4401 EN 10088
a) related fastening screw: strength class 8.8 EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% Ductile
steel galvanized ≥ 5μm EN ISO 4042
b) related fastening screw: strength class 70 EN ISO 3506-1, A5 > 8% Ductile
stainless steel 1.4401; 1.4404; 1.4578; 1.4571; 1.4439; 1.4362 EN 10088
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Internal sleeve HIS-(R)N M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Anchor embedment depth [mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Rotary hammer TE 2 – TE 16 TE 40 – TE 70
Other tools blow out pump or compressed air gun, setting tools
May 2011 page 117
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Setting instructions
a) Note: Manual cleaning for HIS-(R)N M8 and HIS-(R)N M10 only!
b) Note: Extension and piston plug needed for overhead installation!
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling
page 118 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
Anchor size M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 14 18 22 28 32
Diameter of element
d [mm] 12,5 16,5 20,5 25,4 27,6
Effective anchorage and drill hole depth
h
ef
[mm] 90 110 125 170 205
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 120 150 170 230 270
Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22
Thread engagement length; min - max
h
s
[mm] 8-20 10-25 12-30 16-40 20-50
Torque moment
a)
T
max
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 40 45 55 65 90
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 45 55 65 90
a) Maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation with minimum spacing and/or
edge distance.
Setting details
Working time, curing time
Temperature of the base material T
BM
Working time t
gel
Curing time t
cure
-10 °C ≤ T
BM
< -5 °C 180 min 12 h
-5 °C ≤ T
BM
< 0 °C 40 min 4 h
0 °C ≤ T
BM
< 5 °C 20 min 2 h
5 °C ≤ T
BM
< 20 °C 8 min 1 h
20 °C ≤ T
BM
< 30 °C 5 min 30 min
30 °C ≤ T
BM
≤ 40 °C 2 min 30 min
May 2011 page 119
Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX
with HIS-(R)N
page 120 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Injection Mortar System
Hilti anchor
design
software
Concrete
Hilti HIT-HY 70 injection mortar for masonry
Benefits
■ chemical injection fastening
for all type of base materials:
– hollow and solid
– clay bricks, sand-lime bricks,
normal and light weight concrete
blocks, aerated light weight
concrete, natural stones
■ two-component hybrid mortar
■ rapid curing
■ versatile and convenient handling
■ flexible setting depth and
fastening thickness
■ small edge distance and anchor
spacing
■ mortar filling control with
HIT-SC sleeves
■ suitable for overhead fastenings
■ in-service temperatures:
short time: max.120°C
long term: max 72°C
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
Allgemeine bauaufsichtliche Zulassung
(national German approval)
DIBt, Berlin Z-21.3-1830 / 2009-01-20
Fiche technique SOCOTEC SOCOTEC, Paris YX 0047 08.2006
Fire test report MFPA, Leipzig PB III/B-07-157 / 2007-06-04
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HCR
highMo
High
corrosion
resistance
Variable
embedment
depth
Autoclaved
aerated
concrete
Hollow
brick
Solid
brick
Fire
rated
Hilti HIT-HY 70
330 ml foil pack
(also available as 500 ml
and 1400 ml foil pack)
HIT-AC, HIT-ACR rod
HIT-IC internal threaded
sleeve
HIS-RN sleeve
HIT-SC composite sleeve
Mixer
HIT-V (Zinc)
HIT-V-F (Gal)
HIT-V-R (A4-70)
HAS-E (Zinc)
HAS-E-F (Gal)
HAS-E-R (A4-70)
May 2011 page 121
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Recommended loads
a)
F
rec
for brick breakout and pull out in [kN]
Hollow masonry: HIT-HY 70 with HIT-SC and HIT-AC / HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E and HIT-IG / HIT-IC
HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E HIT-IG / HIT-IC
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12
Base material
Setting
depth
[mm]
HIT-SC
12x…
HIT-SC
16x…
HIT-SC
16x…
HIT-SC
18x…
HIT-SC
22x…
HIT-SC
16x…
HIT-SC
18x…
c)
HIT-SC
22x…
HIT-SC
22x…
Fire light brick Scoria Blend
f
uc

b)
≥ 4 N/mm²
L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 119


(Shell thickness 19 mm)
Australia
50
Nrec [kN] 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8 - - - -
Vrec [kN] 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 - -
80 Nrec [kN] 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Vrec
[kN]
Towards free
edge cmin = 200
1.25 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No free edges 1.25 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.0
Hollow Block
f
uc

b)
≥ 10 N/mm²
L x H x B [mm] 390 x 190 x 190


(Shell thickness 30 mm)
Australia
50
Nrec [kN] 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 - - - -
Vrec [kN] 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 - - - -
80 Nrec [kN] 0.6 0.9 0.9 1.7 1.7 0.9 1.7 1.7 1.7
Vrec
[kN]
Towards free
edge cmin = 200
1.25 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No free edges 1.25 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.0
Clay common (Standard)
f
uc

b)
≥ 20 N/mm²
L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 76


(Shell thickness 20 mm)
Australia
50
Nrec [kN] 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - - -
Vrec [kN] 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 - - - -
80 Nrec [kN] 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Vrec
[kN]
Towards free
edge cmin = 200
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No free edges 2.0 3.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 3.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
a) Recommended load values with consideration of a global safety factor γ
global
=3.0: F
rec
= F
Rk
/ γ
global
b) f
uc
= unconfined compressive strength
c) HIT-SC 18x … with HIT-IC M10 only! HIT-IG M10 elements do not fit.
Basic loading data for single anchor in masonry units
All data in this section applies to
■ Load values valid for holes drilled with TE rotary hammers in hammering mode
■ Correct anchor setting (see instruction for use, setting details)
■ Steel quality of fastening elements: see data below
■ Steel quality for screws for HIT-IG, HIT-IC and HIS-N: min. grade 5.8 / HIS-RN: A4-70
■ Threaded rods of appropriate size (diameter and length) and a minimum steel quality of 5.8 can be used
■ Base material temperature during installation and curing must be between -5°C through +40°C
page 122 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Recommended loads
a)
F
rec
for brick breakout and pull out in [kN]
Solid masonry: HIT-HY 70 with HIT-AC / HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E and HIT-IG / HIT-IC
HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS, HAS-E HIT-IG / HIT-IC
Anchor size
M6 M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12
Base material
Setting
depth
[mm]
Clay common (Dry pressed)
f
uc

b)
≥ 14 N/mm²
L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 76

Australia
80 Nrec [kN] - 2.5 3.0 4.0 2.5 3.0 4.0
Vrec [kN]
Towards free
edge cmin = 200
- 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No free edges - 3.5 5.5 7.5 3.5 5.5 7.5
a) Recommended load values with consideration of a global safety factor γ
global
=3.0: F
rec
= F
Rk
/ γ
global
b) f
uc
= unconfined compressive strength
May 2011 page 123
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Design
Influence of joints:
If the joints of the masonry are not visible the recommended load Nrec has to be reduced with the factor α
j
= 0.75.
If the joints of the masonry are visible (e.g. unplastered wall) following has to be taken into account:
■ The recommended load Nrec may be used only, if the wall is designed such that the joints are to be filled with mortar.
■ If the wall is designed such that the joints are not to be filled with mortar then the recommended load N
rec
may be used
only, if the minimum edge distance c
min
to the vertical joints is observed. If this minimum edge distance c
min
can not be
observed then the recommended load Nrec has to be reduced with the factor α
j
= 0.75.
The decisive resistance to tension loads is the lower value of N
rec
(brick breakout, pull out) and N
max,pb

(pull out of one brick).
Pull out of one brick:
The allowable load of an anchor or a group of anchors in case of pull out of one brick, N
max,pb
[kN], is given in the
following tables:
For all applications outside of the above mentioned base materials and / or setting conditions site tests have to be
made for the determination of load values.
N
max,pb
= resistance for pull out of one brick
l
brick
= length of the brick
b
brick
= breadth of the brick
Clay bricks:
N
max,pb
[kN]
brick breadth b
brick
[mm]
80 120 200 240 300 360
brick
length
l
brick

[mm]
240 1.1 1.6 2.7 3.3 4.1 4.9
300 1.4 2.1 3.4 4.1 5.1 6.2
500 2.3 3.4 5.7 6.9 8.6 10.3
All other brick types:
N
max,pb
[kN]
brick breadth b
brick
[mm]
80 120 200 240 300 360
brick
length
l
brick

[mm]
240 0.8 1.2 2.1 2.5 3.1 3.7
300 1.0 1.5 2.6 3.1 3.9 4.6
500 1.7 2.6 4.3 5.1 6.4 7.7
page 124 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Materials
Material quality HAS
Part Material
Threaded rod
HAS-(E), HAS-(E)-(F)
Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm,
EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684
Threaded rod
HAS-(E)R
Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70,EN ISO 3506-
1, EN 10088: 1.4401
Washer
ISO 7089
Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042;
Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401
Nut
EN ISO 4032
Strength class 8, ISO 898-2
steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm, EN ISO 4042
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4,
EN 10088: 1.4401
Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel,
EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565
Material quality HIT-A
Part Material
HIT-AC rod Carbon steel grade 5.8; galvanized to min. 5 µm
HIT-ACR rod Stainless steel, grade A4-70; 1.4401
HIT-AN rod Carbon steel grade 3.6; galvanized to min. 5 µm
Material quality sleeves
Part Material
HIT-IG sleeve Carbon steel 1.0718; galvanized to min. 5 µm
HIT-IC sleeve Carbon steel; galvanized to min. 5 µm
HIT-SC sleeve PA/PP
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12
Rotary hammer TE2 – TE16
Other tools blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser
May 2011 page 125
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting instructions in solid base materials
page 126 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in solid base materials
Setting details HIT-AC, HIT-V, HIT-V, HAS-E, HAS-E-F, HAS-E-R
Anchor size
HIT-AC, HIT-V HIT-V, HAS-E, HAS-E-F, HAS-E-R
c)
M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12 M16
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 10 12 14 10 12 14 18
Effective anchorage depth
h
ef
[mm] 80 80 80 80 90 110 125
Hole depth
h
0
[mm] 85 85 85 85 95 115 130
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 110 110 110 110 120 140 170
Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 9 12 14 18
Minimum spacing
a), b)
s
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance
a)
c
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Torque moment
T
inst
[Nm] 5 8 10 5 8 10 10
Filling volume [ml] 4 5 7 4 6 10 15
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm
A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames.
b) Recommend to place one anchor per brick, in the middle of the brick face.
c) Refer the Recommended loads table for the required setting depth.
May 2011 page 127
Hilti HIT-HY 70
HIT-IG, HIT-IC HIS-N/RN
Setting details HIT-IG, HIT-IC
Anchor size
HIT-IG HIT-IC HIS-N/RN
c)
M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 14 18 18 14 16 18 14 18 22
Effective anchorage depth
h
ef
[mm] 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 110 125
Hole depth
h
0
[mm] 85 85 85 85 85 85 95 115 130
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 110 110 110 110 110 110 120 150 170
Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 9 12 14 9 12 14
Length of bolt engagement
h
s
[mm] min. 10 – max. 75 min. 10 – max. 75
min. 8
max.20
min. 10
max.25
min. 12
max.30
Minimum spacing
a), b)
s
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance
a)
c
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 5 8 10 5 8 10 5 8 10
Filling volume [ml] 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 16
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm
A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames.
b) Recommend to place one anchor per brick, in the middle of the brick face.
c) Refer the Recommended loads table for the required setting depth.
page 128 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting instruction in hollow base material – using 330 ml foil pack
May 2011 page 129
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in hollow base materials
HAS-E / HIT-AC with HIT-SC
HIT-AC, HIT-V, HAS-E
Setting details HIT-V / HAS-E / HIT-A…with sieve sleeve
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12
Sieve sleeve HIT SC 12x50 12x85 16x50 16x85 16x50 16x85 18x50 18x85 22x50 22x85
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 12 12 16 16 16 16 18 18 22 22
Effective anchorage depth
h
ef
[mm] 50 80 50 80 50 80 50 80 50 80
Hole depth
h
0
[mm] 60 95 60 95 60 95 60 95 60 95
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110
Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture
d
f
[mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 14 14
Minimum spacing
a), b)
s
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance
a)
c
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 3 3 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6
Filling volume [ml] 12 24 18 30 18 30 18 36 30 55
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm
A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames.
b) Recommended one anchor per brick in the middle of the brick face. In the case of hollow concrete blocks one anchor per
cavity in the middle of each cavity face.
page 130 May 2011
Hilti HIT-HY 70
Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in hollow base materials
HIT-IG / HIT-IC with HIT-SC
HIT-IG / HIT-IC
Setting details HIT-IG / HIT-IC with sieve sleeve
Anchor size
HIT-IG HIT-IC
M8 M10 M12 M8 M10 M12
Sieve sleeve HIT SC 16x85 22x85 22x85 16x85 18x85 22x85
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 16 22 22 16 18 22
Effective anchorage depth
h
ef
[mm] 80 80 80 80 80 80
Hole depth
h
0
[mm] 95 95 95 95 95 95
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 110 110 110 110 110 110
Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture
d
f
[mm] 9 12 14 9 12 14
Length of bolt engagement
h
s
[mm] min. 10 – max. 75 min. 10 – max. 75
Minimum spacing
a), b)
s
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance
a)
c
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 100 100
Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 3 4 6 3 4 6
Filling volume [ml] 30 45 45 30 36 45
a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm
A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended, e.g. around window or door frames.
b) Recommended one anchor per brick in the middle of the brick face. In the case of hollow concrete blocks one anchor per
cavity in the middle of each cavity face.
May 2011 page 131
Hilti HIT-HY 70
page 132 May 2011
Chemical anchor
components & accessories
Chemical anchor components & accessories
1. Dispensing Systems
Manual Dispenser: MD 2000 / 2500
Battery Dispenser: ED 3500
Pnuematic Dispenser: HIT P-8000D
Benefits
■ Hard plastic, light weight
■ 330ml or 500ml tubes
■ Can achieve embedment up to
1.0m deep dependant on hole
diameter
Benefits
■ Hard plastic, light weight.
■ Lithium Ion Batteries
■ Can dispense up to 70 x 500ml
tubes per battery charge
■ Can achieve emblements up to
1.8m deep dependant on hole
diameter
Benefits
■ Ideal for repetitive / deep
embedment holes.
■ 1400ml tubes, large volume
capacity
■ Dosage control
■ Can achieve emblements up to
3.2m deep dependant on hole
diameter
■ Requires air compressor
MD 2000 / 2500
dispenser
ED 3500-A
dispenser
HIT P-8000D
pnuematic dispenser
May 2011 page 133
Chemical anchor
components & accessories
2. Piston Plug & Cleaning Accessories
3. Overhead accessories for HIT chemical injection
Piston Plug
Wedge HIT-OHW
Extension Hose
Drip Guard HIT-OHC
Piston Plug + Extension Hose + Cleaning + Dispenser + HIT Injection Mortar = SOLUTION
Inject mortar carefully from the bottom of the hole
without air bubbles
Hole
dia.
HAS-E or
HIT-V
HIS-N Rebar HIT-SZ Piston Plug HIT-RB Cleaning Brush
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Item No. Item No.
10 8 - - 10 380917
12 10 8 8/12 335022 8/12 336548
14 12 8 10 10/14 335023 10/14 336549
16 12 12/16 335024 12/16 336550
18 16 10 14/18 335025 14/18 336551
20 16 16/20 335026 16/20 336552
22 12 - - 18/22 370774
24 20 - - 24 380918
25 20 20/25 335027 20/25 336553
28 24 16 - - 28 380919
30 30 380925 30 380920
32 20 24 25/32 335028 25/32 336554
35 30 28 35 380926 35 380921
37 30 - - 37 382259
40 36 40 380927 40 382260
42 32 42 380928 42 382261
45 39 36 45 380929 45 382262
47 47 380930 - -
52 40 - - - -
387550 Wedge HIT-OHW
387551 Drip Guard HIT-OHC1
387552 Drip Guard HIT OHC2
page 134 May 2011
Chemical anchor
components & accessories
Max.
fastenable
height +
anchorage
depth
Typical
embed-
ment
depth
(mm)
Rod
length
(mm)
Drill bit
dia.
(mm)
Package
contents
(pcs)
Ordering
designation
Item
no.
65 80 80 10 20 HIT-V M8 × 80 387054
95 80 110 10 20 HIT-V M8 × 110 387055
135 80 150 10 20 HIT-V M8 × 150** 387056
78 90 95 12 10 HIT-V M10 × 95 387057
98 90 115 12 10 HIT-V M10 × 115 387146
113 90 130 12 10 HIT-V M10 × 130 387058
173 90 190 12 10 HIT-V M10 × 190** 387059
91 110 110 14 10 HIT-V M12 × 110 387060
101 110 120 14 10 HIT-V M12 × 120 387147
131 110 150 14 10 HIT-V M12 × 150 387061
201 110 220 14 10 HIT-V M12 × 220** 387062
261 110 280 14 10 HIT-V M12 × 280** 387063
127 125 150 18 5 HIT-V M16 × 150 387064
177 125 200 18 5 HIT-V M16 × 200 387065
277 125 300 18 5 HIT-V M16 × 300 387066
357 125 380 18 5 HIT-V M16 × 380** 387067
153 170 180 24 10 HIT-V M20 × 180 387068
233 170 260 24 10 HIT-V M20 × 260 387069
353 170 380 24 10 HIT-V M20 × 380 387070
453 170 480 24 10 HIT-V M20 × 480 387071
268 210 300 28 5 HIT-V M24 × 300 387072
418 210 450 28 5 HIT-V M24 × 450 387073
* Depending on the type of HIT injectable mortar used
** 8.8 grade steel
Max.
fastenable
height +
anchorage
depth
Typical
embed-
ment
depth
(mm)
Rod
length
(mm)
Drill bit
dia.
(mm)
Package
contents
(pcs)
Ordering
designation
Item
no.
65 80 80 10 20 HIT-V-R M8 × 80 387074
95 80 110 10 20 HIT-V-R M8 × 110 387075
135 80 150 10 20 HIT-V-R M8 × 150 387076
78 90 95 12 10 HIT-V-R M10 × 95 387077
98 90 115 12 10 HIT-V-R M10 × 115 387148
113 90 130 12 10 HIT-V-R M10 × 130 387078
173 90 190 12 10 HIT-V-R M10 × 190 387079
91 110 110 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 × 110 387080
101 110 120 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 × 120 387149
131 110 150 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 × 150 387081
201 110 220 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 × 220 387082
261 110 280 14 10 HIT-V-R M12 × 280 387083
127 125 150 18 5 HIT-V-R M16 × 150 387084
177 125 200 18 5 HIT-V-R M16 × 200 387085
277 125 300 18 5 HIT-V-R M16 × 300 387086
357 125 380 18 5 HIT-V-R M16 × 380 387087
153 170 180 24 10 HIT-V-R M20 × 180 387150
233 170 260 24 10 HIT-V-R M20 × 260 387088
353 170 380 24 10 HIT-V-R M20 × 380 387089
453 170 480 24 10 HIT-V-R M20 × 480 387151
268 210 300 28 5 HIT-V-R M24 × 300 387152
418 210 450 28 5 HIT-V-R M24 × 450 387153
HIT-V threaded anchor rod
A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable
mortars, enabling flexible embedment depth.
HIT-V-F threaded anchor rod
Universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars, enabling flexible embedment depth.
Hot dip-galvanized version (complete with nut and washer), 5.8 grade steel.
Available in same sizes and steel strength grade as HIT-V (zinc plated).
HIT-V threaded anchor rod
A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars,
enabling flexible embedment depth. Zinc plated version
(complete with nut and washer), 5.8 grade steel.
HIT-VR threaded anchor rod
A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars,
enabling flexible embedment depth. Stainless steel version
(complete with nut and washer), A4-70 grade steel.
CE
conformity
HIT-HY 150 MAX ETA-08/0352
HIT-RE 500 ETA-04/0027
HIT-RE 500-SD ETA-07/0260
4. Threaded Anchor Rods and Internally Threaded Sleeves
May 2011 page 135
Chemical anchor
components & accessories
Item
no.
Ordering
designation
Anchor
length
Hole
dia.
Hole
depth
Max Fasten.
Thickness
Tighten
Torque
(Nm)
Package
contents
Steel (Grade 5.8, fuk = 500 MPa) zinc plated to min. 5 microns
332219 HAS-E M8 x 80/14 106mm 10mm 80mm 14mm 15 20
332220 HAS-E M10 x 90/21 125mm 12mm 90mm 21mm 30 20
332221 HAS-E M12 x 110/28 153mm 14mm 110mm 28mm 50 20
332222 HAS-E M16 x 125/38 182mm 18mm 125mm 38mm 100 20
332223 HAS-E M20 x 170/48 240mm 24mm 170mm 48mm 160 10
332224 HAS-E M24 x 210/54 290mm 28mm 210mm 54mm 240 10
Steel (Grade 5.8, fuk = 500 MPa) hot dipped galvanised to min. 40 microns
333143 HAS-E-F M8 x 80/14 106mm 10mm 80mm 14mm 15 20
333145 HAS-E-F M10 x 90/21 125mm 12mm 90mm 21mm 30 20
333148 HAS-E-F M12 x 110/28 153mm 14mm 110mm 28mm 50 20
333153 HAS-E-F M16 x 125/38 182mm 18mm 125mm 38mm 100 20
333158 HAS-E-F M20 x 170/48 240mm 24mm 170mm 48mm 160 10
333163 HAS-E-F M24 x 210/54 290mm 28mm 210mm 54mm 240 10
333165▲ HAS-E-F M30 x 270/70 (grade 8.8) 380mm 35mm 270mm 70mm 300 4
333167▲ HAS-E-F M36 x 330/90 (grade 8.8) 460mm 40mm 330mm 90mm 360 2
Stainless steel (316 grade, fuk = 700 MPa)
333119 HAS-E-R M8 x 80/14 106mm 10mm 80mm 14mm 15 20
333122 HAS-E-R M10 x 90/21 125mm 12mm 90mm 21mm 30 20
333126 HAS-E-R M12 x 110/28 153mm 14mm 110mm 28mm 50 20
333131 HAS-E-R M16 x 125/38 182mm 18mm 125mm 38mm 100 20
333135 HAS-E-R M20 x 170/48 240mm 24mm 170mm 48mm 160 10
333137 HAS-E-R M24 x 210/54 290mm 28mm 210mm 54mm 240 10
▲ Other sizes available on request and subject to lead time
Item
no.
Ordering
designation
Hole
dia.
Hole
depth
Max Fasten.
Thickness
Tighten
Torque
(Nm)
Package
contents
Steel (fuk = 460 - 490 MPa) zinc plated to min. 5 microns
258015 HIS-N M8 x 90 (for HVU M10) 14mm 95mm 20mm 15 10
258016 HIS-N M10 x 110 (For HVU M12) 18mm 115mm 25mm 28 10
258017 HIS-N M12 x 125 (For HVU M16) 22mm 130mm 30mm 50 5
258018 HIS-N M16 x 170 (For HVU M20) 28mm 175mm 40mm 85 5
258019 HIS-N M20 x 205 (For HVU M24) 32mm 210mm 50mm 170 5
Stainless steel (316 grade, fuk = 700 MPa)
258024 HIS-RN M8 x 90 (HVU M10) 14mm 95mm 20mm 12 10
258025 HIS-RN M10 x 110 (HVU M12) 18mm 115mm 25mm 23 10
258026 HIS-RN M12 x 125 (HVU M16) 22mm 130mm 30mm 40 5
258027 HIS-RN M16 x 170 (HVU M20) 28mm 175mm 40mm 70 5
258028 HIS-RN M20 x 205 (HVU M24) 32mm 210mm 50mm 130 5
With external end drive
HAS-E anchor rod, complete with
hexagon nut & washer
External end drive for quicker installation.
HIS-N internally threaded sleeve
with cover cap
page 136 May 2011
May 2011 page 137
Mechanical anchoring systems.
Heavy duty anchors l Medium duty anchors
page 138 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
CSTB, Paris ETA-99/0009 / 2008-03-25
ICC-ES report ICC evaluation service ESR 1546 / 2008-03-01
Shockproof fastenings in civil defence
installations
Bundesamt für Zivilschutz, Bern BZS D 04-221 / 2004-09-02
Nuclear power plants DIBt, Berlin Z-21.1-1696 / 2008-09-01
Dynamic loads DIBt, Berlin Z-21.1-1693 / 2007-05-25
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3039/8151-CM / 2001-01-31
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA 99/0009 issue 2008-03-05.
HDA design anchor
Anchor version
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone Shock Fatigue Seismic
ICC
Benefits
■ suitable for non-cracked and
cracked concrete C 20/25 to
C 50/60
■ mechanical interlock (undercut)
■ low expansion force (thus small
edge distance / spacing)
■ automatic undercutting (without
special undercutting tool)
■ high loading capacity,
performance of a headed stud
■ complete system (anchor, stop
drill bit, setting tool, drill hammer)
■ setting mark on anchor for control
(easy and safe)
■ completely removable
■ test reports: fire resistance,
fatigue, shock, seismic
HDA-P
HDA-PR
HDA-PF
Anchor for
presetting
HDA-T
HDA-TR
HDA-TF
Anchor for
through-fasting
Hilti anchor
design
software
Nuclear
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Small edge
distance
& spacing
Performance
of a headed
stud
May 2011 page 139
HDA design anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M10 M12 M16 M20
N
Rd,s
HDA-P(F), HDA-T(F) [kN] 30.7 44.7 84.0 128.0
HDA-PR, HDA-TR [kN] 28.8 41.9 78.8 Not available
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 140 May 2011
HDA design anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M10 M12 M16 M20
V
Rd,s
HDA-P, HDA-PF [kN] 17.6 24.0 49.6 73.6
HDA-PR [kN] 17.3 25.6 47.4 Not available
HDA-T, HDA-TF 43.3 53.3 93.3 136.7
HDA-TR 53.4 65.4 114.3 Not available
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 141
HDA design anchor
Anchor size M10 M12 M16 M20
h = h
min
[mm] Refer to Setting detail
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ minimum base material thickness, as specified in the table below
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge or spacing influence
Anchor size M10 M12 M16 M20
Tensile N
Rd,s
HDA-P/T [kN]
Steel faiure governs
refer to steel resistance tables
Shear V
Rd,s
HDA-P/T [kN]
page 142 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
h=hmin
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
80 120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 43.2 19.1 55.4 29.3 65.5 33.8 65.5 41.1 65.5 48.4 65.5 62.7
150 48.6 21.9 62.3 32.5 73.7 36.8 73.7 44.0 73.7 51.2 73.7 65.5
200 54.0 24.7 69.3 35.7 81.9 39.9 81.9 47.0 81.9 54.0 81.9 68.2
250 59.4 27.0 76.2 38.8 90.0 42.9 90.0 49.9 90.0 56.9 90.0 70.9
300 64.8 27.0 83.1 42.0 98.2 46.0 98.2 52.8 98.2 59.7 98.2 73.6
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300 400
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 60.2 27.2 77.2 39.2 91.5 47.0 91.5 54.8 91.5 62.6 91.5 77.8
150 63.2 28.8 81.0 40.9 96.1 48.7 96.1 56.4 96.1 64.1 96.1 79.3
200 69.2 32.0 88.7 44.3 105.2 51.9 105.2 59.5 105.2 67.1 105.2 82.2
250 75.2 35.2 96.4 47.7 114.4 55.1 114.4 62.6 114.4 70.2 114.4 85.2
350 87.3 38.4 111.9 54.5 132.7 61.6 132.7 68.9 132.7 76.3 132.7 91.0
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 400 500
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
190 112.3 50.1 132.8 64.0 155.0 73.2 171.4 82.5 171.4 100.7 171.4 118.8
250 121.1 54.8 143.3 68.9 167.2 77.9 185.0 87.0 185.0 105.0 185.0 123.0
300 128.5 58.7 152.0 73.0 177.4 81.8 196.3 90.8 196.3 108.7 196.3 126.5
350 135.9 62.6 160.8 77.0 187.6 85.7 207.6 94.6 207.6 112.3 207.6 130.0
450 150.7 70.4 178.3 85.1 208.0 93.5 230.1 102.1 230.1 119.5 230.1 137.0
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
200 250 300 400 500 600
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
250 170.6 78.9 194.1 95.7 218.9 106.3 258.7 127.4 258.7 148.5 258.7 169.3
300 179.2 83.5 203.8 100.5 229.8 110.9 271.7 131.9 271.7 152.7 271.7 173.4
350 187.7 88.1 213.5 105.3 240.8 115.5 284.6 136.2 284.6 157.0 284.6 177.6
450 204.7 97.4 232.9 114.8 262.7 124.8 310.5 145.0 310.5 165.4 310.5 185.8
550 221.8 106.7 252.3 124.4 284.6 134.0 336.4 153.8 336.4 173.9 336.4 194.1
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 143
HDA design anchor
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
80 120 150 200 250 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 62.0 38.2 75.9 44.0 87.3 48.3 87.3 55.5 87.3 62.7 87.3 76.9
150 80.2 43.8 96.9 54.1 110.5 58.3 110.5 65.4 110.5 72.5 110.5 86.5
200 100.9 49.4 120.5 63.9 136.4 68.2 136.4 75.2 136.4 82.2 136.4 96.1
250 123.9 54.0 146.7 73.7 165.0 77.9 165.0 84.8 165.0 91.7 165.0 105.5
300 149.2 54.0 175.4 83.3 196.4 87.5 196.4 94.4 196.4 101.3 196.4 115.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
100 150 200 250 300 400
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 86.4 50.9 105.7 58.7 122.0 66.4 122.0 74.0 122.0 81.6 122.0 96.7
150 96.2 56.4 117.0 64.1 134.5 71.7 134.5 79.3 134.5 86.8 134.5 101.8
200 117.3 64.0 141.3 74.7 161.3 82.2 161.3 89.7 161.3 97.2 161.3 112.1
250 140.6 70.4 167.8 85.2 190.6 92.6 190.6 100.1 190.6 107.5 190.6 122.2
350 193.5 76.8 227.8 105.8 256.4 113.1 256.4 120.4 256.4 127.8 256.4 142.3
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 400 500
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
190 161.3 89.8 184.9 98.9 210.0 107.9 228.6 117.0 228.6 134.8 228.6 152.6
250 190.7 105.0 217.2 114.0 245.4 123.0 266.1 131.9 266.1 149.6 266.1 167.2
300 217.1 117.4 246.1 126.5 276.9 135.3 299.5 144.2 299.5 161.8 299.5 179.3
350 245.2 125.2 276.8 138.8 310.3 147.6 335.0 156.4 335.0 173.9 335.0 191.3
450 306.5 140.8 343.6 163.2 383.0 171.9 411.7 180.6 411.7 197.9 411.7 215.1
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
200 250 300 400 500 600
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
250 244.8 138.0 271.7 148.5 300.0 158.9 345.0 179.7 345.0 200.3 345.0 220.8
300 272.6 152.7 301.6 163.1 332.0 173.4 380.3 194.0 380.3 214.5 380.3 234.9
350 301.9 167.3 333.0 177.6 365.6 187.8 417.4 208.3 417.4 228.6 417.4 248.9
450 365.0 194.8 400.5 206.2 437.8 216.3 496.8 236.5 496.8 256.7 496.8 276.7
550 433.9 213.4 474.3 234.4 516.4 244.4 583.0 264.4 583.0 284.4 583.0 304.3
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 144 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HDA
Anchor size
HDA-P(F) / HDA-T(F) HDA-PR / HDA-TR
M10 M12 M16 M20 M10 M12 M16
Anchor bolt
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
Yield strength fyk [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 600 600 600
Stressed cross-section As [mm²] 58,0 84,3 157 245 58,0 84,3 157
Section modulus Z [mm³] 62,3 109,2 277,5 540,9 62,3 109,2 277,5
Characteristic bending resistance
without sleeve M
0
Rk,s [Nm]
60 105 266 519 60 105 266
Anchor sleeve
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²] 850 850 700 550 850 850 700
Yield strength fyk [N/mm²] 600 600 600 450 600 600 600
a) HDA M20: only a galvanized 5µm version is available
b) The recommended bending moment of the HDA anchor bolt may be calculated from Mrec = MRd,s / γF = MRk,s / (γMs . γF)
= (1,2 . Wel . fuk) / (γMs . γF) , where the partial safety factor for bolts of grade 8.8 is γMS = 1,25, for A4-80 equal to 1,33 and
the partial safety factor for action may be taken as γF = 1,4. In case of HDA-T/TR/TF the bending capacity of the sleeve is
neglected, only the capacity of the bolt is taken into account.
Material quality
Part Material
HDA-P / HDA-T (Carbon steel version)
Sleeve:
Bolt M10 - M16:
Bolt M20:
Machined steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips, galvanised to min. 5 µm
Cold formed steel, grade 8.8, galvanised to min. 5 µm
Cone machined, rod grade 8.8, galvanised to min. 5 µm
HDA-PR / HDA-TR (Stainless steel version)
Sleeve:
Bolt M10 - M16:
Machined stainless steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips
Cone/rod: machined stainless steel
HDA-PF / HDA-TF (Sherardized version)
Sleeve:
Bolt M10 - M16:
Machined steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips, shearadized
Cold formed steel, grade 8.8, shearadized
Anchor dimensions
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF
HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
May 2011 page 145
HDA design anchor
Dimensions of HDA
Anchor size
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
M10 M12 M16 M20
x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100
Length code letter I L N R S V X
Total length of bolt l
B
[mm] 150 190 210 275 295 360 410
Diameter of bolt d
B
[mm] 10 12 16 20
Total length of sleeve:
- HDA-P l
s
[mm] 100 125 125 190 190 250 250
- HDA-T l
s
[mm] 120 155 175 230 250 300 350
Max. diameter of sleeve d
s

[mm] 19 21 29 35
Washer diameter d
w

[mm] 27,5 33,5 45,5 50
Width across flats S
w

[mm] 17 19 24 30
Setting
Drilling
The stop drill is required for drilling in order to achieve the correct hole depth.
Anchor
Stop drill bit with TE-C
(SDS plus) connection end
Stop drill bit with TE-Y (SDS max)
connection end
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M10x100/20 TE-C-HDA-B 20*100 TE-Y-HDA-B 20*100
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M10x100/20 TE-C-HDA-B 20*120 TE-Y-HDA-B 20*120
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M12*125/30 TE-C HDA-B 22*125 TE-Y HDA-B 22*125
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M12*125/50
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M12*125/30 TE-C HDA-B 22*155 TE-Y HDA-B 22*155
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M12*125/50 TE-C HDA-B 22*175 TE-Y HDA-B 22*175
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M16 *190/40
HDA-P/ PF/ PR M16 *190/60
TE-Y HDA-B 30*190
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M16*190/40 TE-Y HDA-B 30*230
HDA-T/ TF/ TR M16*190/60 TE-Y HDA-B 30*250
HDA-P M20 *250/50
HDA-P M20 *250/100
TE-Y HDA-B 37*250
HDA-T M20*250/50 TE-Y HDA-B 37*300
HDA-T M20*250/100 TE-Y HDA-B 37*350
Setting
The setting system (tool and setting tool) is required for transferring the specific energy for the undercutting process.
Drilling Setting tool
page 146 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Setting HDA carbon steel version
Anchor
T
E

2
5

a
)


T
E

2
4

a
)
T
E

3
5
T
E

4
0

A
V
R


T
E

4
0
T
E

5
0
T
E

5
6

b
)


T
E

5
6
-
A
T
C

b
)
T
E

7
5

b
)
T
E

7
6
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
6

b
)
T
E

7
0
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
0

b
)
Setting tool
Technical data of
the required drilling
hammer
Single
impact
energy
[J]
Speed
under load
[1/min]
HDA-P/T20-M10*100/20
■ ■ TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 555
■ TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-P/T 22-M12*125/30
HDA-P/T 22-M12*125/50
■ ■ TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3,5 - 4.9 250 - 555
■ TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-P/T 30-M16*190/40
HDA-P/T 30-M16*190/60
■ ■ ■ TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360
HDA-P/T 37-M20*250/50
HDA-P/T 37-M20*250/100
■ ■ TE-Y-HDA-ST 37 M20 8.3 - 11.0 280 - 360
Anchor
Setting of HDA-F sheradised
Anchor
T
E

2
5

a
)


T
E

2
4

a
)
T
E

3
5
T
E

4
0

A
V
R


T
E

4
0
T
E

5
0
T
E

5
6

b
)


T
E

5
6
-
A
T
C

b
)
T
E

7
5

b
)
T
E

7
6
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
6

b
)
T
E

7
0
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
0

b
)
Setting tool
Technical data of
the required drilling
hammer
Single
impact
energy
[J]
Speed
under load
[1/min]
HDA-PF/TF 20-M10*100/20 ■ TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620
HDA-PF/TF 22 M12*125/30
HDA-PF/TF 22-M12*125/50
■ TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620
HDA-PF/TF 30-M16*190/40
HDA-PF/TF 30-M16*190/60
■ ■ ■ TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360
a) 1st gear
b) max. impact energy
Anchor
Setting of HDA-R stainless steel
Anchor
T
E

2
5

a
)


T
E

2
4

a
)
T
E

3
5
T
E

4
0

A
V
R


T
E

4
0
T
E

5
0
T
E

5
6

b
)


T
E

5
6
-
A
T
C

b
)
T
E

7
5

b
)
T
E

7
6
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
6

b
)
T
E

7
0
-
A
T
C

b
)


T
E

7
0

b
)
Setting tool
Technical data of
the required drilling
hammer
Single
impact
energy
[J]
Speed
under load
[1/min]
HDA-PR/TR20-M10*100/20
■ ■ ■ TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620
■ TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-PR/TR 22 M12*125/30
HDA-PR/TR 22-M12*125/50
■ ■ ■ TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.5 - 4.9 250 - 620
■ TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 - 7.5 480 - 500
HDA-PR/TR 30-M16*190/40
HDA-PR/TR 30-M16*190/60
■ ■ ■ TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 - 11.0 250 - 360
Anchor
May 2011 page 147
HDA design anchor
Setting instructions
HDA-P, HDA-PR, HDA-PF
HDA-T, HDA-TR, HDA-TF
page 148 May 2011
HDA design anchor
Setting details
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF
HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
May 2011 page 149
HDA design anchor
Anchor size
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
M10 M12 M16 M20
x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100
Head marking I L N R S V X
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 20 22 30 37
Cutting diameter of drill bit
d
cut,min
[mm] 20,10 22,10 30,10 37,15
d
cut,max
[mm] 20,55 22,55 30,55 37,70
Depth of drill hole
a)
h
1
[mm] 107 133 203 266
Anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 100 125 190 250
Sleeve recess
h
s,min

[mm] 2 2 2 2
h
s,max
[mm] 6 7 8 8
Torque moment
b)
T
inst
[Nm] 50 80 120 300
For HDA-P/-PF/-PR
Clearance hole d
f
[mm] 12 14 18 22
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 180 200 270 350
Fixture thickness
t
fix,min

[mm] 0 0 0 0
t
fix,max
[mm] 20 30 50 40 60 50 100
For HDA-T/-TF/-TR
Clearance hole d
f
[mm] 21 23 32 40
Minimum base material thickness h
min
[mm] 200-t
fix
230-t
fix
250-t
fix
310-t
fix
330-t
fix
400-t
fix
450-t
fix
Min. fixture thickness:
- Tension load only! t
fix,min

[mm] 10 10 15 20 50
- Shear load - without use of
centering washer
t
fix,min
b)
[mm] 15 15 20 25 50
- Shear load - with use of
centering washer
t
fix,min
[mm] 10 10 15 20 -
Max. fixture thickness t
fix,max
[mm] 20 30 50 40 60 50 100
a) use specified stop drill bit
b) with use of centering washer a reduction of t
fix,min
is possible for shear loading, details see ETA-99/0009
Setting parameters
Anchor size
HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF
M10 M12 M16 M20
x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100
Minimum spacing s
min
[mm] 100 125 190 250
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 80 100 150 200
page 150 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
CSTB, Paris ETA-02/0042 / 2008-01-10
ICC-ES report ICC evaluation service ESR 1545 / 2005-08-01
Shockproof fastenings in civil
defence installations
Bundesamt für
Bevölkerungsschutz, Bern
BZS D 08-601 / 2008-06-30
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3041/1663-CM / 2004-03-22
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0042, issue 2008-01-10.
HSL-3 heavy duty anchor
Anchor version Benefits
■ suitable for non-cracked and
cracked concrete C 20/25 to
C 50/60
■ high loading capacity
■ force-controlled expansion
■ reliable pull-down of the part
fastened
■ no rotation in hole when
tightening bolt
■ stainless steel version (HSL-G-R)
is available if required, subject to
lead time. For technical data,
please contact your local Hilti
Field Engineer
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone Shock
HSL-G-R Stainless steel version
HSL-3-B Safety cap version
HSL-3 Bolt version
Fatigue Seismic
ICC
May 2011 page 151
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
N
Rd,s
HSL-3, HSL-3B [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9 83.7 130.7 188.3
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 152 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
V
Rd,s
HSL-3, HSL-3B [kN] 24.9 39.4 57.4 80.9 113.5 141.9
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 153
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
h = h
min
[mm] 120 140 160 200 250 300
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ minimum base material thickness, as specified in the table below
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge or spacing influence
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Tensile N*
Rd,c
HSL-3, HSL-3-B [kN] 19.7 25.0 30.4 42.6 59.6 78.2
Shear V
Rd,s
HSL-3, HSL-3-B [kN] Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
Steel failure
page 154 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Two anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 125 150 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 - - - - 22.5 17.3 25.0 20.2 26.4 23.1 26.4 28.9 26.4 34.5
80 - - 20.6 15.9 24.0 18.2 26.7 21.1 28.6 24.0 28.6 29.7 28.6 35.4
100 18.6 12.7 21.9 16.9 25.6 19.2 28.4 22.0 30.8 24.9 30.8 30.6 30.8 36.2
125 20.0 13.8 23.6 18.1 27.5 20.4 30.6 23.2 33.6 26.0 33.6 31.7 33.6 37.3
150 21.4 14.9 25.2 19.4 29.4 21.6 32.7 24.4 36.3 27.2 36.3 32.8 36.3 38.4
200 24.2 16.3 28.6 21.8 33.3 24.0 37.0 26.7 39.6 29.4 39.6 35.0 39.6 40.5
250 25.8 16.3 30.5 23.8 35.6 26.3 39.6 29.0 39.6 31.7 39.6 37.1 39.6 42.6
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
70 100 125 150 175 200 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
70 - - 25.3 20.3 29.6 23.5 31.5 26.7 33.3 29.9 33.3 33.0 33.3 39.3
100 - - 27.5 21.9 32.2 25.1 34.2 28.2 36.9 31.4 36.9 34.5 36.9 40.8
125 - - 29.3 23.3 34.4 26.4 36.5 29.5 39.8 32.6 39.8 35.8 39.8 42.0
150 - - 31.2 24.6 36.6 27.7 38.8 30.8 42.8 33.9 42.8 37.0 42.8 43.2
175 26.7 19.5 33.0 26.0 38.7 29.0 41.2 32.1 45.8 35.2 45.8 38.2 45.8 44.4
200 28.2 20.8 34.9 27.4 40.9 30.3 43.5 33.4 48.7 36.4 48.7 39.5 48.7 45.6
250 31.2 21.3 38.6 30.1 45.3 33.0 48.1 35.9 49.9 38.9 49.9 41.9 49.9 48.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
80 125 150 175 200 250 300
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 - - - - - - 38.6 33.9 40.7 37.3 40.7 44.2 40.7 50.9
125 - - - - 43.2 33.0 43.2 36.4 46.4 39.8 46.4 46.6 46.4 53.3
150 - - 39.9 31.1 45.8 34.4 45.8 37.8 49.6 41.2 49.6 47.9 49.6 54.6
175 - - 42.1 32.6 48.3 35.9 48.3 39.2 52.7 42.5 52.7 49.2 52.7 55.9
200 - - 44.3 34.0 50.8 37.3 50.8 40.6 55.9 43.9 55.9 50.5 55.9 57.2
250 36.9 26.8 48.7 37.0 55.9 40.2 55.9 43.4 61.0 46.7 61.0 53.2 61.0 59.8
300 40.2 26.8 53.1 39.9 61.0 43.0 61.0 46.2 61.0 49.4 61.0 55.9 61.0 62.3
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 155
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
100 150 175 200 250 300 350
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 - - - - - - - - 56.8 54.0 56.8 61.8 56.8 69.6
150 - - - - - - 59.4 49.5 63.9 57.2 63.9 64.9 63.9 72.6
175 - - - - - - 62.2 51.2 67.5 58.8 67.5 66.5 67.5 74.1
200 - - 54.5 45.2 61.0 49.0 65.0 52.8 71.0 60.4 71.0 68.0 71.0 75.6
250 46.3 36.1 59.2 48.7 66.3 52.4 70.7 56.1 78.1 63.6 78.1 71.1 78.1 78.6
300 49.9 39.4 63.9 52.2 71.5 55.7 76.3 59.4 85.2 66.8 85.2 74.2 85.2 81.6
350 53.6 39.4 68.6 55.6 76.8 59.1 81.9 62.7 85.2 69.9 85.2 77.3 85.2 84.7
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 - - - - - - 79.4 74.8 79.4 83.6 79.4 92.4 79.4 101.0
150 - - - - - - 83.4 76.6 83.4 85.4 83.4 94.1 83.4 102.8
200 - - - - 84.4 71.6 91.3 80.3 91.3 88.9 91.3 97.6 91.3 106.2
250 - - 78.9 66.8 90.6 75.3 99.2 83.9 99.2 92.5 99.2 101.1 99.2 109.6
300 69.8 59.4 84.3 70.7 96.8 79.1 107.2 87.6 107.2 96.0 107.2 104.6 107.2 113.0
350 74.3 63.3 89.7 74.6 103.0 82.8 115.1 91.2 115.1 99.6 115.1 108.0 115.1 116.5
400 78.7 67.3 95.1 78.6 109.2 86.6 119.1 94.8 119.1 103.2 119.1 111.5 119.1 119.9
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
150 - - - - - - 98.9 88.2 104.4 98.0 104.4 107.8 104.4 117.5
200 - - - - 95.6 82.7 105.7 92.4 113.0 102.1 113.0 111.8 113.0 121.4
250 - - 87.2 77.5 101.8 87.0 112.6 96.6 121.7 106.2 121.7 115.8 121.7 125.3
300 78.2 63.4 92.6 82.1 108.0 91.4 119.5 100.8 130.4 110.3 130.4 119.8 130.4 129.2
350 82.7 67.6 97.9 86.6 114.2 95.7 126.3 105.0 139.1 114.4 139.1 123.7 139.1 133.1
400 87.2 71.8 103.2 91.2 120.4 100.1 133.2 109.2 147.8 118.4 147.8 127.7 147.8 137.0
450 91.7 76.0 108.5 95.8 126.6 104.4 140.0 113.4 156.5 122.5 156.5 131.7 156.5 141.0
page 156 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
60 80 100 125 150 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 - - - - 28.7 24.3 31.5 27.1 35.2 30.0 35.2 35.7 35.2 41.3
80 - - 29.0 25.2 32.9 27.4 36.0 30.3 41.3 33.1 41.3 38.8 41.3 44.4
100 29.1 25.4 33.1 28.3 37.4 30.6 40.8 33.4 47.9 36.3 47.9 41.9 47.9 47.4
125 34.2 27.6 38.7 32.3 43.4 34.5 47.2 37.3 56.9 40.1 56.9 45.7 56.9 51.2
150 39.6 29.8 44.6 36.1 49.9 38.4 54.1 41.2 66.5 43.9 66.5 49.5 66.5 55.0
200 51.7 32.6 57.8 43.6 64.2 46.0 69.2 48.8 79.2 51.5 79.2 57.0 79.2 62.5
250 59.7 32.6 66.5 47.6 73.6 52.6 79.2 56.3 79.2 59.0 79.2 64.5 79.2 69.9
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
70 100 125 150 175 200 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
70 - - 32.8 29.3 37.6 32.4 39.6 35.6 44.4 38.7 44.4 41.8 44.4 48.0
100 - - 39.2 34.5 44.6 37.7 46.9 40.8 54.4 43.9 54.4 46.9 54.4 53.1
125 - - 44.9 38.9 50.9 42.0 53.4 45.0 63.5 48.1 63.5 51.2 63.5 57.3
150 - - 51.1 43.2 57.6 46.2 60.4 49.3 73.3 52.3 73.3 55.4 73.3 61.5
175 49.5 39.0 57.6 47.4 64.8 50.5 67.8 53.5 83.9 56.5 83.9 59.6 83.9 65.6
200 55.8 41.6 64.6 51.6 72.4 54.7 75.6 57.7 95.1 60.7 95.1 63.7 95.1 69.7
250 69.3 42.6 79.6 60.0 88.8 63.0 92.6 66.0 99.8 69.0 99.8 72.0 99.8 78.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
80 125 150 175 200 250 300
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
80 - - - - - - 48.9 44.8 54.2 48.2 54.2 55.0 54.2 61.6
125 - - - - 61.2 49.9 61.2 53.3 70.5 56.6 70.5 63.2 70.5 69.8
150 - - 61.6 51.2 68.6 54.6 68.6 57.9 80.5 61.2 80.5 67.8 80.5 74.4
175 - - 68.8 55.9 76.4 59.2 76.4 62.5 91.2 65.8 91.2 72.3 91.2 78.9
200 - - 76.4 60.5 84.7 63.7 84.7 67.0 102.5 70.3 102.5 76.8 102.5 83.3
250 76.9 53.6 92.9 69.6 102.5 72.8 102.5 76.1 121.9 79.3 121.9 85.8 121.9 92.2
300 92.6 53.6 111.0 78.6 121.9 81.8 121.9 85.0 121.9 88.2 121.9 94.7 121.9 101.1
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
May 2011 page 157
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
ANCHOR
M16
Edge C (mm)
100 150 175 200 250 300 350
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
100 - - - - - - - - 75.8 69.6 75.8 77.2 75.8 84.8
150 - - - - - - 82.9 72.6 95.9 80.2 95.9 87.7 95.9 95.3
175 - - - - - - 90.9 77.9 106.8 85.4 106.8 93.0 106.8 100.4
200 - - 86.6 75.6 94.4 79.4 99.3 83.1 118.3 90.7 118.3 98.1 118.3 105.6
250 86.1 72.2 102.7 86.1 111.6 89.9 117.1 93.6 143.2 101.0 143.2 108.4 143.2 115.8
300 101.6 78.8 120.3 96.5 130.3 100.2 136.4 103.9 170.4 111.3 170.4 118.7 170.4 126.0
350 118.3 78.8 139.2 106.8 150.3 110.5 157.2 114.1 170.4 121.5 170.4 128.8 170.4 136.1
ANCHOR
M20
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
125 - - - - - - 105.9 96.7 105.9 105.4 105.9 114.0 105.9 122.6
150 - - - - - - 116.7 102.8 116.7 111.4 116.7 119.9 116.7 128.5
200 - - - - 119.5 106.2 140.0 114.6 140.0 123.3 140.0 131.8 140.0 140.2
250 - - 123.7 109.6 137.7 118.1 165.4 126.6 165.4 135.1 165.4 143.5 165.4 151.9
300 123.4 113.0 141.7 121.5 157.2 129.9 192.9 138.4 192.9 146.7 192.9 155.1 192.9 163.4
350 140.9 124.9 161.0 133.3 178.0 141.6 222.5 150.0 222.5 158.3 222.5 166.6 222.5 174.9
400 159.4 134.6 181.4 144.9 200.1 153.3 238.1 161.6 238.1 169.8 238.1 178.1 238.1 186.4
ANCHOR
M24
Edge C (mm)
150 200 250 300 350 400 450
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
150 - - - - - - 124.9 117.5 139.1 127.1 139.1 136.7 139.1 146.2
200 - - - - 131.3 121.4 142.8 131.0 163.3 140.5 163.3 150.0 163.3 159.4
250 - - 132.2 125.3 149.3 134.8 162.0 144.3 189.4 153.7 189.4 163.1 189.4 172.5
300 132.1 126.8 149.8 138.7 168.5 148.1 182.3 157.5 217.4 166.8 217.4 176.2 217.4 185.5
350 149.2 135.2 168.5 151.9 188.9 161.2 203.9 170.6 247.3 179.8 247.3 189.1 247.3 198.4
400 167.4 143.6 188.3 165.0 210.4 174.3 226.6 183.5 279.2 192.8 279.2 202.0 279.2 211.2
450 186.5 152.0 209.1 178.0 233.1 187.2 250.6 196.4 313.0 205.6 313.0 214.7 313.0 223.4
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 158 May 2011
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HSL-3, HSL-3-B
Anchor size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 830 830
Yield strength fyk [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640
Stressed cross-section As [mm²] 36.6 58.0 84.3 157 245 353
Section modulus Z [mm³] 31.3 62.5 109.4 277.1 540.6 935.4
Design bending resistance
without sleeve MRd,s [Nm]
24.0 48.0 84.0 212.8 415.2 718.4
Material quality
Part Material
Bolt, threaded rod steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 µm
May 2011 page 159
HSL-3
heavy duty anchor
Anchor version HSL-3 M8/20 M10/20 M10/40 M12/25 M12/50 M16/25 M16/50 M20/30 M20/60 M24/30 M24/60
Drill bit diameter d
0
[mm] 12 15 18 24 28 32
Hole depth h
1
[mm] 80 90 105 125 155 180
Effective anchorage
depth
h
ef
[mm] 60 70 80 100 125 150
Max. fixture thickness t
fix
[mm] 20 20 40 25 50 25 50 30 60 30 60
Anchor length I

[mm] 98 110 130 131 156 153 178 183 213 205 235
Head height + washer h
n
[mm] 7.5 10 11 14 17 19
Tightening torque T
inst
[Nm] 25 50 80 120 200 250
Width across
flats
S
w
[mm]
HSL-3 13 17 19 24 30 36
HSL-3-B - - 24 30 36 41
Clearance hole d
h
[mm] 14 17 20 26 31 35
Washer diameter d
w
[mm] 20 25 30 40 45 50
Min. base material
thickness
h
min
[mm] 120 140 160 200 250 300
Minimum spacing
s
min
[mm] 60 70 80 100 125 150
for c ≥ [mm] 100 100 160 240 300 300
Minimum edge
distance
c
min
[mm] 60 70 80 100 150 150
for s ≥ [mm] 100 160 240 240 300 300
Setting instructions
Setting details
Drill hole Blow out dust and fragments Install anchor Apply tightening torque
(for HSL-3-B: no torque wrench
is needed)
page 160 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
CSTB, Paris ETA-02/0027 / 2007-09-20
Shockproof fastenings in civil
defence installations
Bundesamt für
Bevölkerungsschutz, Bern
BZS D 06-601 / 2006-07-17
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 / 2006-06-28
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0027 issue 2007-09-20
HSC-A safety anchor
Anchor version
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone Shock
Bolt version
HSC-A Carbon
Steel version
HSC-AR Stainless
steel version
Benefits
■ the perfect solution for small edge
and space distance
■ suitable for thin concrete blocks
due to low embedment depth
■ suitable for cracked and
non cracked concrete
■ self-cutting undercut anchor
■ available as bolt version for
through applications
■ stainless steel available for
external applications
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Small edge
distance
& spacing
May 2011 page 161
HSC-A safety anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
N
Rd,s
HSC-A [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9
HSC-AR [kN] 13.7 21.7 31.6
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 162 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
V
Rd,s
HSC-A [kN] 11.7 18.6 27.0
HSC-AR [kN] 8.2 13.0 18.9
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 163
HSC-A safety anchor
Anchor size M8 x 40 M10 x 40 M12x60
h = h
min
[mm] 100 100 130
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ minimum base material thickness, as specified in the table below
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge or spacing influence
Anchor size M8 x 40 M10 x 40 M12 x 60
Tensile N*
rd,c
HSC-A [kN] 10.7 10.7 19.8
Shear V
Rd,s
HSC-A [kN] Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
page 164 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 10.8 6.0 14.4 9.4 14.4 14.2 14.4 16.4 14.4 19.5
60 12.1 6.8 16.2 10.3 16.2 15.0 16.2 17.1 16.2 20.3
100 14.8 8.3 19.8 12.0 19.8 16.7 19.8 18.8 19.8 21.9
120 16.2 9.0 21.6 12.8 21.6 17.5 21.6 19.6 21.6 22.6
150 16.2 9.0 21.6 14.1 21.6 18.8 21.6 20.8 21.6 23.9
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 10.8 6.1 14.4 9.6 14.4 14.4 14.4 16.6 14.4 19.7
60 12.1 6.9 16.2 10.5 16.2 15.3 16.2 17.4 16.2 20.5
100 14.8 8.4 19.8 12.2 19.8 17.0 19.8 19.0 19.8 22.2
120 16.2 9.2 21.6 13.1 21.6 17.8 21.6 19.9 21.6 23.0
150 16.2 9.2 21.6 14.4 21.6 19.1 21.6 21.1 21.6 24.1
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 90 120 180 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 19.8 11.6 26.4 17.7 26.4 21.4 26.4 28.9 26.4 37.4
90 22.3 13.0 29.7 19.3 29.7 23.0 29.7 30.3 29.7 38.7
120 24.8 14.5 33.0 20.9 33.0 24.5 33.0 31.8 33.0 40.0
180 29.7 17.4 39.6 24.1 39.6 27.5 39.6 34.6 39.6 42.9
250 29.7 17.4 39.6 27.9 39.6 31.1 39.6 38.0 39.6 46.1
May 2011 page 165
HSC-A safety anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 15.1 12.0 19.2 14.2 19.2 18.4 19.2 20.5 19.2 23.6
60 19.4 13.6 24.2 17.2 24.2 21.3 24.2 23.4 24.2 26.4
100 29.6 16.6 36.2 22.9 36.2 27.0 36.2 29.0 36.2 32.0
120 35.6 18.0 43.1 25.6 43.1 29.8 43.1 31.8 43.1 34.8
150 35.6 18.0 43.1 28.2 43.1 33.9 43.1 35.9 43.1 38.9
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 15.1 12.2 19.2 14.4 19.2 18.7 19.2 20.8 19.2 23.9
60 19.4 13.8 24.2 17.4 24.2 21.6 24.2 23.6 24.2 26.7
100 29.6 17.0 36.2 23.2 36.2 27.3 36.2 29.3 36.2 32.4
120 35.6 18.4 43.1 26.0 43.1 30.1 43.1 32.1 43.1 35.2
150 35.6 18.4 43.1 28.8 43.1 34.3 43.1 36.3 43.1 39.3
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 90 120 180 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 27.7 21.4 35.2 25.1 35.2 28.8 35.2 36.1 35.2 44.5
90 35.7 26.0 44.5 30.3 44.5 33.9 44.5 41.1 44.5 49.4
120 44.5 29.0 55.0 35.3 55.0 38.9 55.0 46.0 55.0 54.3
180 65.3 34.8 79.2 45.2 79.2 48.7 79.2 55.8 79.2 63.9
250 65.3 34.8 79.2 55.6 79.2 60.0 79.2 66.9 79.2 75.0
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 166 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties
Anchor size HSC M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²]
-A 800 800 800
-AR 700 700 700
Yield strength fyk [N/mm²]
-A 640 640 640
-AR 450 450 450
Stressed cross-section for
bolt version As,A [mm²]
-A, AR 36.6 58.0 84.3
Section modulus Z [mm³] -A, AR 31.2 62.3 109.2
Design bending resistance
without sleeve MRd,s [Nm]
-A 24 48 84
-AR 16.7 33.3 59.0
Material quality
Part Material
H
S
C
-
A
Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 µm
Expansion sleeve and washer Galvanised steel
Hexagon nut Grade 8 according to ISO 898-2
H
S
C
-
A
R
Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread
steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088,
EN ISO 3506
Expansion sleeve and washer steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 according EN 10088
Hexagon nut
steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088,
EN ISO 3506
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HSC-A and HSC-AR
Anchor version Thread size
tfix (mm)
max
b
(mm)
ls
(mm)
d
(mm)
e
(mm)
HSC-A(R) M8x40 M8 15 13.5 40.8 13.5 16
HSC-A(R) M10x40 M10 20 15.5 40.8 15.5 20
HSC-A(R) M12x60 M12 20 17.5 60.8 17.5 24
marking HILTI 8.8 (or A4) marking e.g. HSC-A M8 x 40 tfix (or HSC-AR M8 x 40 tfix A4)
May 2011 page 167
HSC-A safety anchor
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size
HSC-A/AR
M8x40
HSC-A/AR
M10x40
HSC-A/AR
M12x60
Rotary hammer for setting
TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 16;
TE 16-C;TE 16-M;
TE 25; TE 35
TE 7-C; TE 7-A;
TE 25; TE 35
TE 16; TE 16-C;
TE 16-M; TE 25;
TE 35; TE 40;
TE 40-AVR
Stop drill bit TE-C-HSC-B 14x40 16x40 16x60
Setting Tool TE-C-HSC-MW 14 16 18
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Setting instruction
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
page 168 May 2011
HSC-A safety anchor
Anchor version M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 [mm] 14 16 18
Cutting diameter of drill bit dcut ≤ [mm] 14.5 16.5 18.5
Depth of drill hole h1 ≥ [mm] 46 46 68
Diameter of clearance hole
in the fixture
df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 40 60
Maximum fastening thickness tfix [mm] 15 20 20
Torque moment Tinst [Nm] 10 20 30
Width across SW [mm] 13 17 19
Anchor version M8x40 M10x40 M12x60
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 130
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 40 60
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 40 60
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
Critical spacing and critical edge distance for splitting failure apply only for non-cracked concrete. For cracked concrete only
the critical spacing and critical edge distance for concrete cone failure are decisive
Setting details HSC-A (R)
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
May 2011 page 169
HSC-A safety anchor
page 170 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
CSTB, Paris ETA-02/0027 / 2007-09-20
Shockproof fastenings in civil
defence installations
Bundesamt für
Bevölkerungsschutz, Bern
BZS D 06-601 / 2006-07-17
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 / 2006-06-28
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0027 issue 2007-09-20
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor version
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone Shock
Internal threaded
version:
HSC-I carbon steel
internal version
HSC-IR Stainless
steel version (A4)
Benefits
■ the perfect solution for small edge
and space distance
■ suitable for thin concrete blocks
due to low embedment depth
■ suitable for cracked and
non cracked concrete
■ self-cutting undercut anchor
■ internal threaded
■ stainless steel available for
external applications
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Small edge
distance
& spacing
May 2011 page 171
HSC-I safety anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
N
Rd,s
HSC-I [kN] 16.3 20.2 24.3
HSC-IR [kN] 11.4 14.2 17.1
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 172 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
Shear load acting parallel to edge:
These tables are for a single free edge only
2 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to this edge, the concrete resistance V*Rd,c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5
4 anchors:
For shear loads acting parallel to the edge - the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.
To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd,c and multiply by the factor = 2.5
■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
V
Rd,s
HSC-I [kN] 9.8 12.2 14.6
HSC-IR [kN] 6.9 8.5 10.3
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 173
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor size M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
h = h
min
[mm] 100 110 130
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ minimum base material thickness, as specified in the table below
Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge or spacing influence
Anchor size M8 x 40 M10 x 50 M12 x 60
Tensile N*
rd,c
HSC-I [kN] 10.7 15.1 19.8
Shear V
Rd,s
HSC-I [kN] Steel governed refer V
Rd,s
table
page 174 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Two Anchors
Table 1: One edge influence
h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 10.8 6.1 14.4 9.6 14.4 14.4 14.4 16.6 14.4 19.7
60 12.1 6.9 16.2 10.5 16.2 15.3 16.2 17.4 16.2 20.5
100 14.8 8.4 19.8 12.2 19.8 17.0 19.8 19.0 19.8 22.2
120 16.2 9.2 21.6 13.1 21.6 17.8 21.6 19.9 21.6 23.0
150 16.2 9.2 21.6 14.4 21.6 19.1 21.6 21.1 21.6 24.1
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 75 100 150 200
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 14.5 8.8 18.9 13.5 20.1 16.4 20.1 22.1 20.1 27.7
75 16.1 9.9 21.0 14.7 22.6 17.6 22.6 23.2 22.6 28.7
100 17.7 11.0 23.2 16.0 25.1 18.7 25.1 24.3 25.1 29.8
150 21.0 13.2 27.5 18.4 30.1 21.1 30.1 26.5 30.1 31.9
200 22.3 13.2 29.1 20.9 30.1 23.4 30.1 28.7 30.1 34.0
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 90 120 180 250
spacing
s1 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 19.8 11.8 26.4 18.0 26.4 21.7 26.4 29.2 26.4 37.7
90 22.3 13.2 29.7 19.6 29.7 23.3 29.7 30.7 29.7 39.1
120 24.8 14.7 33.0 21.2 33.0 24.8 33.0 32.1 33.0 40.5
180 29.7 17.7 39.6 24.5 39.6 27.9 39.6 35.0 39.6 43.3
250 29.7 17.7 39.6 28.3 39.6 31.6 39.6 38.4 39.6 46.6
May 2011 page 175
HSC-I safety anchor
Four anchors
Table 2: One edge influence h=hmin
Nsd
Vsd
S2
S1
C
h
ANCHOR
M8
Edge C (mm)
40 60 100 120 150
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
40 15.1 12.2 19.2 14.4 19.2 18.7 19.2 20.8 19.2 23.9
60 19.4 13.8 24.2 17.4 24.2 21.6 24.2 23.6 24.2 26.7
100 29.6 17.0 36.2 23.2 36.2 27.3 36.2 29.3 36.2 32.4
120 35.6 18.4 43.1 26.0 43.1 30.1 43.1 32.1 43.1 35.2
150 35.6 18.4 43.1 28.8 43.1 34.3 43.1 36.3 43.1 39.3
ANCHOR
M10
Edge C (mm)
50 75 100 150 200
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
50 19.8 16.4 24.8 19.3 26.8 22.1 26.8 27.7 26.8 33.2
75 25.0 19.8 30.9 23.2 33.3 26.0 33.9 31.5 33.9 36.9
100 30.9 22.0 37.6 27.0 40.5 29.8 41.8 35.2 41.8 40.6
150 44.4 26.4 53.1 34.6 56.9 37.3 60.3 42.7 60.3 48.0
200 49.7 26.4 60.1 41.8 60.3 44.7 60.3 50.0 60.3 55.3
ANCHOR
M12
Edge C (mm)
60 90 120 180 250
spacing
s1=s2 (mm)
tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear tension shear
N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c N*Rd,c V*Rrd,c
60 27.7 21.7 35.2 25.5 35.2 29.2 35.2 36.5 35.2 45.0
90 35.7 26.6 44.5 30.6 44.5 34.3 44.5 41.6 44.5 49.9
120 44.5 29.4 55.0 35.7 55.0 39.3 55.0 46.5 55.0 54.8
180 65.3 35.4 79.2 45.7 79.2 49.2 79.2 56.3 79.2 64.5
250 65.3 35.4 79.2 56.6 79.2 60.6 79.2 67.5 79.2 75.6
Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors
in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.
This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details)
The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of:
1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and
2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.
page 176 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties
Anchor size HSC M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²]
-I 800 800 800
-IR 600 700 700
Yield strength fyk [N/mm²]
-I 640 640 640
-IR 355 350 340
Stressed cross-section for
internal threaded version As,l [mm²]
-I,IR 28.3 34.6 40.8
Stressed cross-section for
bolt version As,A [mm²]
-I,IR 36.6 58.0 84.3
Section modulus Z [mm³] -I,IR 31.2 62.3 109.2
Design bending resistance
without sleeve MRd,s [Nm]
-I 24 48 84
-IR 16.7 33.3 59.0
Material quality
Part Material
H
S
C
-
I
Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread steel grade 8.8 according ISO 898-1, galvanised to min. 5 µm
Expansion sleeve and washer Galvanised steel
Hexagon nut Grade 8 according to ISO 898-2
H
S
C
-
I
R
Cone bolt with , with internal or external thread
steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088,
EN ISO 3506
Expansion sleeve and washer steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 according EN 10088
Hexagon nut
steel grade 1.4401, 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088,
EN ISO 3506
May 2011 page 177
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HSC-I and HSC-IR
Anchor version Thread size
b
(mm)
ls
(mm)
d
(mm)
lb
(mm)
HSC-I M8x40 M8 15.5 40.8 15.5 43.8
HSC-I M10x50 M10 17.5 50.8 17.5 54.8
HSC-I M12x60 M12 19.5 60.8 19.5 64.8
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size
HSC-I/IR
M8x40
HSC-I/IR
M10x50
HSC-I/IR
M12x60
Rotary hammer for setting
TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 16; TE 16-C;
TE 16-M; TE 25; TE 35
TE 16; TE 16-C;
TE 16-M; TE 25,
TE 35; TE 40;
TE 40-AVR
Stop drill bit TE-CHSC-B 16x40 18x50 20x60
Setting Tool TE-C HSC-MW 16 18 20
Insert Tool TE-C HSC-EW 16 18 20
marking HILTI 8.8 (or A4) marking e.g. HSC-I M6 x 40 (or HSC-IR M6 x 40 A4)
page 178 May 2011
HSC-I safety anchor
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Setting instruction
For HSC-I: fastening carbon steel screw or threaded rod. Minimum strength class 8.8 according to ESO 8898-1
For HSC-IR: fastening stainless steel screw or threaded rod: minimum strength class A4-70 according to EN ISO 3506
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
May 2011 page 179
HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor version M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 [mm] 16 18 20
Cutting diameter of drill bit dcut ≤ [mm] 16.5 18.5 20.5
Depth of drill hole h1 ≥ [mm] 46 56 68
Diameter of clearance hole
in the fixture
df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60
Screwing depth
min s [mm] 8 10 12
max s [mm] 22 28 30
Width across SW [mm] 13 17 19
Installation torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 30
Anchor version M8x40 M10x50 M12x60
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 100 110 130
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
Critical spacing and critical edge distance for splitting failure apply only for non-cracked concrete. For cracked concrete only
the critical spacing and critical edge distance for concrete cone failure are decisive
Setting details
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
page 180 May 2011
HSA stud anchor
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval a) CSTB, Paris ETA-99/0001 / 2008-03-13
Fire test report IBMB, Braunschweig UB 3049/8151 / 2006-05-03
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166404/ 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section for HSA and HSA-R M6 to M12 according ETA-99/0001, issue 2008-03-13.
HSA-F and HSA-R M16 + M20 have no approval.
HSA stud anchor
Anchor version
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete
Benefits
■ two setting depths
■ setting mark
Hilti anchor
design
software
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HSA
Carbon steel
HSA-R
Stainless steel
HSA-F
Carbon steel, hot-dip
galvanised
May 2011 page 181
HSA stud anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
or pullout, whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
N
Rd,s
HSA / HSA-F [kN] 6.3 12.0 21.0 29.7 50.7 89.3
HSA-R [kN] 6.9 12.5 21.9 30.6 43.8 61.3
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 182 May 2011
HSA stud anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
V
Rd,s
HSA / HSA-F [kN] 5.2 9.6 15.6 24.4 44.0 68.0
HSA-R [kN] 4.0 7.3 11.3 16.7 23.3 32.7
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 183
HSA stud anchor
Anchor size
h = h
min
[mm] Refer to Loads table below
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ minimum base material thickness, as specified in the table below
Single anchor – no edge effect
Standard embedment depth Reduced embedment depth
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 100 100 140 170 210 100 100 100 100 130 160
Tensile N*Rd,c
HSA [kN] 4.0 9.7 12.9 20.1 32.8 44.5 3.4 7.2 9.7 15.1 21.8 29.3
HSA-R [kN] 3.3 6.7 6.7 11.9 18.1 20.6 4.2 5.7 8.6 12.8 18.5
Shear V*Rd,c
HSA [kN]
Steel failure governs refer V Rd,s table
Steel Failure critical
HSA-R [kN] - 8.8 11.6 15.1
Steel failure
critical
Single anchor, min. edge distance (c = cmin)
Standard embedment depth Reduced embedment depth
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 100 100 140 170 210 100 100 100 100 130 160
Min. edge
distance cmin
HSA [mm] 50 60 65 90 105 125 40 45 65 100 100 115
HSA-R [mm] 50 60 75 100 105 125 - 45 65 100 100 115
Tensile N*Rd,c
HSA [kN] 4.0 9.0 9.4 15.5 20.1 26.9 3.4 5.6 8.0 12.1 15.0 19.6
HSA-R [kN] 3.3 6.7 6.7 11.6 18.1 20.6 4.2 5.7 8.6 10.8 15.4
Shear V*Rd,c
HSA [kN] 5.3 7.3 8.5 14.3 18.9 25.6 3.8 4.7 8.3 12.7 15.7 20.9
HSA-R [kN] 5.3 7.3 9.7 15.9 18.9 25.6 4.7 8.3 12.7 15.7 20.9
page 184 May 2011
HSA stud anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties of HSA, HSA-R, HSA-F
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Nominal tensile
strength fuk
HSA [N/mm²] 720 720 720 720 670 720
HSA-R [N/mm²] 600 600 600 600 450 400
HSA-F [N/mm²] 720 720 720 720 670 720
Yield strength fyk
HSA [N/mm²] 576 576 576 576 536 576
HSA-R [N/mm²] 400 400 400 400 - -
HSA-F [N/mm²] 576 576 576 576 536 576
Stressed cross-section As [mm²] 20.1 36.6 58.0 84.3 157 245
Section modulus Z [mm³] 12.7 31.2 62.3 109.2 277.5 540.9
Design bending
resistance M
0
Rd,s
HSA [Nm] 8.8 21.6 43.2 75.2 178.4 363.2
HSA-R [Nm] 6.0 14.6 30.0 52.6 100.00 168.0
HSA-F [Nm] 8.8 21.6 43.2 75.2 178.4 363.2
Material quality
Part Material
Bolt
HSA Carbon steel, galvanised to min. 5 µm
HSA-R Stainless steel
HSA-F
Carbon steel, hot-dip galvanised to min. 35 µm (M6-M16) and
min. 45 µm (M20)
Setting parameters
Standard embedment depth Reduced embedment depth
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 100 100 140 170 210 100 100 100 100 130 160
Minimum spacing smin
HSA [mm] 40 50 55 75 90 105 35 35 55 100 100 100
HSA-R [mm] 40 50 65 100 250 310 - 35 55 100 190 235
HSA-F [mm] 120 145 150 210 250 310 90 105 125 150 190 235
Minimum edge distance cmin
HSA [mm] 50 60 65 90 105 125 40 45 65 100 100 115
HSA-R [mm] 50 60 75 100 126 155 - 45 65 100 96 117
HSA-F [mm] 60 72 75 105 126 155 45 53 63 75 96 117
Setting details

May 2011 page 185
HSA stud anchor
Anchor size
Setting Details
M
6
x
5
0
M
6
x
6
5
M
6
x
8
5
M
6
x
1
0
0
M
8
x
5
7
M
8
x
7
5
M
8
x
9
2
M
1
0
x
6
8
M
1
0
x
9
0
M
1
0
x
1
0
8
M
1
0
x
1
2
0
HSA-R available:
*
* *
*
*
*
* * *
*
*
*
*
* *
*
OK OK OK OK
HSA-F available: OK OK
d
o
[mm] Nominal diameter of drill bit 6 8 10
I [mm] Anchor length 50 65 85 100 57 75 92 68 90 108 120
Head marking (letter code) A C D E B C E C E F G
I
G
[mm] Thread length 15 30 50 65 20 35 52 25 42 60 72
T
inst
[Nm] Tightening torque* 5 15 30
Sw

[mm] Width across nut flats 10 13 17
d
f
[mm] Clearance hole diameter 7 9 12
h
1
[mm] Min. depth of drill hole - 55 - 65 - 70
h
ef
[mm] Effective anch. depth - 40 - 48 - 50
t
fix
[mm] Max. fixture thickness - 10 30 45 - 10 27 - 20 37 50
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
a
n
c
h
o
r
a
g
e
h
min
[mm] Min. concrete thickness - 100 - 100 - 100
h
1
[mm] Min. depth of drill hole 45 50 60
h
ef
[mm] Effective anch. depth 30 35 42
t
fix
[mm] Max. fixture thickness 5 20 40 55 5 23 40 5 25 45 57
r
e
d
u
c
e
d
a
n
c
h
o
r
a
g
e
h
min
[mm] Min. concrete thickness 100 100 100
Anchor size
Setting Details M
1
2
x
8
0
M
1
2
x
1
0
0
M
1
2
x
1
2
0
M
1
2
x
1
5
0
M
1
2
x
1
8
0
M
1
2
x
2
2
0
M
1
6
x
1
0
0
M
1
6
x
1
2
0
M
1
6
x
1
4
0
M
1
6
x
1
9
0
M
2
0
x
1
2
5
M
2
0
x
1
7
0
HSA-R available: OK OK OK OK OK
K O K O K O K O K O K O : e l b a l i a v a F - A S H OK
d
o
0 2 6 1 2 1 t i b l l i r d f o . a i d l a n i m o N ] m m [
I [mm] Anchor length 80 100 120 150 180 220 100 120 140 190 125 170
Head marking (letter code) D E G I L O E G I L G K
I
G
[mm] Thread length 30 45 65 95 125 165 35 50 70 120 45 85
T
inst
0 0 1 0 5 * e u q r o t g n i n e t h g i T ] m N [ 200
SW

4 2 9 1 s t a l f t u n s s o r c a h t d i W ] m m [ 30
d
f
8 1 4 1 r e t e m a i d e l o h e c n a r a e l C ] m m [ 22
h
1
[mm] Min. depth of drill hole - 95 - 115 - 130
h
ef
[mm] Effective anch. depth - 70 - 84 - 103
t
fix
[mm] Max. fixture thickness - 5 25 55 85 125 - 5 25 75 - 30
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
a
n
c
h
o
r
a
g
e
h
min
[mm] Min. concrete thickness - 140 - 170 - 210
h
1
5 0 1 0 9 0 7 e l o h l l i r d f o h t p e d . n i M ] m m [
h
ef
8 7 4 6 0 5 h t p e d . h c n a e v i t c e f f E ] m m [
t
fix
[mm] Max. fixture thickness 5 25 45 75 105 145 5 25 45 95 10 55
r
e
d
u
c
e
d
a
n
c
h
o
r
a
g
e
h
min
[mm] Min. concrete thickness
* Tightening torque same for standard & reduced anchorage.
* available subject to lead time. Contact your local Hilti Engineer.
0 6 1 0 3 1 0 0 1
* *
* *
*
*
*
* * *
*
*
page 186 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30
Fire test report DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30
Fire test report ZTV – Tunnel (EBA) MFPA, Leipzig PB III / 08-354 / 2008-11-27
a) Data for HUS-HR with standard and reduced embedment depth is given in this section according ETA-08/0307
issue 2009-03-30.
HUS-HR screw anchor
Anchor version
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone
HUS-HR
Stainless steel
Concrete Screw
Benefits
■ Quick and easy setting
■ Low expansion forces in base
materials
■ Through fastening
■ Removable
■ Forged-on washer and hexagon
head with no protruding thread
Small edge
distance
& spacing
Solid
brick
Autoclaved
aerated
concrete
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
May 2011 page 187
HUS-HR screw anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.
whichever governing
NRd = fB

N*Rd.c
N*Rd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.s
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
NRd,s [kN] 17.0 24.3 37.6 73.0
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 188 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
Extra reduced
embedment
V
Rd,s
[kN] 11.3 17.3 22.0 -
Reduced embedment V
Rd,s
[kN] - 17.3 22.0 36.7
Standard embedment V
Rd,s
[kN] 11.3 17.3 22.0 36.7
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 189
HUS-HR screw anchor
Single anchor – no edge effects
Non-cracked concrete Cracked concrete
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 8 10 14 6 8 10 14
Extra reduced embedment
hnom [mm] 30 50 60 - 30 50 60 -
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 80 100 120 - 80 100 120 -
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] - 6.3 8.4 - - 3.5 5.2 -
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] - 20.0 26.5 - 14.2 18.8 -
Reduced embedment
hnom [mm] - 60 70 70 - 60 70 70
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] - 100 120 140 - 100 120 140
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] - 8.4 11.2 13.3 - 4.2 6.3 8.4
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] -
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
31.9 - 19.5 24.0 22.7
Standard embedment
hnom [mm] 55 80 90 110 55 80 90 110
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 120 140 160 100 120 140 160
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] 5.4 11.2 17.6 28.3 3.0 8.4 11.2 17.6
Shear V*Rd,c [kN]
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
13.7
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ minimum base material thickness, as specified in the table below
page 190 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Single anchor, min. edge distance (c = cmin)
Non-cracked concrete Cracked concrete
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 8 10 14 6 8 10 14
Extra reduced embedment
hnom [mm] 30 50 60 - 30 50 60 -
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 80 100 120 - 80 100 120 -
Min. edge distance
c=cmin
[mm] 40 45 50 - 40 45 50 -
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] - 6.3 7.8 - - 3.5 5.2 -
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] - 4.8 5.9 - - 3.3 4.1 -
Reduced embedment
hnom [mm] - 60 70 70 - 60 70 70
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] - 100 120 140 - 100 120 140
Min. edge distance
c=cmin
[mm] - 45 50 50 - 45 50 50
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] - 8.4 10.1 9.7 - 4.2 6.3 6.9
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] - 5.0 6.1 6.4 - 3.5 4.3 4.5
Standard embedment
hnom [mm] 55 80 90 110 55 80 90 110
Min. base material
thickness hmin
[mm] 100 120 140 160 100 120 140 160
Min. edge distance
c=cmin
[mm] 40 50 50 60 40 50 50 60
Tension N*Rd,c [kN] 5.4 11.2 13.1 17.4 3.0 8.4 9.3 12.4
Shear V*Rd,c [kN] 4.0 6.0 6.4 9.0 2.8 4.3 4.5 6.3
May 2011 page 191
HUS-HR screw anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²] 1040 870 950 820
Stressed cross-section As [mm²] 23 39 55 125
Section modulus Z [mm³] 15.5 34.4 58.2 196.4
Design bending resistance MRd,s [Nm] 12.9 23.9 44.2 128.8
Material quality

Part Material
Stainless steel hexagonal head
concrete screw
Stainless steel (grade A4)
page 192 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HUS - HR
Anchor version
ls
(mm)
ds
(mm)
dk
(mm)
HUS-HR 6 x 60 60 7.5 5.4
HUS-HR 8 x 85 85 10.1 7.1
HUS-HR 10 x 75, 105 75, 105 12.3 8.4
HUS-HR 14 x 120 120 16.5 12.6
Setting
Recommended installation equipment
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
Rotary hammer Hilti TE 6 Hilti TE 6 Hilti TE 16 Hilti -TE 16
drill bit TE-C3X 6/17 TE-C3X 8/17 TE-C3X 10/22 TE-C3X 14/22
Socket wrench insert S-NSD 13 ½ (L) S-NSD 13 ½ (L) S-NSD 15 ½ (L) S-NSD 21 ½
Impact screw driver
Hilti SIW 144 or 121
Hilti TKI 2500
Hilti SI 100
Setting instruction
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
May 2011 page 193
HUS-HR screw anchor
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Anchor version HUS-HR 6 8 10 14
Nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] 55 50
a)
60
b)
80 60
a)
70
b)
90 70
b)
110
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 [mm] 6 8 10 14
Cutting diameter of drill bit dcut ≤ [mm] 6.4 8.45 10.45 14.5
Depth of drill hole h1 ≥ [mm] 65 60 70 90 70 80 100 80 120
Diameter of clearance hole
in the fixture
df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 18
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 45 38 47 64 46 54 71 52 86
Max. fastening thickness Tfix
Max.
installation
torque
Concrete Tinst [Nm] -
c)
35 -
c)
-
c)
45 45 45 65 65
Solid m. Mz 12 Tinst [Nm] 10 -
d)
16 16 - 20 20 -
d)
-
d)
Solid m. KS 12 Tinst [Nm] 10 -
d)
16 16 - 20 20 -
d)
-
d)
Aerated conc.
c)
Tinst [Nm] 4 -
d)
8 8 - 10 10 -
d)
-
d)
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth c) Hilti recommends machine setting only in concrete
d) Hilti does not recommend this setting process for this application
Setting details
page 194 May 2011
HUS-HR screw anchor
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
Anchor size HUS-HR 6 HUS-HR 8 HUS-HR 10 HUS-HR 14
Nominal embedment depth h
nom
[mm] 30 55 50 60 80 60 70 90 70 110
Minimum base material
thickness non-cracked concrete
h
min
[mm] 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 140 140 160
Minimum spacing s
min
[mm] 40 40 45 45 50 50 50 50 50 60
Minimum edge distance c
min
[mm] 40 40 45 45 50 50 50 50 50 60
May 2011 page 195
HUS-HR screw anchor
page 196 May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30
Fire test report IBMB, Brunswick UB 3574/5146 / 2006-05-20
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) Data for HUS-H 8 and HUS-H 10 is given in this section according to ETA-08/0307 issue 2009-03-30 .
HUS-H screw anchor
Anchor version
Hilti anchor
design
software
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile zone
HUS-H
Carbon steel
Concrete Screw
Benefits
■ Quick and easy setting
■ Low expansion forces in base
materials
■ Through fastening
■ Removable
■ Forged-on washer and hexagon
head with no protruding thread
Small edge
distance
& spacing
Solid
brick
Autoclaved
aerated
concrete
May 2011 page 197
HUS-H screw anchor
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.
whichever governing
NRd = fB

N*Rd.c
N*Rd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
fB
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa)
fB
10
HUS-H
8,10,14
a,b
20
0.79
0.82
25
0.87
0.89
32
1.0
1.0
40
1.11
1.09
50
1.22
1.17
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
ʴ N ) n o i s n e t ( e c n a t s i s e r l e e t s n g i s e D Rd,s
ETA HILTI
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
N
Rd,s
[kN] 26.5 39.6 67.5
page 198 May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
ʰ V ) r a e h s ( e c n a t s i s e r l e e t s n g i s e D Rrd,s
ETA HILTI
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
V
Rd,s
[kN] 10.6 15.7 36.7
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa)
fB
10
HUS-H
8,10,14
a,b
20
0.79
0.82
25
0.87
0.89
32
1.0
1.0
40
1.11
1.09
50
1.22
1.17
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
May 2011 page 199
HUS-H screw anchor
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ minimum base material thickness, as specified in the table below
Single anchor – no edge effects
8 10 14
hnom 50
a)
60
b)
75 60
a)
70
b)
85 70
a)
90
b)
110
Min. base material thickness 100 110 120 130 130 130 130 170 210
Tension N*Rd,c 5.9 8.4 11.2 8.1 8.1 12.0 12.5 19.4 30.3
Shear V*Rd,c 9.2
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
12.4
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
30.1
Steel governs refer
VRd,s table
Single anchor, min. edge distance (c = cmin)
8 10 14
hnom 50
a)
60
b)
75 60
a)
70
b)
85 70
a)
90
b)
110
Min. base material thickness 100 110 120 130 130 130 130 170 210
Min. edge distance cmin 55 55 55 65 65 65 60 60 60
Tension N*Rd,c 5.9 8.4 11.2 7.6 8.1 12.0 10.6 13.6 18.2
Shear V*Rd,c 6.2 6.5 6.7 8.3 8.6 8.9 8.0 8.4 9.1
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
page 200 May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
Materials
Mechanical properties
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²] 950 1000 770
Yield strength fyk [N/mm²] 855 900 700
Stressed cross-section As [mm²] 39.0 55.4 143.1
Section modulus Z [mm³] 34.4 58.2 191.7
Design bending resistance MRd,s [Nm] 26.1 46.5 118
Material quality
Part Material
Carbon steel hexagonal head
concrete screw
steel according DIN EN 10263-4, 1.5523, galvanised to min. 5 µm
Anchor dimensions
Dimensions of HUS - H
Anchor version
ls
(mm)
ds
(mm)
d
(mm)
HUS-H 8 x 55/65/80/90 55/65/80/90 10.1 7.1
HUS-H 10 x 65/75/90/100 65/75/90/100 12.2 8.4
HUS-H 14 x 80/115/160 80/115/160 16.5 12.6
Setting
Recommended installation equipment
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
Rotary hammer TE 6 … TE 16
Drill bit TE-C3X 8/17 TE-C3X 10/22 TE-C3X 14/22
Socket wrench insert S-NSD 13 ½ (L) S-NSD 15 ½ (L) S-NSD 21 ½
Impact screw driver SI 100 SI 100 SI 100
May 2011 page 201
HUS-H screw anchor
Setting instruction
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
Anchor version HUS-H 8 10 14
Nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] 50
a)
60
b)
75 60
a)
70
b)
85 70
a)
90
b)
110
Nominal diameter of drill bit d0 [mm] 8 10 14
Cutting diameter of drill bit dcut ɺ [mm] 8.45 10.45 14.5
Depth of drill hole h1 ɻ [mm] 60 70 85 70 80 95 80 100 120
Diameter of clearance hole
df ɺ [mm] 12 14 18
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 36 47 60 44 54 67 50 67 90
Max. fastening thickness T ls - hnom
Max.
installation
torque
Concrete Tinst [Nm] 35 45 45 55 65
Solid m. Mz 12 Tinst [Nm] - 6 - - 10 - -
Solid m. KS 12 Tinst [Nm] - 16 - - 16 - -
Aerated conc.
c)
Tinst [Nm] - 10 - - 10 - -
a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth
c) Installation torque for manual setting only. Machine setting not required
Setting details
page 202 May 2011
HUS-H screw anchor
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
Anchor size HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 HUS-H 14
Nominal embedment depth h
nom
[mm] 50 60 75 60 70 85 70 90 110
Minimum base material
thickness non-cracked concrete
h
min
[mm] 100 110 120 110 130 130 130 170 210
Minimum spacing
non-cracked concrete
s
min
[mm] 55 55 55 65 65 65 80 80 80
Minimum edge distance
non-cracked concrete
c
min
[mm] 55 55 55 65 65 65 60 60 60
Minimum base material
thickness cracked concrete
h
min
[mm] 100 110 120 110 110 130 - 170 -
Minimum spacing
cracked concrete
s
min
[mm] 55 40 40 65 50 50 - 80 -
Minimum edge distance
cracked concrete
c
min
[mm] 55 50 50 65 50 50 - 60 -
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
May 2011 page 203
HUS-H screw anchor
page 204 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-02/0032 / 2010-04-22
a) Anchors with anchorage depth hef = 25mm are not coverd by ETA
HKD push-in anchor – single anchor application
Anchor version
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
Concrete
Benefits
■ simple and well proven
■ approved, tested and confirmed
by everyday jobsite experience
■ reliable setting thanks to simple
visual check
■ versatile
■ for medium-duty fastening with
bolts or threaded rods
■ available in various materials and
sizes for maximized coverage of
possible applications
Hilti anchor
design
software
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
HKD-S(R)
Carbon steel,
stainless steel
with lip
HKD-E(R)
Carbon steel,
stainless steel
without lip
May 2011 page 205
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method:
Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method.
Design Process:
STEP 1: TENSION LOADING
The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:
■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance,
whichever governing
NRd,c = fB

N*Rd,c
N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
N
Rd,s
HKD-S, HKD-E [kN] 6.7 11.4 12.4 13.4 23.7 37.2 59.1
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [kN] 6.9 9.2 not available 11.5 20.4 35.1 55.7
NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s }
CHECK NRd ≥ NSd
page 206 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING
The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of:
■ Design concrete edge resistance
VRd,c = fB

V*Rd,c
V*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables
fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyl (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
fB 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.11 1.22
■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd,s
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
V
Rd,s
HKD-S, HKD-E [kN] 3.9 5.5 5.9 6.4 11.3 17.5 27.8
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [kN] 4.1 5.5 not available 6.9 12.3 21.1 33.6
STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING
The following equations must be satisfied:
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2
and
NSd/NRd ≤ 1, VSd/VRd ≤ 1
VRd = min { VRd,c, VRd,s }
CHECK VRd ≥ VSd
May 2011 page 207
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Anchor size
h = h
min
[mm] Refer to table below
Precalculated table values – design resistance values
General:
The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.
All tables are based upon:
■ correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ non-cracked concrete – f
c,cyl
= 32 MPa
■ minimum base material thickness, as specified in the table below
Single anchor for edge distance c ≥ cmin
Non-cracked concrete
Hilti
technical
data
according ETA-02/0032, issue 2010-04-22
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Min Base thickness h
min
100 100 100 100 100 130 160
Min. edge distance c
min
100 105 105 140 175 230 280
Tension N*Rd,c [kN]
HKD-S, HKD-E 3.8 5.8 5.8 9.0 12.5 22.3 30.4
HKD-SR, HKD-ER 3.8 5.8 not available 9.0 12.5 22.3 30.4
Shear VRd,s [kN]
HKD-S, HKD-E
Steel governs refer V
Rd,s
table
HKD-SR, HKD-ER
page 208 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Materials
Mechanical properties of HKD-S, HKD-E, HKD-SR, HKD-ER
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Nominal tensile
strength fuk
HKD-S, HKD-E [N/mm²] 560 560 510 510 460 460
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm²] 540 540 540 540 540 540
Yield strength fyk
HKD-S, HKD-E [N/mm²] 440 440 410 410 375 375
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm²] 355 355 355 355 355 355
Stressed
cross-section As
HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm²] 20.9 26.1 28.8 58.7 102.8 163
Section Modulus Z HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm³] 50 79 110 264 602 1191
Material quality
Part Material
Anchor Body
HKD-S, HKD-E Steel Fe/Zn5 galvanised to min. 5 μm
HKD-SR, HKD-ER Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Tapered expansion plug
HKD-S, HKD-E Steel material
HKD-SR, HKD-ER Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size
Anchor version: HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R)
M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Effective anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 25 30 30 40 50 60 80
Anchor diameter d
1
[mm] 7.9 9.95 11.8 11.95 14.9 19.75 24.75
Plug diameter d
2
[mm] 5.1 6.5 8.2 8.2 10.3 13.8 16.4
Plug length l
1
[mm] 10 12 12 16 20 29 30
Anchor body
May 2011 page 209
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Rotary hammer TE 2 – TE 16 TE 40 – 80
Machine setting tool HSD-M
6x25 8x30 10x30 10x40 12x50 16x65 20x80
Hand Setting tool HSD-G
Other tools hammer, torque wrench, blow out pump
Setting instructions
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.
page 210 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Setting details
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distances
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 8 10 12 12 15 20 25
Cutting diameter of drill bit d
cut
≤ [mm] 8.45 10.5 12.5 12.5 15.5 20.5 25.5
Depth of drill hole h
1
≥ [mm] 27 33 33 43 54 70 85
Screwing depth
l
s,min

[mm] 6 8 10 10 12 16 20
l
s,max
[mm] 12 14.5 13 18 22 30.5 42
Diameter of clearance hole
in the fixture
d
f
≤ [mm] 7 9 12 12 14 18 22
Effective anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 25 30 30 40 50 65 80
Max. Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 4 8 15 15 35 60 120
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 100 100 130 160
Minimum spacing and minimum
edge distance
HKD-S (R)
HKD-E (R)
smin [mm] 60 60 80 125 130 160
cmin [mm] 88 105 140 175 230 280
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
May 2011 page 211
HKD push-in anchor
Single anchor application
page 212 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Approvals / certificates
Description Authority / Laboratory No. / date of issue
European technical approval
a)
DIBt, Berlin ETA-06/0047 / 2010-04-22
Fire test report DIBt, Berlin ETA-06/0047 / 2010-04-22
Assessment report (fire) warringtonfire WF 166402 / 2007-10-26
a) All data given in this section for HKD-S(R) and HKD-E(R), according ETA-06/0047, issue 2010-04-22. The anchor is to be
used only for redundant fastening for non-structural applications.
Basic loading data for all load directions according design method B of ETAG 001
All data in this section applies to
■ Correct setting (See setting instruction)
■ No edge distance and spacing influence
■ Concrete C 20/25, f
ck,cube
= 25 N/mm² to C50/60, f
ck,cube
= 60 N/mm²
■ Minimum base material thickness
■ Anchors in redundant fastening
HKD push-in anchor – redundant fastening
Anchor version Benefits
■ simple and well proven
■ approved, tested and confirmed
by everyday jobsite experience
■ reliable setting thanks to simple
visual check
■ versatile
■ for medium-duty fastening with
bolts or threaded rods
■ available in various materials and
sizes for maximized coverage of
possible applications
HKD-S(R)
Carbon steel,
stainless steel
with lip
HKD-E(R)
Carbon steel,
stainless steel
without lip
CE
conformity
European
Technical
Approval
A4
316
Corrosion
resistance
Fire
resistance
Concrete Tensile
zone
a)
Redundant
fastening

Sprinkler
approved
®
a) Redundant fastening only
May 2011 page 213
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Design Resistance, all load directions
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Load
F
Rd
HKD-S, HKD-E [kN] - 2.0 2.7 4.0 4.0
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [kN] - 2.0 - 4.0 4.0
Recommended loads
a)
, all load directions
Anchor size M6x25 M8x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Load
F
Rec
HKD-S, HKD-E [kN] - - 1.4 1.9 2.9 2.9
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [kN] - - 1.4 - 2.9 2.9
a) With overall partial safety factor for action γ = 1.4. The partial safety factors for action depend on the type of loading and
shall be taken from national regulations. According ETAG 001, annex C, the partial safety factor is γG = 1.35 for permanent
actions and γ
Q
= 1.5 for variable actions.
Requirements for redundant fastening
The definition of redundant fastening according to Member States is given in the ETAG 001 Part six, Annex 1.
In Absence of a definition by a Member State the following default values may be taken
Minimum number of fixing points
Minimum number
of anchors per fixing point
Maximum design load of action
N
Sd
per fixing point
a)
3 1 2 kN
4 1 3 kN
a) The value for maximum design load of actions per fastening point NSd is valid in general that means all fastening points are
considered in the design of the redundant structural system. The value NSd may be increased if the failure of one (= most
unfavourable) fixing point is taken into account in the design (serviceability and ultimate limit state) of the structural system
e.g. suspended ceiling.
page 214 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Materials
Mechanical properties of HKD-S, HKD-E, HKD-SR, HKD-ER
Anchor size M6 M8 M10 M12
Nominal tensile
strength fuk
HKD-S, HKD-E [N/mm²] 560 560 510 510
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm²] 540 540 540 540
Yield strength fyk
HKD-S, HKD-E [N/mm²] 440 440 410 410
HKD-SR, HKD-ER [N/mm²] 355 355 355 355
Stressed
cross-section As
HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm²] 20.9 26.1 28.8 58.7
Section Modulus Z HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R) [mm³] 50 79 110 264
Material quality
Part Material
Anchor Body
HKD-S, HKD-E Steel Fe/Zn5 galvanised to min. 5 μm
HKD-SR, HKD-ER Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Tapered expansion plug
HKD-S, HKD-E Steel material
HKD-SR, HKD-ER Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571
Anchor dimensions
Anchor size
Anchor version: HKD-S (R), HKD-E (R)
M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Effective anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 25 30 30 40 50
Anchor diameter d
1
[mm] 7.9 9.95 11.8 11.95 14.9
Plug diameter d
2
[mm] 5.1 6.5 8.2 8.2 10.3
Plug length l
1
[mm] 10 12 12 16 20
Anchor body
May 2011 page 215
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Setting
Installation equipment
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Rotary hammer TE 2 – TE 16
Machine setting tool HSD-M
6x25 8x30 10x30 10x40 12x50
Hand Setting tool HSD-G
Other tools hammer, torque wrench, blow out pump
Setting instructions
For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.
page 216 May 2011
HKD push-in anchor
Redundant fastening
Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef
Setting details
Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distances
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50
Nominal diameter of drill bit d
0
[mm] 8 10 12 12 15
Cutting diameter of drill bit d
cut
≤ [mm] 8.45 10.5 12.5 12.5 15.5
Depth of drill hole h
1
≥ [mm] 27 33 33 43 54
Screwing depth
l
s,min

[mm] 6 8 10 10 12
l
s,max
[mm] 12 14.5 13 18 22
Diameter of clearance hole
in the fixture
d
f
≤ [mm] 7 9 12 12 14
Effective anchorage depth h
ef
[mm] 25 30 30 40 50
Max. Torque moment T
inst
[Nm] 4 8 15 15 35
Anchor size M6x25 M8x30 M10x40 M12x50
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 80 80 80 -
Minimum spacing and minimum
edge distance
HKD-S (R)
HKD-E (R)
smin [mm] 200 200 200 -
cmin [mm] 150 150 150 -
Minimum base material thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 100 100
Minimum spacing and minimum
edge distance
HKD-S (R)
HKD-E (R)
smin [mm] 80 60 80 125
cmin [mm] 140 105 140 175
For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.
May 2011 page 217
Post-installed rebar.
In compliance with AS 3600-2009
page 218 May 2011
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Introduction.
As of recent times the new concrete code, AS3600-2009 : Concrete Structures has been released with many changes to the
previous edition. The area of interest is “Section 13 – Stress Development of Reinforcement and Tendons” which deals with the
determination of the required development length to develop the yield strength of a deformed bar in tension. This relationship
has undertaken some major changes in comparison to AS3600-2001 (see below):
Eq 1: AS3600-2001

Eq 2: AS3600-2009

The major change is the left hand side (LHS) of the formula which calculates the development length required to develop the
yield strength of the bar to avoid the splitting failure of the concrete. The right hand side (RHS) has had a minor change which
determines the development length required to develop the yield strength of the bar to avoid the pull-out of the bar from the
concrete. From a chemical anchor perspective and the application of “drill & epoxy of starter bars”, this RHS is replaced by the
required “minimum” embedment depth of the specific product used for post-installing the deformed bar as shown in the table
“HIT-RE 500 – Bond length to develop Yield” on page 5.
On the other hand, many years of research, development and experience have proven that the load transfer behaviour achieved
by Hilti HIT-RE 500 is comparable to that of cast-in reinforcement, therefore Hilti HIT-RE 500 rebar connections “work like cast-
in rebar” adopting the concrete splitting behaviour model (LHS).
This allows us to re-write Eq 2 for post-installed rebar as follows:
Eq 3: AS3600-2009 + Hilti HIT-RE 500

Comparing the two formulas of AS3600-2001 and AS3600-2009:
The splitting formula (LHS) of AS3600-2001 allows the development length to be reduced indefinitely (minimum 12d
b
embedment) with more concrete confinement and is only limited by the 25.k1.d
b
, which in many cases leads to a deeper
embedment depth compared to post-installing with Hilti HIT-RE 500, therefore post-installing a bar with Hilti HIT-RE 500 proves
to be more economical against the cast-in bar.
In the splitting formula (LHS) of AS3600-2009, the K3 factor is equal to 0.7 for any confinement with c
d
≥ 3.d
b
; in many cases this
shall govern the required embedment depth against the 29.k1.d
b
(RHS) and also against the required embedment depth for the
post-installed rebar with Hilti HIT RE-500.
L
sy.b
= ≧ 25k
1
d
b

L
sy.tb
= ≧ 29k
1
d
b

0.5k
1
k
3
f
sy
d
b
k
2
√f’
c
L
sy.tb
= ≧
Required embedment
depth for HIT-RE 500
k
1
k
2
f
sy
A
b
(2a + d
b
) √f’
c
0.5k
1
k
3
f
sy
d
b
k
2
√f’
c
May 2011 page 219
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Simply like cast-in.
The Hilti HIT system is the ideal solution
for all kinds of post-installed rebar
connections in conversion work,
retrofitting or the construction of new
structures.
The Hilti HIT system is a simple, highly
efficient and flexible solution for
installing rebar connections that are as
secure and reliable as cast-in
reinforcement. They simply “work like
cast-in rebar”.
In contrast to cast-in reinforcement,
however, these connections can be
installed entirely independently of the
concrete formwork and allow greater
flexibility in the construction schedule
and planning.
Simply more flexible.
Great flexibility is indispensable in
today’s construction industry. Due to
tight schedules, the planning process
often overlaps with the actual execution
of the work.
Despite this, thanks to the ease with
which post-installed rebars can be
integrated in the structure using the Hilti
HIT system, deadlines can still be met.
The Hilti HIT system lets you place rebar
connections precisely where planned.
Complex and costly remedial work, or
structural alterations due to incorrectly
positioned reinforcement or as a result
of changes made to plans, thus become
a thing of the past.
The diagram clearly illustrates the effectiveness of Hilti HIT fast-cure and
slow-cure injectable mortars compared to other systems. With the Hilti
systems, loads are taken up evenly by the concrete, without stress peaks,
and thus transferred optimally to the existing reinforcement. The load
transfer values achieved by Hilti HIT are therefore comparable to those
obtained with cast-in reinforcement.
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
S
t
e
e
|

t
e
n
s
|
o
n

m
e
a
s
u
r
e
d

[
N
[
m
m
2
)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Depth of embedment [mm)
Cast-in rebar
Hilti HlT slow cure
mortar
Hilti HlT fast cure
mortar
Rigid epoxy resin
mortar
page 220 May 2011
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Design of post-installed rebar
using AS 3600-2009.
1. Calculation of the Basic Development
Length for a post-installed deformed bar in
tension In compliance with AS3600 Clause
13.1.2.2-2009
2.
This is the embedment depth required
to avoid splitting failure of the concrete
K
1
=1 For post-installed bar
K
2
= (132 - d
b
) / 100, and
K
3
= 1.0 - 0.15 x (c
d
-d
b
) / d
b
,
but 0.7 ≤ K
3

≤ 1.0, therefore
If c
d
≥ 3 x d
b
, k
3
=0.7
If c
d
= 2 x d
b
, k
3
=0.85
c
d
determines the confinement of the bar
and is equal to the smaller of the concrete
cover to the deformed bar or half the clear
distance to the next parallel bar.
(see Figure 1.1)
For post-installed rebar the following rules
apply for minimum spacing (S) and edge
distance (C) geometry:
S
min
= 5 x d
b
for hammer drilled holes
(centre to centre of rebars)
S
min
= 3 x d
b
for diamond cored holes only
(centre to centre of rebars)
C
min
= 2.5 x d
b
= drill hole loaction
(edge of concrete to centre of bar) ≥ 35mm
3. The minimum development length of
29 K
1
d
b
(required to avoid pull-out failure
of the cast-in bar) is no longer relevant to
post-installed bar and therefore is
replaced by the required “minimum”
embedment depth of the specific prodcut
used for post-installing the deformed bar.
In case of bars post-installed with Hilti
HIT-RE 500, this required “minimum”
embedment depth is generally smaller
than 29 K
1
d
b
. This is because the design
bond strength of the post-installed bar
made with Hilti HIT-RE 500 is higher
compared to cast-in bar due to better
performance of the adhesive mortar.
But for small edge distance and/or
narrow spacing splitting or spalling
forces become decisive due to the low
capacity of the concrete, therefore
concrete splitting shall govern the
required embedment depth.
4. A refined dvelopment length can be
calculated in compliance with AS 3600-
2009, Clause 13.1.2.3
5. To determine the length of lapped
splices for bars in Tension, multiply the
Basic Anchorage Depth by the relevant
coefficient in compliance with AS3600-
2009 Clause 13.2.2
6. Development length to develop
less than yield strength F
st
, shall be
determined from:
L
st
= L
sy.t
x (F
st
/F
sy
) ≥ 12.d
b
c
s/2
Figure 1.1
c
d
≤ min {c;
s
2
}
0.5k
1
k
3
f
sy
d
b
k
2
√f’
c
L
sy.tb
=
c
/ s/2
May 2011 page 221
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Calculations of the basic anchorage depth
to develop yield of post-installed rebars.
The above values of the design bond resistance of HIT-RE 500 are given for the most unfavourable installation
conditions: diamond cored holes and non-dry concrete.
The definition of Dry Concrete, as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.
The values of fbd are taken from ETA 04/0027, and then multiplied by a 0.7 reduction factor for diamond cored holes.
The above values of the bond length for HIT-RE 500 shall be multiplied by a factor of (1/1.2) =0.83 for dry concrete
and a factor of 0.7 for hammer drilled holes.
Example: An N20 bar, post-installed in dry concrete with f’c=32MPa and hammer drilled hole, requires a bond length
to develop yield equal to 510x0.7x0.83=296mm.
Example 3:
f’c=40MPa, N20, s=150mm and c=80mm
With hammer drilled hole
Therefore, cd=65mm > 3.db and k3=0.7
Lsy.tb ≥ Bond length
494 501x0.7=351
Specification: N20 Rebar + HIT-RE 500,
494mm embedment into concrete
Example 1:
f’c=32MPa, N16, s=80mm and c=40mm
Therefore,
cd=32mm =2.db and k3=0.85
Lsy.tb ≥ Bond length
518 408
Specification: N16 Rebar + HIT-RE 500,
520mm embedment into concrete.
Rebar Details fsy (N/mm
2
)q 500
Bar Size d0 (mm) 10 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
Drill bit size D0 (mm) 12-14 16-18 20-22 25-28 29-31 35-37 39-42 43-46 47-50
Sectional Area of bar As (mm
2
) 79 113 201 314 452 616 804 1018 1257
Design Yield Fsy (KN) 40 57 101 157 226 308 402 509 629
Edge distance (c/edge) c (mm) 35 42 56 70 84 98 112 126 140
Spacing (c/c) s (mm) 70 84 112 140 168 196 224 252 280
Length to Develop Yield Lsy.tb
f’c = 20MPa (mm) 321 391 540 699 870 1054 1252 1467 1701
f’c = 25MPa (mm) 287 350 483 625 778 942 1120 1313 1522
f’c = 32MPa (mm) 254 309 427 552 687 833 990 1160 1345
f’c = 40MPa (mm) 227 277 382 494 615 745 885 1038 1203
f’c = 50MPa (mm) 203 247 341 442 550 666 792 928 1076
Length to develop yield (Splitting Stress) - AS3600-2009. (b) For confinement ≥ 3.d
b
; k
3
=0.7
HIT-RE 500 - Bond Length to Develop Yield
fbd (f’c=20N/mm
2
) (ETA 04/0027) (N/mm
2
) 5.00 5.00 4.67 4.67 4.40 4.33 4.06 3.92 3.78
f’c = 20MPa -> fB = 1 (mm) 250 300 429 536 682 808 985 1148 1323
f’c = 25MPa 1.02 (mm) 245 294 420 525 668 792 966 1125 1297
f’c = 32MPa 1.05 (mm) 238 286 408 510 649 769 938 1093 1260
f’c = 40MPa 1.07 (mm) 234 280 401 501 637 755 921 1073 1236
f’c = 50MPa 1.09 (mm) 229 275 393 491 625 741 904 1053 1214
Edge distance (c/edge) c (mm) 35 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Spacing (c/c) s (mm) 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Length to Develop Yield Lsy.tb
f’c = 20MPa (mm) 389 475 655 849 1056 1279 1521 1782 2066
f’c = 25MPa (mm) 348 425 586 759 944 1144 1360 1594 1848
f’c = 32MPa (mm) 308 376 518 671 835 1011 1202 1409 1633
f’c = 40MPa (mm) 275 336 463 600 747 905 1075 1260 1461
f’c = 50MPa (mm) 246 301 415 537 668 809 962 1127 1307
Length to develop yield (Splitting Stress) - AS3600-2009. (a) For confinement =2.d
b
; k
3
=0.85
297
073
20
849
nfin

82 20
1360
5 101
615 745 885 10
1148
668 792
5
Example 2:
f’c=40MPa, N20, s=150mm and c=60mm
Therefore, cd=50mm and k3=0.775
Lsy.tb= 600 x (0.775/0.85) = 547mm
Lsy.tb ≥ Bond length
547 501
Specification: N20 Rebar + HIT-RE 500,
550mm embedment into concrete.
= 600
page 222 May 2011
Post-installed
rebar in compliance
with AS 3600-2009
Everything you need for fast, easy and
reliable post-installed rebar.
Design
Hilti PROFIS Rebar puts post-installed rebar connection
design and the calculation of overlap and anchorage lengths
at your fingertips.
Drilling
Drill faster and safer with Hilti combihammers and
extra-rugged hammer drill bits, or with Hilti diamond core
drilling systems.
Cutting
Hilti angle grinders featuring Smart Power and Hilti AC-D
cutting discs for cutting rebars to length. Alternatively, use
Hilti cordless reciprocating saws for total mobility.
Detection
Ferroscan PS 200 – for the detection of reinforcing bars in
concrete. Reduces the risk of hitting rebars when drilling.
Provides accurate positioning, depth and diameter of rebar.
Cleaning
Hilti HIT Profi Rebar sets keep all the required cleaning
accessories conveniently at hand.
Setting
Make a quick, easy, professional job of post-installed rebar
connections – with Hilti HIT injectable mortars and efficient
Hilti dispensers.
More than 100,000 satisfied customers
benefit every year from our 25 years of
experience.
Anchor
Fastening
Technology
Manual
Australia / New Zealand
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
Hilti (Aust.) Pty Ltd | Level 5, 1G Homebush Bay Drive | Rhodes | NSW 2138 | T 131 292 | F 1300 135 042 | www.hilti.com.au
Item # 3480195
A
n
c
h
o
r

F
a
s
t
e
n
i
n
g

T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y

M
a
n
u
a
l
May 2011

Foreword

Foreword

Dear design professional, At Hilti, we are constantly striving to provide you with a state-of-the-art solution for anchor design. We are strongly influenced by your feedback as well as the latest developments in regulations, codes and approvals. Based on your feedback, we have developed this Fastening Technology Manual. It reflects our continuous investment in long-term research, regulation development and most importantly the basic needs of our customers and stakeholders. This manual has been specially developed to provide a quick and easy design process for basic anchor configurations. Developed by Hilti, it is a reliable support tool for the designer and forms an integral part of Hilti’s service & support offering. To compliment the manual, we have developed anchor design software – PROFIS. This software provides the designer with the ability to handle more complex designs, according to international and national guidelines. Our national team of qualified Field Engineers work directly with design professionals to provide expert technical support on your anchoring requirements. To request an additional copy of this manual or to obtain a copy of PROFIS design software, please visit us at www.hilti.com.au and click on the Service & Support tab. For technical support or to request a consultative visit, contact us directly on au.engineering@hilti.com or 131 292. We look forward to working with you to make anchor design simple, safe and efficient.

Mark Esdaile Engineering Manager Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd

Jan Pacas General Manager Hilti (Aust) Pty Ltd

May 2011

page 1

Important notice

Important notice

1. Construction materials and conditions vary on different sites. If it is suspected that the base material has insufficient strength to achieve a suitable fastening, contact the Hilti Technical Advisory Service. 2. The information and recommendations given herein are based on the principles, formulae and safety factors set out in the Hilti technical instructions, the operating manuals, the setting instructions, the installation manuals and other data sheets that are believed to be correct at the time of writing. The data and values are based on the respective average values obtained from tests under laboratory or other controlled conditions. It is the users responsibility to use the data given in the light of conditions on site and taking into account the intended use of the products concerned. The user has to check the listed prerequisites and criteria conform with the conditions actually existing on the job-site. Whilst Hilti can give general guidance and advice, the nature of Hilti products means that the ultimate responsibility for selecting the right product for a particular application must lie with the customer. 3. All products must be used, handled and applied strictly in accordance with all current instructions for use published by Hilti, i.e. technical instructions, operating manuals, setting instructions, installation manuals and others. 4. All products are supplied and advice is given subject to the Hilti terms of business. 5. Hilti´s policy is one of continuous development. We therefore reserve the right to alter specifications, etc. without notice. 6. The given mean ultimate loads and characteristic data in the Anchor Fastening Technology Manual reflect actual test results and are thus valid only for the indicated test conditions. Due to variations in local base materials, on-site testing is required to determine performance at any specific site. 7. Hilti is not obligated for direct, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses in connection with, or by reason of, the use of, or inability to use the products for any purpose. Implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose are specifically excluded.

Hilti Corporation FL-9494 Schaan Principality of Liechtenstein www.hilti.com

Hilti = registred trademark of the Hilti Corporation, Schaan

page 2

May 2011

Contents

Contents
Anchor technology and design
Anchor selector Specifying Hilti anchors Glossary of Hilti anchors PROFIS Anchor 2 Legal environment Base materials Corrosion Dynamic Resistance to fire Design examples 5 6 10 12 13 14 16 22 26 32 38

Chemical anchoring systems
HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Hilti HIT-HY 70 injection mortar for masonry Chemical anchor components & accessories

41 42 54 66 80 92 108 120 132

Mechanical anchoring systems
HDA design anchor HSL-3 heavy duty anchor HSC-A safety anchor HSC-I safety anchor HSA stud anchor HUS-HR screw anchor HUS-H screw anchor HKD push-in anchor – single anchor application HKD push-in anchor – redundant fastening

137 138 150 160 170 180 186 196 204 212

Post installed rebar systems

217

May 2011

page 3

Unit 1/B 525 Great South Road PO Box 112-030. Rhodes NSW 2138 Fax: (02) 8748 1191 Melbourne: 203-205 Normanby Road.hilti.com. which you have in your hands.co.au Head office New Zealand: Hilti (New Zealand) Ltd. South Melbourne VIC 3205 Fax: 1300 135 042 Brisbane: 718 Kingsford Smith Drive Hamilton QLD 4007 Fax: 1300 135 042 Adelaide: 52 Richmond Road Keswick SA 5035 Fax: (08) 8371 2553 Perth: 23 Belmont Avenue Belmont WA 6104 Fax: (08) 9479 4687 Phone Hilti Australia on 131 292 or au.engineering@hilti.com Head office Australia: Hilti (Aust.nz page 4 May 2011 . in particular in the field of anchor fastenings for concrete and firestop systems. Melbourne and Adelaide. Brisbane. is just part of a comprehensive range of engineering software which includes • More detailed technical information on specific topics or products as required • Anchor Design programme PROFIS Anchor. • Provide a problem solving and technical support function. How can they help you. This compact Fastening Technology Manual.Engineering support Anchor selector Engineering support We have Field Engineers in Perth. Ltd ABN 44 007 602 100 (ACN 007 602 100 1G Homebush Bay Drive. • Carry out seminars on Hilti products and technical related subjects at your request. the consulting engineers? • Ensure that you can choose or specify the right product for each application. Hilti Field Engineers Located at the Following Addresses: Sydney: 1G Homebush Bay Drive.hilti.) Pty. Rhodes NSW 2138 Tel: (02) 8748 1000 Fax: (02) 8748 1190 www. Sydney. Penrose Auckland 1061 Tel: 0800 444 584 Fax: 0800 329 445 www.

Outperform. May 2011 page 5 . Outlast.Anchor technology and design. Hilti.

Anchor selector Anchor selector Anchor type Base material Hollow brick masonry Uncracked concrete Solid brick masonry Application Cracked concrete Mechanical anchor systems Heavy duty anchors HDA-T/ -TR/TF/-P/-PR/-PF undercut anchor ■ ■ ■ Anchor fastening for high loads e. brackets. ■ HSL-3 / 3B heavy duty anchor ■ ■ Medium and light duty anchors HSC-A(R) /-I(R) safety anchor ■ ■ HSA/-R/-F stud anchor ■ HUS-HR screw anchor ■ ■ ■ HUS-H screw anchor ■ ■ ■ HKD push-in anchor ■ ■ = very suitable page 6 May 2011 . temporary and permanent fastenings. ■ Fastening with threaded rods for pipe suspensions. seating. ■ Fastening through in place parts like wooden beams. brackets.g. etc. air ducts. ceilings & balustrades where short embedment depth is required. machine. seating. racks. from structural columns & beams. columns. racks. metal sections. Fastening channels.g. in steel construction and plant construction. etc. suitable for dynamic loading Fire tested Fastening heavy loads e. suspended ceilings. ■ Fastening channels. brackets. beams. ■ ■ Safety relevant fastening at facades. temporary and permanent fastenings.

: 6 – 20 mm Anchor size: M6 – M20 Drill bit dia.: 14 – 20 mm Anchor size: M8 – M12 Drill bit dia. sheradised. • Force controlled expansion • Automatic torque control (safety cap) ■ ■ Through-fastening ■ 150 160 170 ■ 180 ■ 186 ■ 196 204 page 7 External thread Internal thread ■ ■ • Automatic undercutting • Suitable for shallow base material thickness.: 12 – 32 mm Anchor size: M8 – M24 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 138 • Reliable pull-down of part fastened.Anchor selector Key Features Drill bit diameter resp.4401) Automatic undercutting High load capacity Approved for dynamic loads Drill bit dia.: 8 – 25 mm Anchor size: M6 – M20 ■ ■ ■ ■ = very suitable *HCR steel available subject to lead time May 2011 Pre-setting .: 10 – 14 mm ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Drill bit dia. hot dipped galv.4529) Setting Page Stainless steel A4 (1. Steel. anchor size Steel.: 20 – 37 mm Anchor size: M10 – M20 Drill bit dia.: 8 – 14 mm ■ ■ Drill bit dia. zinc plated Specification HCR steel* (1. • Shallow anchorage depth • Two setting depths • Setting mark • Extremely ductile steel for high bending capacity • Screw driven straight into base material • Forged on washer • Matched system of screw anchor and screw driver • Screw driven straight into base material • Forged on washer • Matched system of screw anchor and screw driver • Visual verification of full expansion • Shallow setting depth Drill bit dia.

■ Injection mortar systems HIT-RE 500 Chemical injection / adhesive anchor. Heavy duty fastenings with rebar & threaded rod fastenings. Structural steel columns. ■ HIT-HY 150 MAX Fire tested ■ ■ ■ Chemical injection / adhesive anchor. beams. Heavy duty fastenings with rebar & threaded rod fastenings. beams. Concrete member / element extensions “starter bars” or structural steel columns. brackets. brackets & end plate fastenings with threaded rod or shallow embedment concrete member / element extensions “starter bars” Universal chemical injection mortar / adhesive for solid and hollow brick. beams. brackets & end plate fastenings with threaded rod. end plate & balustrade fastenings. ■ ■ ■ HIT-HY 70 ■ ■ ■ = very suitable page 8 Note: HIT-RE 500 SD for cracked concrete is available subject to lead time May 2011 . Fastening wooden or steel elements to masonry.Anchor selector Anchor type Base material Hollow brick masonry Uncracked concrete Solid brick masonry Application Cracked concrete Adhesive anchor systems Foil capsule systems HVU adhesive anchor Heavy duty ‘adhesive capsule’ fastenings with threaded rod and internally threaded sleeves for structural steel columns.

volume controlled adhesive. anchor size Steel. HAS M8 – M39 HIS-M8 .M20 42 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 54 • Small spacing and edge distances. • Small edge distances and spacing • Suitable for diamond cored or hammer drilled holes. • Ideal for overhead fastenings. • Low dispensing pressure • No expansion pressure • No styrene content HAS M8 – M39 HIS-M8 . zinc plated Specification HCR steel* (1. sheradised.: 10 – 22 mm Thread: M6 – M12 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ = very suitable *HCR steel available subject to lead time May 2011 Note: HIS (internal thread) not available in sheradised. Steel. 8 – 40 mm HIT-V M8 – M24 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Through-fastening 66 92 108 120 page 9 External thread Internal thread ■ ■ • Small spacing and edge distances • Very Fast cure • No expansion pressure • Low dispensing pressure • No styrene content • No plasticizer content HAS M8 – M30 HIS-M8 .Anchor selector Key Features Drill bit diameter resp.M20 Rebar dia.M20 Rebar dia.4401) • A strong and flexible foil capsule • Fast cure. • Slow cure. hot dipped galv. 8 – 24 mm HIT-V M8 – M24 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ • Mortar filling control with HIT-SC sleeves • Fast cure • No expansion pressure • Low dispensing pressure • Suitable for solid or hollow masonary.4529) Setting Page Stainless steel A4 (1. suitable for shallow & deep embedment • Suitable for diamond cored & hammer drilled holes. Drill bit dia. hot dipped galv or HCR steel Pre-setting .

N/A Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HISRN M16 sleeve (stainless steel). Hot dipped galvanised Hilti HVU M16 chemical capsule with HAS-E-F M16 rod (hot dipped galvanised). HIT-HY150 MAX + Rebar Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with N16 rebar. Standard 170mm embedment. Standard 85mm embedment. Standard 170mm embedment Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HIT-V-R M16 rod (stainless steel). 125mm embedment. Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V-F M12 rod (hot dipped galvanised) using HIT-SC composite sleeve. Standard 125mm embedment. Standard 85mm embedment. Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with HIT-V-F M16 rod (hot dipped galvanised). Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V-F M12 rod (hot dipped galvanised). Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with HIT-V-R M16 rod (stainless steel). N/A N/A HIT-RE500 + HIT-V Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with HIT-V M16 rod (zinc plated). 125mm embedment. 125mm embedment. Standard 170mm embedment. Standard 85mm embedment. Standard 125mm embedment. 200mm embedment. Standard 125mm embedment. Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HIT-V-F M16 rod (hot dipped galvanised). Standard 85mm embedment Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V-R M12 rod (stainless steel) using HIT-SC composite sleeve. HIT-HY150 MAX + HIT-V Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HIT-V M16 rod (zinc plated). Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V-R M12 rod (stainless steel).Specifying Hilti anchors Specifying Hilti anchors Chemical anchors Anchor type HVU + HAS-E Zinc Plated Hilti HVU M16 chemical capsule with HAS-E M16 rod (zinc plated). 125mm embedment. 125mm embedment. N/A Hilti HVU M20 chemical capsule with HIS-RN M16 sleeve (stainless steel). 400mm embedment. Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V M12 rod (zinc plated). HIT-HY150 MAX + HIS-N Hilti HIT-HY150MAX chemical injection with HIS-N M16 sleeve (zinc plated). Standard 85mm embedment. N/A N/A HIT HY70 (hollow masonry) Hilti HIT-HY70 chemical injection with HIT-V M12 rod (zinc plated) using HIT-SC composite sleeve. 125mm embedment. Standard 170mm embedment. HVU + HIS-N Hilti HVU M20 chemical capsule with HIS-N M16 sleeve (zinc plated). HIT HY70 (solid masonry) page 10 May 2011 . HIT-RE500 + Rebar Hilti HIT-RE500 chemical injection with N24 rebar. Stainless steel Hilti HVU M16 chemical capsule with HAS-E-R M16 rod (stainless steel). Standard 85mm embedment.

M12/25 heavy duty anchor (zinc plated) Note: Max thickness fastened = 25mm N/A N/A HSC-A Hilti HSC-A M10 x 40 safety anchor (zinc plated) N/A Hilti HSC-AR M10 x 40 safety anchor (stainless steel) ** available subject to leadtime HSC-I Hilti HSC-I M10 x 50 safety anchor (zinc plated) N/A Hilti HSC-IR M10 x 50 safety anchor (stainless steel) ** available subject to leadtime HSA Hilti HSA M16 x 140 stud anchor (zinc plated) Hilti HSA-F M16 x 140 stud anchor (hot dipped galvanised) Hilti HSA-R M16 x 140 stud anchor (stainless steel) HUS-H Hilti HUS-H 10 x 100 concrete screw anchor (zinc plated) Hilti HUS-HF 10 x 100 concrete screw anchor (hot dipped galvanised) Hilti HUS-HR 10 x 105 concrete screw anchor (stainless steel) HKD-S Hilti HKD-S M10 x 40 dropin-anchor (zinc plated) N/A Hilti HKD-SR M10 x 40 drop-in-anchor (stainless steel) May 2011 page 11 .Specifying Hilti anchors Mechanical anchors Anchor type HDA-P Zinc Plated Hilti HDA-P M10 x 100/20 (zinc plated) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm ** available subject to leadtime Hot dipped galvanised Hilti HDA-PF M10 x 100/20 (sheradised) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm ** available subject to leadtime Stainless steel Hilti HDA-PR M10 x 100/20 (stainless steel) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm ** available subject to leadtime HDA-T Hilti HDA-T M10 x 100/20 (zinc plated) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm ** available subject to leadtime Hilti HDA-TF M10 x 100/20 (sheradised) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm ** available subject to leadtime Hilti HDA-TR M10 x 100/20 (stainless steel) Note: Max thickness fastened = 20mm ** available subject to leadtime HSL-3-B HSL-3-B M12/25 heavy duty anchor (zinc plated) Note: Max thickness fastened = 25mm N/A N/A HSL-3 HSL-3.

self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment. heavy duty mechanical expansion anchor with torque indicator cap Hilti stud anchor. ‘P’ for pre-set fastening Stainless steel. self undercutting. internal thread Stainless steel. self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment. Two component hybrid mortar injection anchor. hot dipped galvanised Hilti stud anchor. stainless steel May 2011 . stainless steel Internally threaded drop-in anchor. for use in hollow & solid masonry Mechanical anchors HDA-P HDA-PF HDA-PR HDA-T HDA-TF HDA-TR HSC-A HSC-AR HSC-I HSC-IR HSL-3 HSL-3-B HSA HSA-F HSA-R HUS-H HUS-HF HUS-HR HKD-S HKD-SR page 12 Zinc plated. with friction taper for easy setting Zinc plated internally threaded anchor sleeve Stainless steel internally threaded anchor sleeve Composite mesh sleeve. universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars. ‘T’ for through set fastening Zinc plated. standard length. hot dipped galvanised Concrete screw anchor. universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars. ‘P’ for pre-set fastening Zinc plated. stainless steel Concrete screw anchor. with friction taper for easy setting Stainless steel threaded rod. heavy duty mechanical expansion anchor High tensile steel. standard length. ideal for rebar application High performance two component hybrid mortar injection anchor for use in concrete. ‘P’ for pre-set fastening Sheradised. internal thread High tensile steel. self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment. with friction taper for easy setting Hot dipped galvanised threaded rod. self undercutting. enabling flexible embedment depth Zinc plated threaded rod. heavy duty mechanical anchor. heavy duty mechanical anchor. enabling flexible embedment depth Hot dipped galvanised threaded rod. Hilti Vinyl Urethane chemical capsule High performance injection epoxy. heavy duty mechanical anchor. external thread Zinc plated. zinc plated Internally threaded drop-in anchor. enabling flexible embedment depth Stainless steel. heavy duty mechanical anchor. self undercutting. standard length. ‘T’ for through set fastening Sheradised. heavy duty mechanical anchor. zinc plated Hilti stud anchor. self undercutting mechanical anchor for shallow embedment. heavy duty mechanical anchor. external thread Stainless steel. ‘T’ for through set fastening Stainless steel.Glossary of Hilti anchors Glossary of Hilti anchors Chemical anchors HIT-V HIT-V-F HIT-V-R HAS-E HAS-E-F HAS-E-R HIS-N HIS-RN HIT-SC HVU HIT-RE500 HIT-HY150MAX HIT-HY70 Zinc plated threaded rod. zinc plated Concrete screw anchor. specifically for use with HIT-HY70 in hollow masonry base materials. self undercutting. self undercutting. universal anchor rod for use with HIT injectable mortars. self undercutting.

au PC System requirements Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional.Hardware accelerated 3D OpenGL video. Simple 3D graphics with direct input for geometry and loads Large selection of pre defined anchor plates which can be easily customised Several filter options for increased productivity Easy access to technical library.hilti.PROFIS Anchor 2 PROFIS Anchor 2 Applications ■ Anchor calculation in concrete construction for static or dynamic load cases Functionality ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Intuitive left to right working ribbon for structured input.com. 2 GHz or better .Memory: 1024 MB or more . May 2011 page 13 .Hard disk: 600 MB free space . CPU: Intel or AMD. Microsoft Windows XP. approvals and documents Update function that notifies of any changes available Advantages ■ ■ Fast and reliable anchor design based on the most up to date technical data and approvals such as ETA. Microsoft Windows Vista or Microsoft Windows 7 operating system with Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.CD-ROM: 24x . Downloadable free of charge from www.1 or higher.

The general assessment approach adopted in the Guideline is based on combining relevant existing knowledge and experience of anchor behaviour with testing. It consists of: • • • • • • • • • Part 1 Anchors in general Part 2 Torque-controlled expansion anchors Part 3 Undercut anchors Part 4 Deformation-controlled expansion anchors Part 5 Bonded anchors Part 6 Anchors for multiple use for non-structural applications Annex A Details of test Annex B Tests for admissible service conditions – detailed information Annex C Design methods for anchorages For special anchors for use in concrete. Using this approach. It consists of: • • • • • • • • Part 1 General Part 2 Plastic anchors for use in normal weight concrete Part 3 Plastic anchors for use in solid masonry materials Part 4 Plastic anchors for use in hollow or perforated masonry Part 5 Plastic anchors for use in autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) Annex A Details of tests Annex B Recommendations for tests to be carried out on construction works Annex C Design methods for anchorages The European Technical Approval Guidelines including related Technical Reports set out the requirements for anchors and the acceptance criteria they shall meet. Where national or international regulations do not cover all possible types of applications. ETAGs specify values and characteristics. the conformity with which gives the presumption that the requirements set out are satisfied. page 14 May 2011 . additional Technical Reports (TR) related to ETAG 001 set out additional requirements: • TR 018 Assessment of torque-controlled bonded anchors • TR 020 Evaluation of Anchorages in Concrete concerning Resistance to Fire • TR 029 Design of Bonded Anchors The European Technical Approval Guideline ETAG 020 “PLASTIC ANCHORS FOR MULTIPLE USE IN CONCRETE AND MASONRY FOR NON-STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS” sets out the basis for assessing plastic anchors to be used in concrete or masonry for redundant fastenings (multiple use). testing is needed to assess the suitability of anchors. Hilti anchors are tested in our test labs in Kaufering (Germany). additional Hilti data help to find customised solutions. for safety relevant applications fire resistance. Schaan (Principality of Liechtenstein) or Tulsa (USA) and evaluated by our experienced engineers and/or tested and evaluated by independent testing institutes in Europe and the USA.Legal environment Legal environment Technical data The technical data presented in this Anchor Fastening Technology Manual are all based on numerous tests and evaluation according to the state-of-the art. European Technical Approval Guidelines Approval based data given in this manual are either according to European Technical Approval Guidelines (ETAG) or have been evaluated according to these guidelines and/or national regulations. shock. seismic and fatigue tests are performed. The requirements in European Technical Approval Guidelines are set out in terms of objectives and of relevant actions to be taken into account. In addition to the standard tests for admissible service conditions and suitability tests. The Guidelines may indicate alternate possibilities for the demonstration of the satisfaction of the requirements. whenever the state of art permits to do so. The European Technical Approval Guideline ETAG 001 “METAL ANCHORS FOR USE IN CONCRETE” sets out the basis for assessing anchors to be used in concrete (cracked and non-cracked).

System of attestation of conformity For anchors having an approval. the load transfer values achieved are comparable to those obtained with cast-in reinforcement. assessment and approval of factory production control May 2011 page 15 .Legal environment Post installed rebar connections The basis for the assessment of post installed rebar connections is in accordance to the model as per the following Australian Standard to determine the concrete capacity: • AS3600 .2009 : Concrete Structures When applied in combination with the development of HIT chemical injection mortar. the conformity of the product shall be certified by an approved certification body (notified body) on the basis of tasks for the manufacturer and tasks for the approved body. Tasks for the manufacturer are: • Factory production control (permanent internal control of production and documentation according to a prescribed test plan) • involve a body which is approved for the tasks Tasks for the approved body are: • initial type testing of the product • initial inspection of factory and of factory production control • continuous surveillance.

f’c. cannot be seen.i. individual cracks might be wider if no additional reinforcement is provided in the concrete to restrict the crack width. as a rule.3mm. If a concrete component is subjected to a bending load. the cracks have a wedge shape across the component cross-section and they end close to the neutral axis. but only low tensile strength. There is hardly a base material in or to which a fastening cannot be made with a Hilti product. If an anchor is set and the load applied later. If it is subjected predominately to forces of constraint. the loading capacity can be assumed to be the concrete strength determined at the time of applying the load. Z calculated tensile stress fct concrete tensile strength If cracks in the tension zone exist. the range of compressive strength. suitable anchor systems are required If the tensile strength of concrete is exceeded. Expansion anchors should not be set in concrete which has not cured for more than seven days. Concrete A mixture of cement.Base materials Base materials General Different anchoring conditions The wide variety of building materials used today provide different anchoring conditions for anchors. aggregates and water Concrete is synthetic stone. if the concrete is under a constant load. Other types of anchors can be used if they are set in the compression zone. Observe curing of concrete when using expansion anchors page 16 May 2011 . Experience has shown that the crack width does not exceed the figure regarded as admissible. consisting of a mixture of cement. the loading capacity can be assumed to be only the actual strength of the concrete at that time. which is produced when the cement paste hardens and cures. possibly also additives. However. D calculated compressive stress σb. Generally. which. w 0. Concrete has a relatively high compressive strength.cyl is between 20 and 50 MPa. aggregates and water. cracks form. It is then referred to as reinforced concrete.e. Anchors are set in both low-strength and high-strength concrete. The main building materials suitable for anchor fastenings have been described in the following. Cracking from bending Stress and strain in sections with conditions I and II σb. It is recommended that anchors that are suitable in cracked concrete be used in the tension zone of concrete components. Steel reinforcing bars are cast in concrete to take up tensile forces. the properties of the base material play a decisive role when selecting a suitable fastener / anchor and determining the load it can hold. If anchors are loaded immediately after they have been set.

In addition to the previously named building materials. to which less important. company carrying out the work and Hilti technical staff hold a discussion in each case. fastenings can be made to these materials. Hilti offers a range of different fastening solutions for this variety of masonry base material. Descriptions and explanations of each of these would go beyond the bounds of this manual. hollow ceiling floor components. i. Avoid cutting reinforcement Masonry Masonry is a heterogeneous base material. your local Hilti sales representative will be pleased to provide assistance. such as wall and ceiling panels. the design engineer responsible must be consulted first. e. Hilti offers the HRD. When making a fastening. Drywall (plasterboard/gypsum) panels: These are mostly building components without a supporting function. The specified anchorage depth (depth of embedment) must be in the actual base material. the loads taken up locally cannot be particularly high. because of manufacturing method and configuration. Generally though. HUD. In some cases. test reports exist for these special materials. The Hilti anchors suitable for this material are the HLD and HHD.8 kg/dm³ and the compressive strength 2 to 6 N/mm². testing on the jobsite should be arranged to verify the suitability and the loading capacity of the selected anchor.g. The density is between 0. A tremendous variety of types and shapes of masonry bricks are on the market. etc. care must be taken to ensure that a layer of insulation or plaster is not used as the base material. and a porosity that reduces the strength of the concrete and thus the loading capacity of an anchor. a large variety of others. e. etc anchor systems for this base material. etc. e. Owing to the relatively low strength of masonry. ≤ 1800 kg/ m³. special building components are also made from the previously mentioned materials which. If there are doubts when selecting a fastener / anchor. Hilti offers the HGN and HRD-U anchors for this base material. etc. Plaster coating is not a base material for fastenings Different types and shapes Other base materials Aerated concrete: This is manufactured from fine-grained sand as the aggregate. Jobsite tests Aerated concrete Lightweight concrete Drywall / gypsum panels Variety of base materials May 2011 page 17 .g. water and aluminium as the gas-forming agent. clay bricks. HIT.g. lime and/or cement as the binding agent. Furthermore. all of different shapes and either solid or with cavities. HRD.Base materials Cutting through reinforcement when drilling anchor holes must be avoided. natural stone.g. HUD. Lightweight concrete: This is concrete which has a low density.e. It is also recommended that the design engineer. the HPS-1. so-called secondary fastenings are made. e. The hole being drilled for an anchor can run into mortar joints or cavities. HGN. If this is not possible. sand-lime bricks or concrete bricks. In some cases. result in base materials with peculiarities that must be given careful attention. can be encountered in practice.4 and 0.

expansion takes place over a distance that is predetermined by the geometry of the anchor in the expanded state. Many anchors obtain their holding power from a combination of the above mentioned working principles. Fexp. for example. At the same time. an anchor exerts an expansion force against wall of its hole as a result of the displacement of a cone relative to a sleeve. such as with HVU with HAS anchor rods.Base materials Why does an anchor hold in a base material? Working principles There are three basic working principles which make an anchor hold in a building material: Friction The tensile load. R. A keying action results which enables the longitudinal force in the anchor to be transferred additionally to the base material Force-controlled and displacement-controlled expansion anchors In the case of expansion anchors. is in equilibrium with the supporting forces. such as with the HDA anchor. This permits the longitudinal force to be transferred to the anchor by friction. Thus an expansion force is produced (HKD anchor) which is governed by the modulus of elasticity of the base material. N. An adhesive bond is produced between the anchor rod and the hole wall by a synthetic resin adhesive. above all in the case of metal anchors. The expansion force of force-controlled expansion anchors is dependent on the tensile force in the anchor (HSL-3 heavy-duty anchor). a distinction is made between force-controlled and movement-controlled types. Adhesive/resin anchor The synthetic resin of an adhesive anchor infiltrates into the pores of the base material and. acting on the base material. N. is transferred to the base material by friction. It is produced. In the case of movement-controlled types. R. achieves a local keying action in addition to the bond. after it has hardened and cured. this expansion force causes permanent local deformation of the base material. is necessary for this to take place. This tensile force is produced. Keying Bonding Combination of working principles page 18 May 2011 . when a tightening torque is applied to expand the anchor. The tensile load. by driving in an expansion plug (HKD). The expansion force. For example. and thus controlled.

1. the anchor parts suffer bending tension or shear failure.Base materials Failure modes Effects of static loading The failure patterns of anchor fastenings subjected to a continually increased load can be depicted as follows: Failure patterns 1. are subjected to a pure tensile load. 3. If the distance from an edge is small and the shear load is towards the free edge of a building component. These causes of failure govern the max. The weakest point in an anchor fastening determines the cause of failure. the same modes of failure take place under a combined load. becomes more seldom as the angle between the direction of the applied load and the anchor axis increases. 2.. break-out. the edge breaks away. 3. a shear load causes a conchoidal (shell-like) area of spall on one side of the anchor hole and. 3a. edge breaking and splitting. 2. anchor pull-away and. edge breaking. a small edge distance causes mode of failure 4. 3a. Basically. Generally. Modes of failure. failure of anchor parts. break-out. 4. Causes of failure Combined load Shear load May 2011 page 19 . The ultimate loads are then smaller than those of the previously mentioned modes of failure. however. occur mostly when single anchors that are a suitable distance from an edge or the next anchor. The mode of failure 1. The tensile strength of the fastening base material is exceeded in the cases of break-out. On the other hand. subsequently. loading capacity of anchors..

The reinforcement is only utilised efficiently if the concrete in the tension zone is permitted to be stressed (elongated) to such an extent that it cracks under the working load. the cracks run in one direction (line or parallel cracks). Normally. In this respect. Crack plane Efficient utilisation of reinforcement a) Non-cracked concrete b) Cracked concrete Reduction factor for cracked concrete The width of a crack in a concrete component has a major influence on the tensile loading capacity of all fasteners. such as with reinforced concrete slabs stressed in two planes.e. however.Base materials Influence of cracks Very narrow cracks are not defects in a structure It is not possible for a reinforced concrete structure to be built which does not have cracks in it under working conditions. This is an unacceptable situation which is being eliminated through specific testing with anchors set in cracked concrete. but also cast-in items. i. Loadbearing mechanisms When anchor fastenings are made in non-cracked concrete. the loadbearing mechanisms are seriously disrupted because virtually no annular tensile forces can be taken up beyond the edge of the crack. The reduction factor which can be used for the ultimate tensile loads of anchor fastenings made in cracked concrete as opposed to non-cracked concrete may be assumed to be 0. Only in rare cases. the designer of a structure assumes that cracks will exist in the tension zone of reinforced concrete components when carrying out the design work (condition II). page 20 May 2011 . can cracks also run in two directions. it is not at all necessary to regard cracks as defects in a structure. and adding suitable information to the product description sheets.3mm is assumed when designing anchor fastenings. Testing and application conditions for anchors are currently being drafted internationally based on the research results of anchor manufacturers and universities. These will guarantee the functional reliability and safety of anchor fastenings made in cracked concrete. not only anchors. A crack width of about 0. With this in mind. whereas the compressive forces from bending are taken up by the concrete (compression zone). Provided that they do not exceed a certain width. equilibrium is established by a tensile stress condition of rotational symmetry around the anchor axis. the safety factor to use to allow for the failure of cracked concrete is not the same as the figure given in product information.70 for the HSC anchor.65 to 0. The position of the tension zone is determined by the static / design system and where the load is applied to the structure. for example. Tensile forces from bending are taken up in a composite construction by suitably sized reinforcement in the form of ribbed steel bars. such as headed studs. The disruption caused disrupted by the crack reduces the loadbearing capacity of the anchor system. Larger reduction factors for ultimate tensile loads must be anticipated (used in calculations) in the case of all those anchors which were set in the past without any consideration of the above-mentioned influence of cracks. If a crack exists. all previous figures in the old anchor manual.

the clamping force from the fixture (part fastened) will be reduced (lost). The properties of this fastening for dynamic loading will then have deteriorated. The statements made above apply primarily to static loading conditions. If a crack propagates in a reinforced concrete component after an anchor has been set. the clamping force and pretensioning force in an anchor bolt / rod play a major role. the clamping force and pretensioning force in the anchor must be upheld. it must be assumed that the pretensioning force in the anchor will decrease and. no theoretical relationship between ultimate tensile loads and different crack widths has been given. Suitable measures to achieve this can be sets of springs or similar devices Pretensioning force in anchor bolts / rods Loss of pretensioning force due to cracks May 2011 page 21 . To ensure that an anchor fastening remains suitable for dynamic loading even after cracks appear in the concrete. as a result.Base materials Since international testing conditions for anchors are based on the abovementioned crack widths. If the loading is dynamic.

suspended ceilings. columns. possibly hot-dipped galvanised Galvanised 5-10 microns Composite construction Interior finishing Drywalls. scaffolding Structural fastening: Brackets. beams Outside and inside applications Galvanised or coated General conditions Recommendations Dry inside rooms. 45 microns Dacromet / plastic. fire escapes Facades / roofing Profiled metal sheets. doors. chlorides from road salt can accumulate/ concentration on parts not weathered directly Industrial atmosphere: High SO2 content and other corrosive substances (without halides) Inside application Outside application Insulating materials Inside application Outside application Insulating materials Coastal atmosphere: High content of chlorides. A4 (316) steels Galvanised 5-10 microns Hot-dipped galvanised /sherardized min. site fixtures. insulation fastenings. no condensation Galvanised 5-10 microns Rural atmosphere (without emissions) Inside application Outside application Insulating materials Galvanised 5-10 microns Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. no condensation Damp inside rooms with occasional condensation due to high humidity and temperature fluctuations Frequent and long-lasting condensation (greenhouses). windows. open inside rooms or open halls / sheds Galvanised 5-10 microns Hot-dipped galvanised /sherardized min. elevators. 45 microns. Hilti-HCR if chlorides exist A4 (316) steels Galvanised 5-10 microns A4 (316) steels A4 (316) steels Galvanised 5-10 microns Hilti-HCR Hilti-HCR Town / city atmosphere: High SO2 and Nox contents.Corrosion Corrosion Material recommendations to counteract corrosion Application Initial/carcass construction Temporary fastening: Forming. facade support framing Protection due to alkalinity of concrete Dry inside rooms. curtain wall cladding. combined with industrial atmosphere Inside application Outside application Insulating materials page 22 May 2011 . railings / fences. 45 microns A4 (316) steels.

reinforcing mesh.. air ducts Electrical systems: Runs. cable runs. possibly hot-dipped galvanised Road and bridge construction Conduit installation. lighting. barriers. dock / harbour Secondary relevance for safety. etc. cable runs. machine fastening General conditions Dry inside rooms. traffic signs. e. air ducts. noise-insulating walls. conveyors. cable runs. cellar / basement shafts.very corrosive vapours Outside applications.g. tunnel wall cladding / lining. ceiling suspensions. connecting structures Directly weathered (chlorides are regularly washed off) Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. lighting. galvanising / plating plants etc. very heavy exposure to SO2 and additional corrosive substances (only acidic surroundings) Power plants Fastenings relevant to safety Dry inside rooms Outside applications. 45 microns. Duplex steel or austenitic steel with approx. non enclosed inside rooms or open sheds / buildings Recommendations Galvanised 5-10 microns Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. temporary fastenings High humidity. 4-5% Mo Hilti HCR Frequently heavy exposure to road salt. Hilti-HCR A4 (316) steels Galvanised 5-10 microns A4 (316) steels page 23 .Corrosion Application Installations Conduit installation. poorly ventilated rooms. highly relevant to safety Tunnel construction Tunnel foils / sheeting. A4 (316) steels Hilti HCR Dock/harbour/port facilities /off-shore rigs Fastenings to quaysides. aerials Industrial equipment: Crane rails. 45 microns A4 (316) steels. very heavy exposure to SO2 May 2011 Hot-dipped galvanised Hilti HCR A4 (316) steels Galvanised 5-10 microns A4 (316) steels. crash barriers / guard rails. often a superimposed “industrial atmosphere” or changes of oil / sea water On the platform / rig Industry / chemical industry Conduit installation. fastenings in laboratories. Secondary relevance for safety Highly relevant to safety Duplex steel. occasional condensation due to high humidity and temperature fluctuations Frequent and long-lasting condensation (greenhouses). lighting Dry inside rooms Corrosive inside rooms. no condensation Damp inside rooms. connecting structures. A4 (316) steels. traffic signs. poss. chlorides.

service ladders. handrails. service ladders. for example. cable runs. industrial waste water Multi-storey car parks Fastening of. suspended ceilings Sports grounds / facilities / stadiums Fastening of. 45 microns A4 (316) steels Hilti HCR Inaccessible fastenings page 24 May 2011 .Corrosion Application General conditions Recommendations Smokestacks of waste incineration plants Fastening of. municipal sewage / waste water. many wet and dry cycles Hilti HCR Hot-dipped galvanised/sherardized min. for example. condensation of acids and often high chloride and other halide concentrations Hot-dipped galvanised/sherardized min. balustrades Indoor swimming pools Fastening of. handrails. high humidity. Underwater applications. seats. connecting structures etc In the atmosphere. 45 microns A4 (316) steels Hilti-HCR Sewage / waste water treatment Conduit installation. guard rails. for example. sewage / digester gases etc. for example. 45 microns Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. fences In rural atmosphere In town / city atmosphere Hot-dipped galvanised / sherardized min. lightening conductors In lower section of stack In top section of stack. 45 microns A4 (316) steels A4 (316) steels Fastenings relevant to safety Hilti HCR Large amounts of chlorides (road salt) carried in by vehicles. handrails.

attention must be paid to their electrochemical compatibility. EI.Corrosion The following table shows the suitability of the respective metal couple. the fastener should be made of the same material as the part fastened or if not possible of a nobler material. Galvanic separation using plastic and rubber May 2011 page 25 . like washers. In view of the fact that a fastener is normally always the smaller component and thus has a smaller surface area. Hot-dipped galvanised galvanised Aluminium alloy Structural steel Stainless steel Brass If an “ unfavourable” combination of different materials cannot be avoided. etc.-chem. It also shows which two metals in contact are permissible in field practice and which should rather be avoided. Fastener Fastener Fastened part Fastened part Zinc Hot-dipped galv. sleeves. suitable measures can be taken to avoid contact corrosion. Here it should be remembered that from an electrochemical point of view the less noble metal should always have a much larger surface area. steel Aluminium alloy Cadmium coating Structural steel Cast steel Chromium steel CrNi(Mo) steel Tin Copper Brass Slight or no corrosion of fastener Heavy corrosion of fastener Moderate corrosion of fastener If two or more metals are combined and these are linked conductively with direct contact or contact through a medium. The ratio of surface areas of the linked metals is of crucial importance for the corrosion rate. for example electrical insulation using plastic parts.

the parts fastened and the installations.). ”normal“ wear)Snow. However. the building cannot or is unable to follow this movement without deformation. These forces result from induced acceleration and must be taken into account when determining section forces and anchoring forces.). Earthquake frequencies often lead to resonance phenomena which cause larger vibration amplitudes on the upper floors. which is all the greater the larger the change in stress and the larger the number of load cycles are (fatigue). or from constraint (due to temperature change or sinking of supports / columns) • Changing actions working loads (fitting / furnishing . not only the type of action. When evaluating actions causing fatigue. Static loads can be segregated as follows: • Own (dead) weight • Permanent actions Loads of non-loadbearing components. elevators. robots. production machinery. etc. e. Generally. Actions relevant to fatigue Actions causing fatigue have a large number of load cycles which produce changes in stress in the affected fastening. Owing to the inertia of its mass.g. Dynamic actions can generally be classified into 3 different groups: • Fatigue loads • Seismic loads • Shock loads Typical Dynamic Actions Examples for Fatigue Loads Two main groups of fatigue type loading can be identified: • Vibration type loading of fasteners with very high recurrence and usually low amplitude (e. due to cost considerations. but also the planned or anticipated fastening life expectancy is of major importance. etc. screed. machines. These stresses result in a decrease in strength. This chapter is intended to point out those cases. Examples for Seismic Loads Earthquakes / seismic actions page 26 May 2011 . ventilators. restoring forces are set up and vibration is induced. usually only critical fastenings whose failure would result in loss of human life or significant weakening of the overall structure are designed for seismic loads.g. This results in stress and strain for the structure. Wind. floor covering. Ground movement during an earthquake / seismic tremors leads to relative displacement of a building foundation.Dynamic Dynamic Dynamic design for anchors Actions Common engineering design usually focuses around static loads. Temperature Static loads Dynamic actions The main difference between static and dynamic loads is the effectiveness of inertia and damping forces. all fastenings in structures situated in seismically active areas can be subject to seismic loading. where static simplification may cause severe misjudgement and usually under-design of important structures. Due to the stiffness of the structure. • Repeated loading and unloading of structures with high loads and frequent recurrence (cranes.

influence the behaviour much more. Shock-like phenomena have generally a very short duration and tremendously high forces which. as inertia. This loss of strength is referred to as material fatigue. In the case of structural and heat-treatable steels. The grade and quality of steel has a considerable influence on the alternating strength.). crash barriers.e. ship or aeroplane impacts and falling rocks. As the probability of such a phenomenon to occur during the life expectancy of the building components concerned is comparably small. however. cracks. after 2 million load cycles or more) is approx. even though sometimes they are the only loading case a structure is designed for (e. concrete already has micro-cracks in the zone of contact of the aggregates and the cement paste. Concrete strength is reduced to about 55 – 65% of the initial strength after 2’000’000 load cycles Material behaviour under static loading Material behaviour under fatigue impact The material strength is not as much influenced as under fatigue impact. Determining the forces acting on a fastening is difficult and specialists thus provide them Shock loads are mostly unusual loading situations. which are attributable to the aggregates hindering shrinkage of the cement paste. the final strength (i. it can fail after a certain number of load cycles even though the upper limit of the load withstood up to this time is clearly lower than the ultimate tensile strength under static loading. These properties are generally determined by carrying out simple tests with specimens. seismic loads generally have to be taken up by a high loading capacity and very little deformation. avalanches and explosions. Other factors. Examples of Shock Loading Shock Material behaviour The behaviour is described essentially by the strength (tensile and compressive) and the elastic-plastic behaviour of the material. generally only occur as individual peaks. protection nets. A fastening should be able to withstand design basis earthquakes without damage.Dynamic In view of the low ductility of anchors / fasteners.g. etc. Material behaviour under seismic or shock impact May 2011 page 27 . The fatigue strength of concrete is directly dependent on the grade of concrete. In the non-loaded state. If a material is subjected to a sustained load that changes with respect to time. plastic deformations of fasteners and structural members are usually permitted. 25-35% of the static strength. etc.

mechanical anchor systems have been used primarily for applications in civil defence installations. In view of this.g. e. The behaviour of anchors under seismic action depends on the magnitude of loading. When designing anchor fastenings. There are. has no direct effect on the load-bearing behaviour.000. the direction of loading. if an anchor is set in a crack. e. Allowance is made for these two effects by using a reduction factor for multiple-anchor fastenings Earthquakes Anchors (fasteners) subjected to seismic loading can. but that they must be incorporated in the overall context of a design.g. concrete cracks resulting from seismic activity should be taken into consideration.Dynamic Anchor behaviour Fatigue When a large number of load cycles is involved. Suitability under seismic loading Suitability under shock loading page 28 May 2011 . the loading capacity (ultimate state) of an anchor is considerably reduced (to 30 – 80% of the original resistance. Where fastenings subjected to seismic loading are concerned. under circumstances. the base material and the type of anchor. such as behaviour in a fire.) With any earthquake design of fasteners. accompanying requirements to be met. it is usually the anchor in single fastenings that is critical (due to steel failure). adhesive systems suitable for use in cracked concrete have been developed. more recent investigations show that the base material (cracked or non-cracked concrete). it is important to remember that they cannot be regarded as something isolated to take up seismic forces. whereas the loads in the weaker anchors are reduced. To date. More recently. This leads to a redistribution of the forces in the anchors during the appearance of the load cycles. be stressed far beyond their static loading capacity.e. These restrictions can make mechanical systems preferable. Suitability under fatigue loading Both mechanical and chemical anchors are basically suitable for fastenings subjected to fatigue loading. Shock Load increase times in the range of milliseconds can be simulated during tests on servo-hydraulic testing equipment. Hilti manufactures the HDA and HVZ anchors of special grades of steel resistant to fatigue and has also subjected them to suitable tests. however. The concrete can only fail when an anchor is at a reduced anchorage depth and subjected to tensile loading or an anchor is at a reduced distance from an edge and exposed to shear loading. i. the respective suitability tests are carried out using a level of action (loading) that is considerably higher than the working load level. After an earthquake. The following main effects can then be observed: • Deformation is greater when the breaking load is reached • The energy absorbed by an anchor is also much higher • Breaking loads are of roughly the same magnitude during static loading and shock-loading tests In this respect. n>10. the HVZ anchor. Individual anchors in a multiple-anchor fastening can have a different elastic stiffness and a displacement (slip) behaviour that differs from one anchor to another. Stiffer anchors are subjected to higher loads. chemical anchors take preference.

Spherical washer: Reduces bending moment acting on anchor shaft not set at right angles and thus increases the tensile loading capacity. Improvements with Dynamic Set Delivery programme Dynamic Set: M10. which permits HIT injection adhesive to be dispensed into the clearance hole. Uneven shear load distribution The second row of anchors can be activated only after a considerable slip of the anchoring plate. Lock nut: Prevents loosening of the nut and thus lifting of the anchoring plate away from the concrete in case of cyclic loading. the gap between anchor shaft and clearance hole has an important role. a spherical washer. a nut and a lock nut. This consists of a special washer. Hilti developed the so called Dynamic Set. Activating the second row of anchors Dynamic Set Injection washer: Fills clearance hole and thus guarantees that the load is uniformly distributed among all anchors. M16. This slip normally takes place after the edge failure of the outside row. The effect of the clearance hole gap on the internal load distribution increases if the shear load direction changes during the service life. M12. Design methods take this fact into account by assuming that only the row of anchors nearest to the concrete edge takes up all shear load. M20 May 2011 page 29 .Dynamic Dynamic set for shear resistance upgrade If a multiple-anchor fastening is loaded towards the edge of a concrete member (shear load). An uneven shear load distribution within the anchors in the fastening is the result as the clearance hole is always larger than the anchor diameter to ensure an easy installation. To make anchors suitable for alternating shear loads.

double fastenings with HVZ M10 anchors with and without the Dynamic Set are shown to compare resulting shear resistance and stiffness. the ETAG restrictions on more than 6 anchor fastenings can be overcome. If injection with the Dynamic Set is used. A series of experiments has verified this assumption. The unfavourable situation that only one row of anchors takes up all loads no longer exists and the load is distributed uniformly among all anchors. In addition to that it must be checked whether the concrete edge resistance of the furthest row is smaller than the above metioned resistance. it may be assumed if the Dynamic Set is used the overall load bearing capacity of the multiple fastening is equal to the resistance of the first row of anchors multiplied by the number of rows in the fastening.Dynamic Shear resistance improvement with Dynamic Set By using the dynamic set for static fastenings. The injection and the Dynamic Set resulted in a continuous load increase until the whole multiple fastening fails. An example from this test programme. When carrying out a simple fastening design. the shear resistance is improved significantly. when the concrete edge has already failed. Standard clearence hole Slotted hole Member edge not injected injected With Dynamic Set (extended Hilti method) Without Dynamic Set (ETAG) The test results show clearly that according to the current practice the second row of anchors takes up the load only after significant deformation of the plate. page 30 May 2011 .

Dynamic May 2011 page 31 .

0 43.0 5.0 2.4 7.1 2.0 Authority / No.0 50.0 3.4 7.2 2.0 3.6 10.8 3.0 30. loading (kN) for specified fire resistance time (fire resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 2.0 1.2 3.0 10.6 10.0 15.2 2.0 19.5 5.0 3.4 30.9 2.0 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3039/8151 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3039/8151 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3039/8151 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3041/1663-CM Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig report No.5 7.5 5.5 5.0 4.8 4.3 14.0 15.8 1.0 6.0 1.5 0.0 19.0 1.3 2.3 1.2 3.0 2.5 10.0 4.8 4.3 1.4 30.2 3. Anchor / fastener Size Max.0 5.2 3.0 3.0 7.8 F90 1.0 25.6 1.0 12.0 7.2 3. 3041/1663-CM Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 Fire resistance data for F 180 please refer to the test reports HDA-F M16 M20 M10 M12 M16 HDA-R M10 M12 M16 HSL-3 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M12 M16 M20 M24 HSL-3-B page 32 May 2011 .0 7.Resistance to fire Resistance to fire Tested fasteners for passive structural fire prevention Tested according to the international standard temperature curve MFPA Leipzig GmbH Tested according to the international standard temperature curve (ISO 834.0 1.0 10.9 F120 1.4 0.5 6.2) and/or to EOTA Technical Report TR 020 (Evaluation of Anchorages in Concrete concerning Resistance to Fire) Tested when set in cracked concrete and exposed to flames without insulating or protective measures.0 1.0 15.5 10. DIN 4102 T. HDA M10 M12 4.5 5.0 9.0 43.0 1.2 3.3 14.5 7.0 9.5 6.0 20.0 0.0 3.

5 2.5 14.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.4 1.7 7.3 3.5 2.0 0.6 6.5 0.0 1.9 1.5 2.5 2.0 4.5 3.3 0.5 2.0 1.3 F90 1.5 3.2 2.5 2.0 1.5 2.5 3.2 3.5 1.5 3.0 7.2 3.5 2.0 25.5 2.6 1.0 6.3 3.4 5.3 3.5 0.0 1.8 4.0 1. loading (kN) for specified fire resistance time (fire resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 1.0 Authority / No.0 26.8 2.5 3.5 3.5 2.0 4.0 1.5 1.0 1.8 3.0 6.0 15.5 10.0 2.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 2.0 7.3 3.25 0.5 0.5 1.0 13.5 2.3 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 9.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.0 1.3 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3177/1722-1 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3049/8151 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 HSC-I M8x40 M10x50 M10x60 M12x60 HSC-AR M8x40 M8x50 M10x40 M12x60 HSC-IR M8x40 M10x50 M10x60 M12x60 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 HSA HSA-R M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3049/8151 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 HUS -HR Reduced anchorage depth 8 10 14 6 8 10 14 DIBt Berlin ETA-08/0307 Standard anchorage depth May 2011 page 33 .5 2.4 1.5 1.5 0.5 1.5 1.3 F120 3.0 3.0 5.5 2.5 1.Resistance to fire Anchor / fastener Size Max.5 7.5 1.5 3.8 1.5 4.3 3.0 1.5 3.4 0. HSC-A M8x40 M8x50 M10x40 M12x60 1.5 1.2 1.8 2.7 2.0 6.0 4.0 4.0 9.5 1.3 1.5 1.0 0.3 3.0 1.0 6.0 4.5 1.

0 14.9 1.0 5.0 44.3333/0891-1 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 page 34 May 2011 .0 0. Part 6 HKD M6x25 M8x25 M8x30 M8x40 M10x25 M10x30 M10x40 M12x25 M12x50 M16x65 HKD-SR M6x30 M8x30 M10x40 M12x50 DIBt Berlin ETA-06/0047 acc.0 70.0 65.5 3.3 4.8 3.9 1.5 0.0 13.3 0.0 15.2 0.9 1.8 0.5 6.5 1.0 25.0 85.7 0.5 0.5 10.3 0.0 60.0 2.0 10.7 1.0 16.6 3.0 140.5 6.0 24.0 9.0 0.3 0.0 85.4 1.0 9. HUS-H/HUS-HF 10.0 100. loading (kN) for specified fire resistance time (fire resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 2.4 0.6 0.0 68.5 0.0 13.Resistance to fire Anchor / fastener Size Max.0 9.9 1.0 IBMB Braunschweig UB 3574/5146 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 DIBt Berlin ETA-06/0047 acc.0 20.6 0.4 0.8 3.8 2.0 7.0 24.3 4.9 1.6 0.8 2.9 1.7 1.0 13.5 11.5 0.3 1.5 17.0 1.0 10.0 36.5 16.4 0.0 12.0 27.6 2.0 82.6 0.5 23.9 1. Part 6 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB.0 96.0 6.8 0.0 29.8 0.0 Authority / No.0 9.0 0.3 0.0 42.2 0.8 2.8 0.0 28.0 8.0 18.5 0.0 56.0 19.3 4.5 4.0 20.0 40.0 34.0 51.0 11.2 3.0 50.3 1.3 0.8 2.0 F90 1.0 36.6 2.5 7.6 0.9 1.0 40.5 1.0 58.3 0.7 0.5 1.0 0.0 24.5 0.6 2.9 1.5 12.5 1.3 0.5 0.5 5.0 60.5 19.0 35.0 2.0 F120 1.5 38.0 120.9 1.3 0.8 0.5 1.8 4.0 3.0 7.3333/0891-1 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 HVU + HAS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 HVU + HAS-R/HAS-E-R + HVU + HAS-HCR/HAS-E-HCR M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 IBMB Braunschweig UB.5 25.0 16.2 0.5 16.5 0.6 0.5 15.0 0.

2 1.1 11.7 26.0 6.0 25.8 4. for variable embedment depth see test report.34 2.4 46.0 29.0 15.3 10.08 4.5 10.4 29.7 5.3 1.3 10.0 5.0 10.97 2.8 43.9 31.2 53.9 5.5 10.0 5.0 7.46 0.0 1.2 19.5 0.0 15.9 23.7 7.1 18.5 7.68 3.5 1.9 2.0 9.0 20.4 8. & supplement letter 414/2008 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 & WF Report No 172920 HIT-RE 500-SD + HIT-V M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 MFPA Leipzig GS-lll/B-07-070 Warringtonfire WF Report No 172920 Loads for standard embedment depth.8 18.3333/0891-1 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 IBMB Braunschweig UB.59 3.15 1.5 32.9 37.0 9.73 1.7 IBMB Braunschweig UB.5 12.8 6.46 12.2 58.1 11.5 4. & supplement letter 414/2008 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 & WF Report No 172920 HIT-RE 500 + HAS-R/HAS-ER/ HAS HCR/HIT-V-R/HIT-V-HCR M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 IBMB Braunschweig Test Report 3565 / 4595.0 2.0 2.79 4.9 36.0 3.7 21.8 2.0 15.9 1.8 7.0 1.0 9.3 43.1 F120 0.0 50.0 35. HVU + HIS-N M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 1.2 2.5 8.2 35. May 2011 page 35 .5 29.0 65.88 2.4 0.4 1.07 1.96 1.59 1.2 35.1 13.7 5.8 19.6 22.6 22.0 8.0 15.9 52.1 15.26 2.Resistance to fire Anchor / fastener Size Max.7 63.08 1.3 3.5 5.0 5.5 29.4 12.97 3.19 15.4 70.0 7.2 0.0 7.73 1.0 Authority / No.0 30.5 15.5 62.98 5.7 7.1 4.3 3.2 2.06 1.4 5.6 1.3333/0891-1 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402 HVU + HIS-RN M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 HIT-RE 500 + HAS/HAS-E/HIT-V IBMB Braunschweig Test Report 3565 / 4595.6 33.69 4.0 9.7 11.0 10.2 3.5 45.4 8.5 12.0 1.0 0.0 1.4 3.0 18.2 35.0 12.8 4.2 15.6 1.6 75.8 24.7 44.0 0.76 5.1 4.3 F90 0.4 5.28 0.8 19.8 27.3 23.0 48.3 13.0 0.1 4.6 16. loading (kN) for specified fire resistance time (fire resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 0.0 2.0 3.2 59.4 11.

Resistance to fire

Anchor / fastener

Size

Max. loading (kN) for specified fire resistance time (fire resistance time in minutes) F30 F60 1.08 1.9 4.2 8.6 15.9 23.0 29.9 36.5 0.5 1.1 1.8 4.5 7.8 11.2 14.6 17.8 0.4 F90 0.5 0.96 2.3 4.8 12.2 18.8 24.4 29.9 0.4 0.8 1.4 3.3 5.1 8.5 11.1 13.5 0.2 F120 0.28 0.59 1.5 3.2 10.5 16.7 21.7 26.5 0.4 0.6 1.1 2.5 4.1 7.1 9.3 11.4 -

Authority / No.

HIT-RE 500-SD + HIT-VR/HIT-V-HCR

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

2.42 3.8 6.5 12.1 18.8 27.2 35.3 43.2 0.7 1.3 2.3 6.2 9.6 13.9 18.1 22.1 2.0

MFPA Leipzig GS-lll/B-07-070 Warringtonfire WF Report No 172920 Loads for standard embedment depth, for variable embedment depth see test report.

HIT-HY150MAX + HIT-V(R)

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

MFPA Leipzig GS-3.2/09-526

HIT-HY 70 hef = 80 mm (HLz. MVz. KSL. KSV)

M8

MFPA Leipzig PB III/B-07-157 Warringtonfire WF Report No 166402

M10

2.0

0.4

0.2

-

M12

2.0

0.4

0.2

-

page 36

May 2011

Resistance to fire

Tested fasteners for passive structural fire prevention
Tested according to the German tunnel temperature curve MFPA Leipzig GmbH Tested according to the German tunnel temperature curve (ZTV-ING, part 5).

Tested when set in cracked concrete and exposed to flames without insulating or protective measures.

Anchor / fastener

Size

Max. loading (kN) for specified fire resistance time (fire resistance time in minutes) 6 8 0.20 a) 0.30 a) 0.50 a) 1.10 a) 0.5 0.8 2.5 5.0 6.0 0.5 1.5 1.5 5.0

Authority / No.

HUS-HR

MFPA Leipzig PB III/08-354

10 14 HKD-SR M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 HVU + HAS-HCR M8 M10 M12 M16 a) Tested according tunnel temperature curve EBA

IBMB Braunschweig UB 3027/0274-4 & supplement letter 133/00-NauWarringtonfire WF-Report No 166402

IBMB Braunschweig UB 3333/0891-2 Warringtonfire WF-Report No 166402

May 2011

page 37

Design examples

Design examples
HIT HY 150 MAX + M20 HAS-E-R rods Design Input
Base Material Description Thickness Concrete strength f'c,cyl Anchors layout Number of anchors Edge distance - c Spacing - s1 Applied loads Tension - NSd Shear - VSd 70kN 40kN 2 x M20 200mm 150mm Non-cracked concrete ≥ 250mm 40MPa
C = 200 S1 = 150

Nsd = 70kN

Vsd = 40kN

250*

Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd Steel - NRd,s per single anchor Steel - NRd,s per 2 anchors Combined pullout and concrete cone resistance NRd,p fB,p - Influence of concrete strength N*Rd,p - from the relevant table (refer page 97) NRd,p = fB,p • N*Rd,p Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c fB - Influence of concrete strength N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 97) NRd,c = fB • N*Rd,c NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,p;NRd,c} Design check - Tension NRd > NSd Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd Steel - VRd,s per single anchor Steel - VRd,s per 2 anchors Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c fB - Influence of concrete strength V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 97) VRd,c = fB • V*Rd,c VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} Design check - Shear VRd > VSd Step 3 - Design check under combined loads NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd ≤ 1.2 1.31 > 1.2
page 38

(see page 93)

84kN 168kN 1.021 98.7kN 100.7kN 1.11 89.4kN 99.2kN 99.2kN Safe
(see page 94)

50.6kN 101.2kN 1.11 59.5kN 66kN 66kN Safe
(see page 94)

1.31 Unsafe
May 2011

Design examples

M16 HSL-3 Design Input
Base Material Description Thickness Concrete strength f’c,cyl Anchors layout Number of anchors Edge distance - c Spacing - s1=s2 Applied loads Tension - NSd Shear - VSd 80kN 20kN 4 x M16 175mm 250mm
C = 175

Nsd = 80kN
S1 = 250

Non-cracked concrete ≥ 200mm 25MPa

S2 = 250

200

Vsd = 20kN

Design Process
Step 1 - Design Tensile Resistance NRd Steel - NRd,s per single anchor Steel - NRd,s per 4 anchors Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd,c fB - Influence of concrete strength N*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 157) NRd,c = fB • N*Rd,c NRd = min {NRd,s;NRd,c} Design check - Tension NRd > NSd Step 2 - Design Shear Resistance VRd Steel - VRd,s per single anchor Steel - VRd,s per 4 anchors Design concrete edge resistance VRd,c fB - Influence of concrete strength V*Rd,c - from the relevant table (refer page 157) VRd,c = fB • V*Rd,c VRd = min {VRd,s;VRd,c} Design check - Shear VRd > VSd Step 3 - Design check under combined loads NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd 1.08 < 1.2
(see page 152) (see page 152) (see page 151)

83.7kN 334.8kN 0.87 111.6kN 97.1kN 97.1kN Safe

80.9kN 323.6kN 0.87 89.9kN 78.2kN 78.2kN Safe

1.08 Safe

May 2011

page 39

Shear VRd > VSd Step 3 .s1=s2 Applied loads Tension .from the relevant table (refer page 43) NRd.from the relevant table (refer page 48) NRd.c .p • N*Rd.s per single anchor Steel .08 Safe page 40 May 2011 .NRd.NRd.s per 4 anchors Combined pullout and concrete cone resistance NRd.p fB.NRd.5kN Safe 15.2kN 60.VRd.VRd.cyl Anchors layout Number of anchors Edge distance .08 < 1.p.s per 4 anchors Design concrete edge resistance VRd.2kN 1 28kN 112kN 1 48.8 Design Input Base Material Description Thickness Concrete strength f’c.Design Tensile Resistance NRd Steel .5kN 48.c VRd = min {VRd.4kN 43.c fB .p • 4 Concrete cone or splitting resistance NRd.c NRd = min {NRd.2 1.p .Design Shear Resistance VRd Steel .c Spacing .8kN 1 43.5kN 48.c} Design check .c} Design check .NRd.c = fB • V*Rd.Grade 5.from the relevant table (refer page 48) VRd.s.NSd Shear .Influence of concrete strength V*Rd.4kN Safe 1.p .c .Tension NRd > NSd Step 2 .4kN 43.s per single anchor Steel .c fB .Influence of concrete strength N*Rd.VSd 30kN 20kN 4 x M12 80mm 150mm Non-cracked concrete ≥ 170mm 32MPa S2 = 150 S1 = 150 Nsd = 30kN 170 C = 80 Vsd = 20kN Design Process Step 1 .VRd.Influence of concrete strength N*Rd.Design check under combined loads NSd / NRd + VSd / VRd ≤ 1.3kN 101.s.c = fB • N*Rd.p = fB.Design examples HVU + M12 HAS-E.2 (see page 44) (see page 44) (see page 43) 25.

Chemical anchoring systems. Foil capsule systems l Injection mortar systems May 2011 page 41 .

g. Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time. Braunschweig warringtonfire No. as a result of diurnal cycling. e. Braunschweig IBMB. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 °C to +40 °C -40 °C to +80 °C -40 °C to +120 °C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 °C +50 °C +72 °C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 °C +80 °C +120 °C Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals. HAS-(E)R and HIS-RN ETA-05/0257. / date of issue ETA-05/0255 / 2010-03-01 ETA-05/0256 / 2006-01-20 ETA-05/0257 / 2006-01-20 UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26 UB 3333/0891-2 / 2003-08-12 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 a) All data given in this section according ETA-05/0255. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. HAS-(E) and HIS-N ETA-05/0256.HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor Mortar System Hilti HVU foil capsule ■ ■ ■ Benefits ■ suitable for non-cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity suitable for dry and water saturated concrete large diameter applications high corrosion resistant small edge distance and anchor spacing possible HAS rods HAS-E (Zinc) HAS-E-F (Gal) HAS-E-R (A4-70) HAS-HCR rods ■ ■ A4 316 Concrete Small edge distance & spacing Fire resistance Corrosion resistance highMo High corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software HCR Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval a) Fire test report Fire test report ZTV-Tunnel Assessment report (fire) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. Berlin IBMB. HAS-HCR Service temperature range Hilti HVU adhesive may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. page 42 May 2011 .

3 M10 17. ■ ■ ■ Influence of concrete strength Influence of edge distance Influence of spacing The design method is based on the following simplification: ■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity) The values are valid for the anchor configuration. NRd.9 M10 17.s Anchor size NRd.00 40 1.p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.cyl (MPa) fB.p.8 M12 25.c N*Rd. issue 2010-03-01 and ETA-05/0256.p per anchor M8 13.8 NRd = min { NRd.5 M12 28. Annex C and Hilti simplified design method.8 HAS-E-R [kN] [kN] M8 11.7 84.021 50 1.4 fB.97 32 1. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-05/0255.87 32 1.4 M24 80. issue 2006-01-20.11 50 1.cyl (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.0 M24 106.0 M16 34.p = fB.3 M16 48. For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.c = fB • N*Rd.00 40 1.7 119.p • n n = number of anchors N*Rd.95 25 0. STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd.9 M20 52.p ■ 20 0.0 54.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.79 25 0.HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor Design process for typical anchor layouts The design values in the tables are obtained from the design method according to ETAG 001.04 Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd.0 M20 74.3 12. NRd.p Anchor N*Rd.3 28.3 19.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 43 .c.s HAS – E 5.p • N*Rd.

VRd.8 HAS-E-R [kN] [kN] M8 6.0 71.4 12.c V*Rd.c = fB • V*Rd. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd.8 7.8 50.2 17.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.11 50 1.7 M10 10.00 40 1.c and multiply by the factor = 2.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .c.s HAS – E 5. the concrete resistance V*Rd.6 M24 64.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd.c is obtained from the relevant design table fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.2 M12 15. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 44 May 2011 .87 32 1.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.s Anchor size VRd.3 M16 28.5 ■ 20 0.22 Design steel resistance (shear): VRd.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.8 VRd = min { VRd.8 32.7 M20 44.79 25 0.

9 52. as specified in the table One typical embedment depth. au.0 34. Note: for cracked concrete contact your local field engineer for further information.4 80.engineering@hilti.s 13.com May 2011 page 45 . as specified in the tables Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 170 M16 125 170 M20 170 220 M24 210 300 Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa Anchor size Non-cracked concrete Tensile Shear Pull-out a) N*Rd.9 17.4 Steel governed refer VRd.s table M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 a) Combined pull-out and cone design is governing.cyl = 32 MPa temperature range II (see service temperature range) base material thickness.5 28.HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.p VRd. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.

4 9.6 27.4 13.4 44.4 7.3 62.c spacing s1 (mm) 18.8 24.8 30.c 150 shear V*Rrd.7 42.7 28.2 54.6 9.c 45 100 150 200 250 300 21.1 23.9 43.7 23.8 24.5 42.3 45.7 21.6 39.0 39.4 25.7 24.7 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 55 tension N*Rd.c 150 shear V*Rrd.7 34.8 36.2 46.8 53.c 80 shear V*Rrd.2 49.8 32.1 40.c 100 shear V*Rrd.3 23.3 16.4 18.0 71.3 72.6 35.2 38.c 100 shear V*Rrd.0 15.c 80 shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.8 27.6 20.3 47.c tension N*Rd.3 38.0 22.2 54.7 35.8 53.3 20.3 15.7 33.0 31.1 36.2 60.c tension N*Rd.0 44.4 31.4 32.0 31.c tension N*Rd.9 25.0 21.3 72.7 54.6 50.4 29.3 45.2 25.2 66.7 26.3 24.8 23.6 16.5 39.0 39.8 16.6 14.9 8.4 37.6 24.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.7 27.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S1 Nsd h M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 170 M16 125 170 M20 170 220 M24 210 300 C Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.c 200 shear V*Rrd.0 38.c 150 shear V*Rrd.c 80 shear V*Rrd.5 33.5 39.9 10.7 35.8 11.4 35.7 27.2 22.0 20.7 23.8 54.2 60.8 45.9 22.3 41.6 49.8 26.8 48.1 19.9 35.6 16.4 36.1 39.1 30.4 24.6 36.1 34.3 47.8 page 46 May 2011 .0 39.c tension N*Rd.9 21.3 11.1 11.2 15.1 41.7 32.5 29.0 50.6 28.0 55.2 15.c 170 shear V*Rrd.3 7.2 19.4 9.8 26.9 27.2 42.3 37.1 20.2 76.c 55 100 150 200 250 300 26.8 27.4 22.c tension N*Rd.9 16.1 13.7 42.HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor Two anchors Table 1: One edge influence Design Data: fc.3 33.c 100 shear V*Rrd.8 48.c tension N*Rd.8 31.2 66.7 45.6 30.7 41.c tension N*Rd.6 34.0 58.0 28.6 21.0 44.3 44.8 66.1 31.0 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 45 tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.4 17.8 17.5 26.c tension N*Rd.7 47.5 51.4 38.2 17.9 41.0 37.8 32.8 11.c tension N*Rd.c 200 shear V*Rrd.9 30.5 25.c shear V*Rrd.1 40.0 24.3 29.7 60.6 36.7 43.1 48.7 29.6 29.9 6.8 35.2 18.9 18.c tension N*Rd.3 30.2 24.8 11.8 34.

4 59.6 ANCHOR M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 90 tension N*Rd.c 250 shear V*Rrd.9 79.8 47.c 200 shear V*Rrd.8 73.5 23.3 56.c 350 shear V*Rrd.5 70.6 14.9 47.2 25.3 39.6 159.0 47.7 112.3 74.c 150 shear V*Rrd.8 83.7 66.3 99.5 40.c 200 shear V*Rrd.0 129.2 110.9 80.6 88.7 91.1 89.6 46.3 46.2 77.c 200 shear V*Rrd.5 132.0 70.c 300 shear V*Rrd.8 59.0 19.9 64.6 91.c tension N*Rd.4 66.2 36.2 84.2 50.7 123.c shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.9 152.9 67.c tension N*Rd.7 51.c 250 shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.7 108.2 145.2 93.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.7 85.4 116.8 70.0 54.8 86.2 108.9 53.4 55.9 44.9 50.0 95.9 78.9 17.1 83.1 51.5 92.8 34.0 63.2 102.7 89.6 100.c shear V*Rrd.7 33.3 69.2 65.9 32.7 42.7 52.1 117.8 67.c 250 shear V*Rrd.6 61.0 91.c tension N*Rd.2 67.4 50.1 47.4 29.4 82.8 80.7 43.4 87.7 71.9 37.1 38.6 139.4 112.8 96.7 99.4 96.HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor ANCHOR M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 55 tension N*Rd.8 32.2 49.9 84.5 25.c 150 shear V*Rrd.8 68.4 34.1 35.8 84.8 May 2011 page 47 .7 89.5 54.8 41.6 116.8 57.5 94.7 60.3 89.5 51.8 22.2 85.1 52.0 113.8 44.6 47.0 49.c 100 shear V*Rrd.0 79.c 150 shear V*Rrd.6 84.0 100.6 97.4 22.3 ANCHOR M24 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.0 77.1 128.0 65.1 81.2 77.2 70.5 55.9 44.5 104.8 40.6 80.7 60.3 97.8 128.4 38.1 71.6 98.c 120 150 200 250 300 350 74.6 104.2 56.3 72.1 104.3 58.4 122.7 58.5 62.4 74.1 63.4 42.6 63.c tension N*Rd.2 109.4 39.1 54.8 40.3 38.2 113.7 59.c shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.3 75.6 37.4 22.6 76.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.2 47.5 75.1 79.3 80.7 28.0 103.7 38.5 57.c 90 150 200 250 300 350 52.6 67.c tension N*Rd.3 75.c 65 100 150 200 250 300 32.3 68.0 60.5 54.8 94.4 63.4 106.

6 62.8 53.7 58.c 80 shear V*Rrd.2 64.6 49.2 58.0 67.c tension N*Rd.2 80.c tension N*Rd.5 39.5 22.c tension N*Rd.9 26.c 200 shear V*Rrd.c 150 shear V*Rrd.9 75.6 90.5 39.0 54.c shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.5 95.c 80 shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.1 56.0 50.8 page 48 May 2011 .1 40.6 33.8 20.3 27.4 121.3 41.0 41.7 49.9 53.9 75.c tension N*Rd.8 64.8 29.0 30.1 49.c tension N*Rd.6 74.6 36.0 40.6 39.5 42.4 62.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 30.4 53.0 73.2 45.0 75.6 31.7 40.1 95.c 150 shear V*Rrd.9 17.1 65.6 144.9 36.7 53.c tension N*Rd.6 47.7 42.c 100 shear V*Rrd.4 62.4 66.8 51.6 35.3 81.3 15.2 ANCHOR M10 45 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 45 tension N*Rd.HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence Design Data: fc.0 35.2 64.8 34.9 73.1 41.0 25.5 ANCHOR M12 55 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 55 tension N*Rd.7 43.2 37.8 17.4 51.6 15.6 44.2 78.8 60.9 58.c 100 shear V*Rrd.4 53.8 59.5 37.6 66.8 64.0 66.4 47.2 26.2 54.4 71.4 31.2 33.6 50.1 30.0 66.5 68.4 121.2 34.c 200 shear V*Rrd.2 108.3 81.4 43.9 48.2 33.8 65.4 49.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S2 C S1 Nsd M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 170 M16 125 170 M20 170 220 M24 210 300 h Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.3 76.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 24.0 36.2 61.5 56.6 144.0 29.1 57.5 33.c 170 shear V*Rrd.4 54.3 81.c 80 shear V*Rrd.9 58.c 100 shear V*Rrd.4 68.2 33.2 37.0 26.3 41.4 37.3 42.3 43.9 30.5 49.4 81.5 95.c tension N*Rd.0 49.9 37.5 62.2 45.2 29.6 23.6 28.4 44.9 84.6 31.5 57.8 47.2 12.0 47.9 31.c tension N*Rd.6 96.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 21.4 34.8 39.7 23.c 150 shear V*Rrd.4 37.4 51.0 22.8 18.8 18.6 23.0 32.2 67.2 18.6 128.6 23.2 33.4 105.1 52.4 47.4 74.8 26.7 91.1 58.8 28.3 19.c tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.3 100.9 78.6 46.9 72.0 53.6 34.6 48.3 46.3 100.c shear V*Rrd.7 42.3 91.8 47.1 84.0 111.4 20.6 23.

HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor

Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.

ANCHOR

M16
65 100 150 200 250 300

Edge C (mm) 55
tension N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

100
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

150
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

200
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

250
shear V*Rrd,c

spacing s1=s2 (mm)

37.1 41.9 49.2 57.0 65.4 74.5

29.5 36.8 43.4 49.0 53.4 53.4

43.5 49.0 57.6 66.8 76.6 87.2

34.6 41.9 52.0 59.6 70.6 77.2

53.4 60.2 70.6 81.9 94.0 107.0

42.0 49.1 59.0 68.7 78.4 87.9

64.1 72.3 84.8 98.4 113.0 128.5

49.2 56.2 66.0 75.6 85.2 94.6

75.8 85.4 100.3 116.3 133.5 151.9

56.4 63.2 72.9 82.5 92.0 101.4

ANCHOR

M20
90 150 200 250 300 350

Edge C (mm) 90
tension N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

150
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

200
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

250
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

300
shear V*Rrd,c

spacing s1=s2 (mm)

59.4 69.0 77.6 86.6 96.2 106.3

47.9 59.4 66.4 73.4 76.2 76.2

72.3 84.0 94.4 105.4 117.1 129.4

58.2 72.5 84.0 95.5 106.7 117.9

83.9 97.5 109.6 122.4 135.9 150.1

66.6 80.7 92.2 103.5 114.7 125.8

96.3 111.8 125.7 140.4 155.9 172.2

75.0 88.9 100.2 111.5 122.6 133.6

109.4 127.2 142.9 159.6 177.2 195.8

83.3 97.0 108.3 119.5 130.5 141.5

ANCHOR

M24
120 150 200 250 300 350

Edge C (mm) 120
tension N*Rd,c shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

150
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

200
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

250
shear V*Rrd,c tension N*Rd,c

350
shear V*Rrd,c

spacing s1=s2 (mm)

85.2 90.6 100.0 109.8 120.1 130.9

75.5 84.3 92.8 101.0 109.4 117.6

92.4 98.2 108.4 119.1 130.3 141.9

81.6 90.2 104.2 118.0 130.6 139.4

105.0 111.6 123.2 135.3 148.0 161.2

91.6 100.1 114.0 127.7 141.1 154.5

118.2 125.7 138.7 152.4 166.7 181.6

101.5 109.9 123.7 137.2 150.6 163.9

146.9 156.2 172.4 189.4 207.1 225.7

121.2 129.4 142.9 156.3 169.5 182.6

May 2011

page 49

HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor

Materials
Mechanical properties of HAS Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Anchor size HAS-(E) Nominal tensile strength fuk HAS-(E)F HAS –(E)R HAS-(E) Yield strength fyk HAS-(E)F HAS –(E)R HAS –(E)HCR Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z Steel failure with lever arm HAS-E-5.8 Design bending moment MRd,s HAS-E-8.8 HAS-E-R HAS-E-HCR [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] HAS HAS [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm³] M8 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 32.8 27.0 M8 13 NA 15 21 M10 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 52.3 54.1 M10 26 NA 29 42 M12 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 76.2 93.8 M12 45 NA 51 72 M16 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 144 244 M16 118 NA 131 187 M20 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 225 474 M20 227 NA 255 364 M24 500 800 700 700 400 640 450 400 324 809 M24 389 NA 436 389 M30 800 800 500 640 640 210 519 1706 M30 NA 1310 430 819

HAS –(E)HCR [N/mm²]

Material quality
Part Threaded rod HAS-(E) M8-M24 HAS-(E) M27+M30 Threaded rod HAS-(E)F M8-M30 HAS-(E) M27+M30 Threaded rod HAS-(E)R Threaded rod HAS-(E)HCR Material Strength class 5.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684 Strength class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1, A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm, EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4, A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for ≤ M24 and class 50 for M27 to M30, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4401; High corrosion resistant steel, EN ISO 3506-1, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 strength ≤ M20: Rm = 800 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 640 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile M24: Rm = 700 N/mm², Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm², A5 > 8% ductile Steel galvanized, EN ISO 4042; hot dipped galvanized, EN ISO 10684 Washer ISO 7089 Stainless steel, EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565 Strength class 8, ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm, EN ISO 4042 hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm, EN ISO 10684 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, stainless steel grade A4, EN 10088: 1.4401 Strength class 70, EN ISO 3506-2, high corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088: 1.4529; 1.4565

page 50

May 2011

HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor

Anchor dimensions
Anchor size Anchor rod HAS-E,HAS-R, HAS-ER HAS-HCR Anchor embedment depth [mm] M8 M8x80 M10 M10x90 M12 M12x110 M16 M16x125 M20 M20x170 M24 M24x210 M30 a) M30x270 270 M30
page 51

80

90

110

125

170

210

a) M30 design please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor.

Setting Installation equipment
Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 TE 40 – TE 70 TE 2 – TE 16

compressed air gun or blow out pump, set of cleaning brushes, dispenser

Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete, hammer drilling

For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product. For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.

May 2011

HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor

Curing time for general conditions
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Temperature of the base material 20 °C to 40 °C 10 °C to 19 °C 0 °C to 9 °C -5 °C to - 1 °C Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 20 min 30 min 1h 5h

Setting details
Data according ETA-05/0255/0256/0257, issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Anchor size Nominal diameter of d0 drill bit Effective anchorage hef,min and drill hole depth Diameter of clearance hole df in the fixture Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance Torque moment a) smin cmin tmax [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8 10 80 9 40 40 10 M10 12 90 12 45 45 20 M12 14 110 14 55 55 40 M16 18 125 18 65 65 80 M20 24 170 22 90 90 150 M24 28 210 26 120 120 200 M30 35 270 33 135 135 300

a) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation for anchors with minimum spacing and/or edge distance.

page 52

May 2011

HVU with HAS/HAS-E rod adhesive anchor May 2011 page 53 .

/ date of issue ETA-05/0255 / 2010-03-01 ETA 05/0256 / 2006-01-20 UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26 UB-3333/0891-1 / 2004-03-26 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 Service temperature range Hilti HVU adhesive may be applied in the temperature ranges given below.g. No. Berlin IBMB. HAS-(E)R and HIS-RN. page 54 May 2011 .HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Mortar System Benefits ■ Hilti HVU foil capsule suitable for non-cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity suitable for dry and water saturated concrete ■ ■ Internal threaded sleeve HIS-N HIS-RN (A4-70) A4 316 Concrete Small edge distance & spacing Fire resistance Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval a) ETA-05/0256 / 2006-01-20 Fire test report Assessment report (fire) a) All data given in this section according Authority / Laboratory DIBt. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 °C to +40 °C -40 °C to +80 °C -40 °C to +120 °C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 °C +50 °C +72 °C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 °C +80 °C +120 °C Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals. Braunschweig warringtonfire ETA-05/0255. Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time. e. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. Braunschweig IBMB. as a result of diurnal cycling. HAS-(E) and HIS-N ETA-05/0256.

9 12.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd. STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd.p • N*Rd.95 25 0.0 58.2 82.7 21.c N*Rd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.0 19.021 50 1. issue 2006-01-20.04 Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd.3 58.p = fB.00 40 1.8 13.87 32 1.p ■ 20 0.9 M10 30.3 fB. ■ ■ ■ Influence of concrete strength Influence of edge distance Influence of spacing The design method is based on the following simplification: ■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity) The values are valid for the anchor configuration.7 84.0 Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] Note: Designer needs to check the bolt tensile resistance.p Anchor N*Rd.cyl (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.7 21.cyl (MPa) fB.8 Grade 8.0 44.11 50 1.4 M12 34.HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Design process for typical anchor layouts The design values in the tables are obtained from the design method according to ETAG 001.9 M16 52.3 30.p per anchor M8 13.4 M20 66.p. NRd.1 69.6 28. For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.6 M16 80.c.9 M10 24.8 M20 74.9 M12 44.c = fB • N*Rd. NRd = min { NRd.s HIS-N HIS-RN Bolt Bolt Bolt Grade 5.9 19.3 13.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 55 .7 92.00 40 1. NRd.7 31.79 25 0. issue 2010-03-01 and ETA-05/0256.p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.p • n n = number of anchors N*Rd. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-05/0255.8 [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 16.7 31.97 32 1. Annex C and Hilti simplified design method.s Anchor size NRd.0 130.8 52.

the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.8 78.8 M12 26.8 [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 10.2 19.2 12. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 56 May 2011 .HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd.s Anchor size VRd.c is obtained from the relevant design table fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.0 19.4 8.3 M20 36.2 50.00 40 1.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.5 ■ 20 0.4 35. the concrete resistance V*Rd. VRd.4 12.8 12.c = fB • V*Rd.c and multiply by the factor = 2.11 50 1. VRd = min { VRd.5 48.3 31.3 35.2 M16 39.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.4 12.4 55.22 Design steel resistance (shear): VRd.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .79 25 0.8 27.c.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.s HIS-N HIS-RN Bolt Bolt Bolt Grade 5.c V*Rd.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.87 32 1.0 8.2 16.0 18.7 41.8 Grade 8.1 Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] Note: Designer needs to check the bolt shear resistance.3 M10 18. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd.3 7.

May 2011 page 57 . as specified in the table One typical embedment depth.9 24.cyl = 32 MPa temperature range II (see service temperature range) base material thickness.9 52.3 Steel governed refer VRd. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.s 13.4 34. Note: for cracked concrete contact your local field engineer for further information.s table M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 a) Combined pull-out and cone design is governing.p VRd.4 66. as specified in the tables Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data Anchor size Embedment depth [mm] Base material thickness [mm] M8 90 120 M10 110 150 M12 125 170 M16 170 230 M20 205 270 Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa Anchor size Non-cracked concrete Tensile Shear Pull-out a) N*Rd.HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.

c 150 shear V*Rrd.7 31.c tension N*Rd.8 37.0 32.9 30.2 25.1 17.3 31.5 21.HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Two anchors Table 1: One edge influence Design Data: fc.c 150 shear V*Rrd.c 100 shear V*Rrd.8 86.c 80 shear V*Rrd.8 41.1 50.7 29.c tension N*Rd.8 41.7 35.2 56.2 33.0 40.c 80 shear V*Rrd.2 47.4 33.5 21.1 23.9 45.c 200 shear V*Rrd.7 58.5 85.8 66.5 19.3 46.0 31.3 26.0 23.9 34.7 page 58 May 2011 .0 65.5 46.2 26.9 9.0 49.5 17.7 41.8 34.1 50.6 55.7 71.9 93.6 24.5 54.c tension N*Rd.2 70.0 56.0 44.c tension N*Rd.5 45.9 79.6 47.5 46.3 16.7 21.0 53.8 75.9 23.4 33.4 21.5 30.1 78.0 98.6 31.6 52.7 10.c 80 shear V*Rrd.9 29.0 83.1 91.7 33.5 37.0 28.6 43.c 45 100 150 200 250 300 27.1 19.6 26.0 72.4 28.4 36.3 55.5 43.c shear V*Rrd.8 49.1 13.8 52.6 39.3 19.6 63.c shear V*Rrd.0 15.2 62.9 40.6 49.4 9.6 37.7 25.5 52.8 49.1 28.5 32.2 18.2 62.c shear V*Rrd.4 24.7 46.6 44.3 42.4 49.6 28.5 40.4 49.c spacing s1 (mm) 21.2 23.c 100 shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.6 31.7 28.0 42.8 60.0 39.2 53.0 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 45 tension N*Rd.7 90.c tension N*Rd.2 56.1 7.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S1 Nsd h M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 170 M16 125 170 M20 170 220 M24 205 300 C Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.1 14.0 26.5 45.9 106.c 60 100 150 200 250 300 36.7 19.9 25.2 83.6 25.3 58.3 37.5 27.8 49.4 63.6 38.4 39.6 52.c tension N*Rd.8 20.2 63.9 13.0 30.7 40.c 100 shear V*Rrd.8 10.6 70.1 66.9 13.9 58.6 60.5 55.6 16.3 35.c 150 shear V*Rrd.1 8.8 32.5 39.4 41.7 37.3 39.9 34.6 20.c tension N*Rd.7 51.6 59.3 34.7 10.1 39.c 200 shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.4 44.1 21.c tension N*Rd.9 13.c 200 shear V*Rrd.5 29.4 34.1 68.3 12.c tension N*Rd.5 44.6 36.7 23.4 49.7 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 55 tension N*Rd.9 43.3 45.1 21.8 40.8 28.3 77.6 21.c tension N*Rd.

c 80 100 150 200 250 300 56.c tension N*Rd.8 86.2 53.0 62.c 250 shear V*Rrd.c 250 shear V*Rrd.2 132.2 149.6 63.8 158.9 110.9 30.9 44.c tension N*Rd.4 32.7 28.9 28.7 93.8 161.5 141.3 66.3 58.4 103.7 58.9 42.6 123.c 200 shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.4 57.2 74.c shear V*Rrd.8 45.1 54.9 34.5 86.0 41.5 84.2 110.7 71.0 50.6 191.c 100 shear V*Rrd.5 89.c 150 shear V*Rrd.3 63.5 77.2 73.2 38.3 99.c 200 shear V*Rrd.c 300 shear V*Rrd.8 101.0 51.9 49.6 78.0 34.c tension N*Rd.9 129.9 147.4 68.5 79.5 109.9 151.8 171.8 55.c shear V*Rrd.9 64.6 53.2 107.9 71.3 77.0 94.2 107.2 67.6 114.8 144.1 128.0 112.9 23.0 91.0 72.c tension N*Rd.3 59.2 116.7 75.9 124.7 44.c tension N*Rd.5 May 2011 page 59 .4 57.HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor ANCHOR M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.7 181.4 62.0 110.7 64.2 46.7 119.5 103.4 94.c tension N*Rd.5 81.7 90.5 95.2 116.4 101.3 84.3 65.2 71.5 79.9 87.5 103.2 53.1 75.3 ANCHOR M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 125 tension N*Rd.4 34.7 68.c 150 shear V*Rrd.0 77.0 69.3 67.6 91.4 121.5 167.7 146.7 84.3 136.8 62.8 137.6 75.3 97.3 24.1 95.1 90.9 61.c tension N*Rd.c 125 150 200 250 300 350 86.0 81.1 97.7 128.7 62.

c 80 shear V*Rrd.7 72.6 62.4 46.4 62.5 90.c tension N*Rd.1 64.4 33.0 47.2 66.0 61.7 92.1 79.0 61.9 59.c 150 shear V*Rrd.7 87.8 ANCHOR M12 60 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.0 57.2 165.2 46.9 75.7 48.0 38.6 52.1 32.4 29.4 126.1 140.0 page 60 May 2011 .4 87.4 50.1 79.5 109.0 108.6 21.9 75.c 150 shear V*Rrd.6 28.7 80.0 61.7 34.5 52.6 98.5 48.7 73.4 97.4 21.4 53.4 118.6 80.1 58.5 109.3 51.c shear V*Rrd.1 73.c 200 shear V*Rrd.0 38.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 31.9 77.4 39.4 35.1 88.8 27.1 83.1 38.6 77.c 80 shear V*Rrd.2 54.c 100 shear V*Rrd.2 68.6 44.5 31.7 57.4 35.8 95.8 56.7 38.6 63.8 39.8 30.3 38.c 80 shear V*Rrd.6 34.0 87.4 113.0 28.4 35.6 40.3 48.8 67.c tension N*Rd.2 88.HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence Design Data: fc.5 162.0 126.5 80.4 54.8 70.7 76.4 21.6 ANCHOR M10 45 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 45 tension N*Rd.2 27.4 49.3 86.4 31.0 43.3 139.4 97.8 44.c tension N*Rd.8 25.0 45.8 27.8 192.8 19.2 89.9 40.7 126.8 73.3 49.2 76.6 18.c 200 shear V*Rrd.6 24.6 22.0 47.2 36.0 47.2 17.1 96.c shear V*Rrd.0 178.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.7 61.5 47.0 56.c tension N*Rd.6 33.7 56.2 75.4 41.7 42.7 58.c 100 shear V*Rrd.8 27.6 81.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 42.5 60.0 52.6 70.9 79.7 82.1 33.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.3 40.c shear V*Rrd.6 67.2 41.4 52.0 103.1 41.1 51.8 54.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 24.c tension N*Rd.8 44.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S2 C S1 Nsd M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 170 M16 125 170 M20 170 220 M24 205 300 h Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.8 111.c 100 shear V*Rrd.3 107.7 60.1 34.c tension N*Rd.1 70.0 139.4 87.7 75.0 22.2 116.0 61.6 60.5 164.9 67.6 56.c 200 shear V*Rrd.0 43.4 43.c tension N*Rd.4 47.2 56.c 150 shear V*Rrd.0 50.1 151.c tension N*Rd.0 45.2 28.6 63.2 94.8 52.0 26.7 60.8 67.9 43.3 42.5 63.0 14.6 101.0 117.

1 87.7 81.0 100.2 128. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.5 123.9 203.0 113.6 105.8 106.2 105.2 111.3 137.3 177.6 93.5 88.1 95.8 120.1 128.8 262.3 205.1 108. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.c 200 shear V*Rrd.2 131.8 119.6 126.4 124.4 152.6 115.5 176.0 108.c 150 shear V*Rrd.8 93.9 213.3 67.5 133.c shear V*Rrd.8 71.1 64.c 150 shear V*Rrd.7 118.8 135.4 154.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 65.2 165.2 95.5 89.2 99.5 108.HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.4 May 2011 page 61 .0 59.5 233. ANCHOR M16 80 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.6 49.c 100 shear V*Rrd.4 126.4 76.1 210.4 142.6 70.8 64.5 117.0 112.0 50.1 161.c 250 shear V*Rrd.3 105.9 179.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.1 97.6 226.7 126.2 300.6 103.1 153.4 113. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.7 ANCHOR M20 125 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 125 tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.8 145.6 241.2 164.9 76.8 187.6 100.c 300 shear V*Rrd.5 121.5 112.6 76.c tension N*Rd.5 154.8 166.9 123.2 75.c tension N*Rd.c 200 shear V*Rrd.6 109.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 104.1 142.3 159.8 157.0 132. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.2 76.7 122.4 109.0 173.2 197.0 83.c shear V*Rrd.0 174.9 72.8 115.2 55.0 69.8 67.7 96.7 148.0 80.8 135.8 69.7 46.c tension N*Rd.7 235.9 85.c 250 shear V*Rrd.2 82.4 56.7 188.4 89.c tension N*Rd.6 91.2 87.3 82.0 144.5 193.8 132.5 181.5 270.2 141.c tension N*Rd.6 155.7 139.

0718 Steel galvanized ≥ 5 m Stainless steel 1.2 490 800 700 700 410 640 350 450 108.3 840 109 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 256.0 58 430 62. setting tools page 62 May 2011 .HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Materials Mechanical properties of HIS-(R)N Anchor size HIS-N Nominal tensile strength fuk Screw 8.8 HIS-RN Screw A4-70 Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z HIS-(R)N Screw HIS-(R)N Screw [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm²] [mm³] [mm³] M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205 490 800 700 700 410 640 350 450 51.4401 Anchor dimensions Anchor size Internal sleeve HIS-(R)N Anchor embedment depth [mm] M8x90 M8x90 90 M10x110 M10x110 110 M12x125 M12x125 125 M16x170 M16x170 170 M20x205 M20x205 205 Setting Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 TE 40 – TE 70 M20 TE 2 – TE 16 blow out pump or compressed air gun.8 EN ISO 898-1. A5 > 8% Ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 m b) related fastening screw: strength class 70 EN ISO 3506-1. A5 > 8% Ductile stainless steel 1.8 HIS-RN Screw A4-70 HIS-N Yield strength fyk Screw 8.6 245 1543 541 Material quality Part Internal threaded sleeve HIS-N a) Material C-steel 1.5 36.6 145 31.4401 Internal threaded sleeve b) HIS-RN a) related fastening screw: strength class 8.3 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 169.1 157 1595 277 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 237.1 84.

May 2011 page 63 . hammer drilling For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product. For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service.HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete.

HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor Curing time for general conditions Data according ETA-05/0255/0256. issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Diameter of element Effective anchorage and drill hole depth Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Thread engagement length.max Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance Torque moment a) Sleeve HIS-(R)N foil capsule d0 d hef.4 170 18 16-40 80 80 80 M20x205 M24x210 32 27. min .min df hs smin cmin tmax [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8x90 M10x90 14 12.5 125 14 12-30 60 60 40 M16x170 M20x170 28 25. page 64 May 2011 .6 205 22 20-50 125 125 150 a) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation for anchors with minimum spacing and/or edge distance. issue 2010-03-01 / 2006-01-20 Temperature of the base material 20 °C to 40 °C 10 °C to 19 °C 0 °C to 9 °C -5 °C to .5 110 12 10-25 45 45 20 M12x125 M16x125 22 20.1 °C Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 20 min 30 min 1h 5h Setting details Data according ETA-05/0255/0256.5 90 9 8-20 40 40 10 M10x110 M12x110 18 16.

HVU with HIS-(R)N adhesive anchor May 2011 page 65 .

g. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. issue 2009-05-20. WF 172920 / 2008-05-27 a) All data given in this section according ETA-04/0027.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Injection Mortar System Benefits ■ suitable for non-cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity suitable for dry and water saturated concrete under water application large diameter applications high corrosion resistant long working time at elevated temperatures odourless epoxy Hilti HIT-RE 500 330 ml foil pack (also available as 500 ml and 1400 ml foil pack) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Static mixer HAS rods HAS-E (Zinc) HAS-E-F (Gal) HAS-E-R (A4-70) HAS-HCR rods HIT-V rods HIT-V (Zinc) HIT-V-F (Gal) HIT-V-R (A4-70) HIT-V-HCR rods ■ ■ ■ ■ varied embedment depths small edge distance and anchor spacing possible A4 316 Concrete Small edge distance & spacing Variable embedment depth Fire resistance Corrosion resistance highMo High corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software HCR Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval a) Fire test report Assessment report (fire) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. e. Berlin IBMB. / date of issue ETA-04/0027 / 2009-05-20 UB 3565 / 4595 / 2006-10-29 UB 3588 / 4825 / 2005-11-15 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 & suppl. as a result of diurnal cycling. Service temperature range Hilti HIT-RE 500 injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. Braunschweig warringtonfire No. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 °C to +40 °C -40 °C to +58 °C -40 °C to +70 °C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 °C +35 °C +43 °C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 °C +58 °C +70 °C Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals. Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time page 66 May 2011 .

9 M12 25.021 50 1.p by the factor 0.3 NRd = min { NRd.1.cyl (MPa) fB. NRd.p = fB.7 Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-04/0027.8 HIT-V 5.1 in compliance with the design method according to EOTA TR 029.3 12.00 40 1.83.p • N*Rd.7 82.p 20 0. NRd.3 92.3 30.00 40 1.7 84.3 12.0 58.cyl (MPa) fB 20 0.8 21.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Design process for typical anchor layouts The design values in the tables are obtained from Profis V2.p by the factor 0.c. ■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.c by the factor 0.3 13.7 118.04 1 For non dry concrete multiply NRd.7 84.3 28.3 31.c = fB • N*Rd.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 67 .87 32 1. as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.95 25 0.0 188.6 M16 48.0 92.p.7 19. ■ ■ ■ Influence of concrete strength Influence of edge distance Influence of spacing The design method is based on the following simplification: ■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity) The values are valid for the anchor configuration.0 52.p 1.8 HAS-E-R HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 11.0 54.22 3 For non dry concrete multiply NRd.9 M10 17.7 28.0 130.79 25 0. For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.0 M24 106.83 ■ 2 For diamond cored holes multiply NRd.c 3 N*Rd.0 119.11 50 1.s Anchor size NRd. The definition of Dry Concrete.2 N*Rd. STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd.0 98.97 32 1.1 M30 187.0 44.s HAS – E 5.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.3 299.3 19. issue 2009-05-20.0 19.p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.8 HIT-V 8.8 132.8 M20 74.p is obtained from the relevant design tables fB.

4 50.11 50 1.5 M30 112.8 HIT-V 5.5 ■ 20 0. the concrete resistance V*Rd.8 48.2 50.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .22 Design steel resistance (shear): VRd.2 M16 28.87 32 1.c = fB • V*Rd.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2 17.4 12.3 M10 10.5 58.8 27.79 25 0.3 19.s Anchor size VRd.1 M24 64.0 18.8 M12 15.8 VRd = min { VRd.8 71. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 68 May 2011 .8 HIT-V 8.4 112.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd.2 12.s HAS – E 5. VRd.6 55.2 55.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.7 8.8 HAS-E-R HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 6.c and multiply by the factor = 2.00 40 1.c is obtained from the relevant design table fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.8 31.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.0 70.7 35.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.0 7.2 16.0 179. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd.8 79.4 32.8 78.4 12.c V*Rd.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.8 7.2 12.3 M20 44.c.

s 19.9 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 Steel governed refer VRd.c VRd. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations. For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134.au.8 88. Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 M30 270 350 Design resistance: dry concrete 32 MPa Anchor size Non-cracked concrete Tensile Shear Pull-out Concrete N*Rd.6 132. May 2011 page 69 . The anchor design software program Profis can be download from the Hilti Australia website.0 56. www.cyl = 32 MPa temperature range I (see service temperature range) base material thickness.0 95.1 161.1 27.hilti. as specified in the table One typical embedment depth. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.0 31. as specified in the tables dry concrete The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths.2 26.7 111.1 198. The latest version of the Hilti software Profis allows the engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical solution every time.4 51.p N*Rd.com.s table Note: for cracked concrete refer HIT-RE 500-SD section page 80.7 42.0 39.

9 21.5 30.c shear V*Rrd.7 34.c shear V*Rrd.7 42.1 32.6 18.5 23.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.9 24.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Two Anchors Table 1: One edge influence Design Data: fc.9 30.c N*Rd.5 13.4 9.9 42.3 30.9 15.2 24.6 37.2 38.8 17.1 19.p 200 tension N*Rd.1 33.9 50.0 20.2 24.1 39.2 32.7 27.0 47.3 59.5 29.9 16.3 31.9 22.6 52.5 33.4 25.3 20.3 25.5 19.0 34.4 34.3 22.c N*Rd.5 28.7 53.4 9.6 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.p N*Rd.8 16.2 39.6 15.6 21.c spacing s1 (mm) 13.6 26.4 23.8 15.0 38.2 23.p 80 tension N*Rd.8 24.9 18.0 39.8 37.4 44.9 18.6 32.6 27.2 30.4 63.4 26.8 26.4 38.7 35.c N*Rd.3 30.c shear V*Rrd.4 29.2 36.6 23.7 page 70 May 2011 .5 33.1 29.2 59.p 150 tension N*Rd.0 46.3 22.8 6.c N*Rd.7 29.c shear V*Rrd.5 13.8 36.8 26.7 27.7 42.9 20.4 25.p N*Rd.6 41.3 43.6 65.6 35.3 54.0 28.6 20.c shear V*Rrd.7 24.8 24.3 42.5 26.6 9.9 15.7 49.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 17.9 27.0 22.2 70.p 100 tension N*Rd.9 25.4 45.5 25.0 15.2 41.1 76.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.4 23.5 18.4 16.6 30.4 28.0 33.7 32.0 37.4 16.0 43.3 33.2 37.9 8.2 33.1 52.p 80 tension N*Rd.9 52.8 23.3 54.8 24.2 28.7 21.c 60 100 150 200 250 300 26.7 26.c N*Rd.0 47.3 31.0 29.4 32.4 36.7 33.1 38.c N*Rd.0 38.4 22.7 21.1 17.2 38.2 26.3 40.5 18.7 41.4 45.0 33.6 9.2 18.c shear V*Rrd.0 19.4 32.8 35.7 44.c shear V*Rrd.5 49.9 35.2 70.9 20.c N*Rd.5 47.5 28.8 29.4 24.2 17.7 26.4 45.7 35.4 38.c shear V*Rrd.5 30.c N*Rd.5 27.1 16.6 16.1 23.7 29.8 35.9 32.1 26.3 7.7 27.2 15.8 30.6 31.3 41.2 51.4 32.6 24.p 150 tension N*Rd.2 12.4 64.5 36.5 23.5 36.5 13.0 11.2 55.3 14.c shear V*Rrd.2 22.6 28.8 47.0 30.c shear V*Rrd.6 24.7 41.7 31.1 27.0 43.p 150 tension N*Rd.p 100 tension N*Rd.7 23.4 25.5 38.0 36.5 24.c shear V*Rrd.9 33.p 170 tension N*Rd.7 54.9 26.p 80 tension N*Rd.5 38.p 100 tension N*Rd.1 19.9 30.0 47.9 19.0 20.5 21.4 18.8 54.3 43.8 27.4 13.8 24.9 30.3 13.3 44.c N*Rd.9 22.2 35.0 22.6 28.6 26.9 24.3 37.7 18.6 27.7 13.9 32.5 29.7 36.2 35.3 17.0 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.1 30.6 36.6 58.2 14.6 52.4 48.9 21.4 19.p N*Rd.7 28.0 28.5 35.6 21.4 22.0 47.7 26.3 31.2 37.6 24.c N*Rd.0 43.4 17.0 20.7 32.c shear V*Rrd.2 28.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S1 Nsd h M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 C Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.c 50 100 150 200 250 300 18.6 40.c shear V*Rrd.

2 46.2 108.0 36.4 78.4 43.8 42.c shear V*Rrd.8 128.8 87.7 115.6 127.0 64.1 174.5 94.2 173.c N*Rd.1 91.1 81.1 44.3 97.2 84.6 65.4 104.c N*Rd.1 47.1 35.6 71.c N*Rd.0 29.8 ANCHOR M24 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.4 50.5 94.2 80.3 69.8 92.4 55.2 19.1 143.8 96.2 93.4 72.0 118.6 111.7 81.p 200 tension N*Rd.3 20.9 65.9 52.2 85.3 38.5 67.5 49.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.6 51.2 37.5 63.0 79.2 93.6 88.p N*Rd.6 26.0 122.2 69.4 98.2 185.6 85.4 86.2 52.0 72.2 42.6 47.4 79.0 84.8 147.1 45.7 52.0 81.c shear V*Rrd.6 150.7 94.4 78.c N*Rd.1 57.c shear V*Rrd.6 61.8 98.p 150 tension N*Rd.9 128.p 300 tension N*Rd.2 150.4 77.2 81.c N*Rd.5 54.2 100.1 62.c 80 100 150 200 250 300 40.4 134.4 86.3 131.9 70.c shear V*Rrd.2 104.p 250 tension N*Rd.3 46.5 77.0 60.c shear V*Rrd.2 95.3 54.1 112.8 86.0 99.4 75.c shear V*Rrd.0 84.0 104.8 66.p N*Rd.0 40.5 91.3 36.9 113.9 92.3 156.6 206.6 99.c shear V*Rrd.7 42.9 64.3 89.3 39.6 106.5 79.4 159.5 41.2 85.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS ANCHOR M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.6 28.c shear V*Rrd.3 70.0 45.1 67.1 86.3 56.5 74.1 101.6 80.6 38.1 69.c N*Rd.5 79.8 85.p 350 tension N*Rd.6 98.3 59.8 115.1 119.3 73.3 121.2 46.5 66.5 106.7 61.c shear V*Rrd.2 50.2 108.1 55.8 73.9 32.1 158.6 84.4 122.4 116.8 152.1 142.4 98.p 200 tension N*Rd.1 58.6 71.8 88.8 78.5 71.6 58.0 56.0 133.3 135.8 77.p 250 tension N*Rd.7 89.9 64.9 59.0 79.1 103.0 48.5 55.9 May 2011 page 71 .5 71.c shear V*Rrd.6 24.7 100.4 47.8 118.8 51.2 92.3 54.0 82.3 110.4 118.1 86.2 56.c N*Rd.4 62.8 82.8 83.2 68.0 60.3 62.6 61.p 150 tension N*Rd.p N*Rd.8 44.1 101.8 103.2 135.c shear V*Rrd.0 53.1 91.4 93.6 114.0 65.1 71.4 71.0 60.3 127.5 119.5 23.c shear V*Rrd.5 36.2 116.2 79.7 92.9 77.6 56.3 75.0 76.0 78.2 76.c 120 150 200 250 300 350 88.8 125.7 51.2 164.6 29.7 43.6 61.5 140.0 108.4 113.0 44.2 74.8 52.p 150 tension N*Rd.6 164.9 55.0 67.p 200 tension N*Rd.4 42.0 51.4 104.0 124.7 58.0 52.5 59.5 146.7 28.7 ANCHOR M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.p 250 tension N*Rd.0 71.9 32.0 64.0 95.1 39.0 140.7 60.p 100 tension N*Rd.4 133.4 68.8 95.c shear V*Rrd.4 196.0 74.0 112.9 161.8 88.7 76.6 68.4 48.6 60.0 138.2 112.5 66.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.4 25.3 102.5 70.2 90.9 84.c shear V*Rrd.2 109.0 100.c N*Rd.c 100 150 200 250 300 350 65.0 52.

8 29.c shear V*Rrd.4 23.p 200 tension N*Rd.8 69.2 18.2 29.4 29.9 68.c shear V*Rrd.5 21.3 107.2 64.3 43.8 26.7 68.0 69.6 68.c shear V*Rrd.2 50.6 47.9 36.0 34.4 50.c N*Rd.6 51.p N*Rd.p 200 tension N*Rd.2 101.4 32.2 55.c N*Rd.0 37.8 47.8 59.4 37.3 44.1 40.c N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.6 42.0 36.2 37.6 49.6 38.0 44.0 68.6 58.2 60.p N*Rd.4 40.0 49.2 28.5 12.8 93.8 43.9 34.1 115.4 43.6 21.6 82.2 32.0 50.3 41.8 80.6 70.0 93.1 46.0 93.2 98.6 52.1 28.2 108.8 26.6 84.8 49.c 80 shear V*Rrd.5 26.5 26.0 58.p 100 tension N*Rd.2 54.c shear V*Rrd.1 59.p N*Rd.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 34.3 31.4 47.3 41.8 60.0 73.0 37.6 74.2 71.4 55.3 70.c shear V*Rrd.9 30.5 81.0 49.6 85.3 70.9 87.3 37.2 48.0 27.5 81.8 42.2 60.4 58.8 37.6 40.c shear V*Rrd.6 39.2 45.0 89.p 150 tension N*Rd.2 79.7 38.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence Design Data: fc.8 37.3 60.8 50.3 29.7 32.3 42.7 42.p N*Rd.p N*Rd.6 39.5 24.2 46.0 44.0 40.9 62.1 64.2 65.4 66.7 54.8 33.3 50.6 58.2 29.0 29.1 52.6 97.1 44.0 27.4 41.6 56.4 54.8 18.2 145.6 52.2 124.2 80.5 40.c shear V*Rrd.0 30.6 27.p 200 tension N*Rd.4 31.8 34.c shear V*Rrd.7 23.0 26.6 84.0 29.7 68.c shear V*Rrd.9 50.c 80 shear V*Rrd.2 65.0 54.1 44.6 34.2 45.4 53.4 29.8 75.0 20.c N*Rd.4 108.5 138.1 31.c tension N*Rd.8 39.5 117.1 34.8 36.5 34.6 21.9 69.8 46.p 150 tension N*Rd.8 17.3 65.7 82.3 35.0 16.0 32.3 79.9 80.2 98.4 55.5 26.c shear V*Rrd.0 29.3 page 72 May 2011 .9 30.8 45.2 104.0 42.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 18.6 15.3 33.5 70.2 48.9 96.4 30.2 35.c N*Rd.2 25.c tension N*Rd.4 30.6 68.2 101.3 32.2 ANCHOR M10 50 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.4 106.4 36.6 33.c N*Rd.6 37.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S2 C S1 Nsd M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 h Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.7 55.4 39.8 40.1 43.2 32.p 150 tension N*Rd.8 54.3 59.2 83.0 55.0 38.4 42.0 40.0 54.7 61.1 27.9 49.0 41.2 65.5 ANCHOR M12 60 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.5 68.c N*Rd.8 86.4 31.8 25.2 46.9 26.0 32.2 49.8 36.3 19.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 25.0 71.5 45.4 37.c tension N*Rd.7 55.p 100 tension N*Rd.9 35.2 23.c 80 shear V*Rrd.7 24.8 58.c N*Rd.5 48.0 71.9 50.4 49.2 17.1 67.8 17.p 100 tension N*Rd.0 74.9 76.0 27.0 34.7 65.5 39.4 43.4 22.7 49.6 35.8 18.5 41.0 53.6 23.6 45.4 23.2 61.c N*Rd.4 85.6 40.7 58.p N*Rd.5 67.8 59.8 42.0 58.0 54.3 47.8 52.c shear V*Rrd.

5 145.5 163.7 141.7 120.4 160.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 52.3 64.1 157.3 150.c N*Rd.2 53.c shear V*Rrd.2 91.0 122.6 75.7 121.c N*Rd.p 350 tension N*Rd.7 184.7 120.3 210.6 118.9 321.6 125.6 60.2 138.4 272.4 99.2 81.7 110.2 163.0 74.4 97.4 150.2 79.9 102.p 200 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.5 102.2 71.6 154.p 250 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.1 81.c shear V*Rrd.4 107.c N*Rd.5 86.c N*Rd.2 162.2 90.8 85.0 269.0 55.c shear V*Rrd.7 124.0 183.8 141.p 200 tension N*Rd.6 86.0 120.1 127.0 92.7 139.6 77.5 79.6 75.3 84.c N*Rd.4 182.0 156.c shear V*Rrd.0 117.6 86.2 259.2 148.c N*Rd.4 86.7 225.4 140.5 47.5 71.4 65.1 110.6 113.5 281.7 116.0 ANCHOR M24 120 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.7 109.4 56.2 109.6 175.6 75.7 135.4 156.1 104.9 138.6 129.c N*Rd.0 47.c shear V*Rrd.p 150 tension N*Rd.4 139.8 136.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.4 200.9 203.8 99.4 96.0 57.9 126.1 175.3 68.4 83.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 83.4 182.5 85.4 115.3 184.6 79.1 182.0 175.6 May 2011 page 73 .p 250 tension N*Rd.7 125.6 121.4 101.4 179.c shear V*Rrd.9 126.0 74.3 73.6 108.c shear V*Rrd.0 ANCHOR M20 100 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.3 103.7 64.2 114.2 141.9 112.c shear V*Rrd.p N*Rd.7 75.c shear V*Rrd.8 186.p 250 tension N*Rd.0 148.2 58.2 239.6 238.6 116.8 89.8 123.2 212.1 57.9 194.6 118.6 100.2 64.0 82.5 110.p N*Rd.2 176.6 134.2 158.2 137.6 161.8 53.9 71.4 134.5 141.6 115.6 289.0 132.0 72.5 52.7 230.5 82.8 121.9 165.4 94.7 148.7 63.6 58. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.4 252.5 188. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.7 101.4 143.7 126.2 90.6 127.2 114.8 86.3 194.1 155.2 133.6 110.4 161. ANCHOR M16 80 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.0 64.2 83.6 103.4 118.0 140.0 156.5 84.p 150 tension N*Rd.9 40.8 99.2 158.6 109.9 142.p 150 tension N*Rd.3 109.8 213.c shear V*Rrd.9 163.2 90.c shear V*Rrd.p 100 tension N*Rd.5 208.8 141.2 89.4 98.c N*Rd.3 130.8 100.3 96.c shear V*Rrd.6 95.0 177.0 72.8 56.5 65.9 164.0 112.2 135.9 80.0 91.1 101.5 134.9 158.2 86.6 182.3 112.6 225.3 186.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.0 95.8 70.7 52.1 177.4 100.9 140.2 92.4 112.4 124.c shear V*Rrd.4 160.6 77.1 252.8 106.6 78.c N*Rd.8 130.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.p 300 tension N*Rd.1 70.8 123.7 242.9 120.2 154.1 89.2 136.0 58.c N*Rd.4 121.4 139.9 86.2 111.0 200.0 141.7 211.9 37.9 137.9 45.p N*Rd.0 142.6 225.8 160.4 127.6 100.1 81.0 132.8 64.8 41.6 64.2 126.0 199.6 118.p 200 tension N*Rd.5 99. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.4 97.5 169.0 102.6 90.0 142.1 210.7 137.6 48.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 113.0 98.2 110.8 101. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.9 160.2 90.5 163.

3 93.3 58.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Materials Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS Data according ETA-04/0027.2 M8 15 24 17 24 13 NA 15 21 M10 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 52.8 HIT-V/HAS 8.8 Design bending moment MRd.1 62.6 27.s HIT-V-R HIT-V-HCR HAS-E-5.8 Yield strength fyk HIT-V/HAS 8.8 HAS-E-8.8 HIT-V-8.0 54. issue 2008-11-03 Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk HIT-V/HAS 5.8 HIT-V/HAS -R [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm²] [mm³] [mm³] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 32.8 HIT-V/HAS -R HIT-V/HAS 5.8 HAS-E-R HAS-E-HCR page 74 May 2011 .3 M10 30 48 33 48 26 NA 29 42 M12 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 76.8 36.2 84.8 109 M12 53 84 59 84 45 NA 51 72 M16 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 144 157 244 277 M16 134 213 149 213 118 NA 131 187 M20 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 225 245 474 541 M20 260 415 291 416 227 NA 255 364 M24 500 800 700 700 400 640 450 400 324 353 809 935 M24 449 718 504 449 389 NA 436 389 M30 500 800 500 700 400 640 210 400 519 561 1706 1874 M30 900 1439 472 899 NA 1310 430 819 Additional Hilti technical data M36 500 800 500 500 400 640 210 250 759 817 2949 3294 M36 1581 2530 830 1129 NA 2265 743 1011 HIT-V/HAS -HCR [N/mm²] HIT-V/HAS -HCR Stressed HAS crosssection As HIT-V Section HAS Modulus HIT-V Z Steel failure with lever arm HIT-V-5.0 31.

HAS-R.2 = 640 N/mm². EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm. EN 10088: 1. EN 10088: 1. Rp 0. dispenser a) For anchors in diamond drilled holes load values for combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance have to be reduced (see section “Design process for typical anchor layouts”) May 2011 . 1.4565 Strength class 8. EN ISO 3506-2. high corrosion resistant steel. HAS 5. stainless steel grade A4. EN ISO 3506-1. A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for ≤ M24 and class 50 for M27 to M30. HIT-V-HCR [mm] M8 M8x80 M10 M10x90 M12 M12x110 M16 M16x125 M20 M20x170 M24 M24x210 M30 a) M30x270 M36 a) M36x330 330 M30 page 75 80 90 110 125 170 210 270 Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length a) M30 and M36 please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor. EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4.8 M27 – M39 Threaded rod HIT-V-R. HIT-V-R. EN 10088: 1.8 M8 – M24 Threaded rod HIT-V(F). HAS-R Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR. A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm. 1. EN ISO 898-1.4401 Strength class 70. EN ISO 4042.4401 High corrosion resistant steel.4529. HAS-E.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Material quality Part Threaded rod HIT-V(F). set of cleaning brushes. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 10684 Strength class 8. hot dipped galvanized.4401 High corrosion resistant steel.4565 strength ≤ M20: Rm = 800 N/mm².4529. EN ISO 898-1. EN ISO 3506-2. DD 100 … DD xxx a) compressed air gun or blow out pump. ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm. EN ISO 10684 Washer ISO 7089 Stainless steel. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 4042 hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm. Rp 0.2 = 400 N/mm². A5 > 8% ductile M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm².4529. Setting Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools Additional Hilti recommended tools M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 TE 40 – TE 70 TE 2 – TE 16 DD EC-1. A5 > 8% ductile Steel galvanized.8. EN ISO 3506-1.8. HAS-HCR Material Strength class 5. HAS 8.4565 Anchor dimensions Anchor size Anchor rod HAS. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm. 1. EN ISO 10684 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70. HAS-ER HAS-HCR Anchor embedment depth Anchor rod HIT-V. A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm.

Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete. page 76 May 2011 . hammer drilling Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB a) Note: Manual cleaning only for hef ≤ 250 mm and anchor size ≤ M16 For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.

Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Water filled bore hole or submerged. hammer drilling Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB May 2011 page 77 .

7 page 78 May 2011 . diamond coring drilling. Hilti technical information only For anchors in diamond drilled holes load values for combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance have to be reduced.Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete. Load reduction factor: 0.

max hmin df smin cmin Tmax b) [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8 10 40 160 Data according ETA-04/0027. For installation temperatures below +5 °C all load values have to be reduced according to the load reduction factors given below. issue 2009-05-20 Temperature of the base material 40 °C 30 °C to 39 °C 20 °C to 29 °C 15 °C to 19 °C 10 °C to 14 °C 5 °C to 9 °C Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 4h 8h 12 h 24 h 48 h 72 h Additional Hilti technical data Temperature of the base material 40 °C 30 °C 20 °C 15 °C 10 °C 5 °C Working time in which anchor can be inserted and adjusted tcure 12 min 20 min 30 min 1½h 2h 2½h For dry concrete curing times may be reduced according to the following table.7 0.min hef.6 Setting details Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage and drill hole depth range a) Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance Torque moment b) d0 hef.min ≤ hef ≤ hef. May 2011 page 79 .Hilti HIT-RE 500 with HIT-V / HAS Curing time for general conditions Data according ETA-04/0027. Curing time for dry concrete Additional Hilti technical data Temperature of the base material 40 °C 30 °C 20 °C 15 °C 10 °C 5 °C 0 °C -5 °C Reduced curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 4h 8h 12 h 18 h 24 h 36 h 50 h 72 h Working time in which anchor can be inserted and adjusted tcure 12 min 20 min 30 min 1½h 2h 2½h 3h 4h Load reduction factor 1 1 1 1 1 1 0. issue 2009-05-20 M10 12 40 200 M12 14 48 240 M16 18 64 320 M20 24 80 400 M24 28 96 480 hef + 2 d0 18 80 80 80 22 100 100 150 26 120 120 200 33 150 150 300 M30 35 120 600 Additional Hilti technical data M36 40 144 720 hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm 9 40 40 10 12 50 50 20 14 60 60 40 39 180 180 360 a) hef.max (hef: embedment depth) b) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting during installation for anchors with minimum spacing and/or edge distance.

Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time page 80 May 2011 . Leipzig warringtonfire No. issue 2009-01-12. e. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.g. Berlin ICC evaluation service MFPA. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 °C to +40 °C -40 °C to +58 °C -40 °C to +70 °C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 °C +35 °C +43 °C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 °C +58 °C +70 °C Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals. / date of issue ETA-07/0260 / 2009-01-12 ESR 2322 / 2007-11-01 GS-III/B-07-070 / 2008-01-18 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 & suppl. Service temperature range Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. as a result of diurnal cycling.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Injection Mortar System Benefits ■ suitable for cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity suitable for dry and water saturated concrete large diameter applications high corrosion resistant long working time at elevated temperatures odourless epoxy Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD 330 ml foil pack ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Static mixer HAS rods HAS-E (Zinc) HAS-E-F (Gal) HAS-E-R (A4-70) HAS-HCR rods HIT-V rods HIT-V (Zinc) HIT-V-F (Gal) HIT-V-R (A4-70) HIT-V-HCR rods ■ ■ ■ varied embedment depths small edge distance and anchor spacing possible A4 316 Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Variable embedment depth Fire resistance Corrosion resistance highMo High corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software HCR Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval a) ES report Fire test report Assessment report (fire) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. WF 172920 / 2008-05-27 a) All data given in this section according ETA-07/0260.

The definition of Dry Concrete.p by the factor 0.s HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V 8.3 30.0 130.c = fB • N*Rd.c 2 N*Rd. NRd. as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing. ■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd. NRd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.11 50 1.79 25 0.3 NRd = min { NRd.p.95 25 0.1.3 13.8 HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 12.7 31.cyl (MPa) fB. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-07/0260.1 M30 187.p is obtained from the relevant design tables fB.0 58.83.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 81 .9 M12 28.0 132.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Design process for typical anchor layouts The design values in the tables are obtained from Profis V2.3 299.s Anchor size NRd.87 32 1.0 188.7 92.021 50 1.p 1 N*Rd.00 40 1.p = fB.7 21.0 M24 118.p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.3 98.p • N*Rd. STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd.8 M20 82.c.6 M16 52.0 19. ■ ■ ■ Influence of concrete strength Influence of edge distance Influence of spacing The design method is based on the following simplification: ■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity) The values are valid for the anchor configuration.c by the factor 0.1 in compliance with the design method according to EOTA TR 029.04 1 For non dry concrete multiply NRd. issue 2009-01-12.97 32 1.00 40 1.7 84.p 20 0.cyl (MPa) fB 20 0.83 ■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd.9 M10 19.22 2 For non dry concrete multiply NRd. For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.0 44.

8 79.4 55.22 Design steel resistance (shear): VRd. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd.V V*Rd.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.00 40 1.3 M20 48.V takes account of the effect of the type of reinforcement used in cracked concrete.2 19.2 58.V = 1.2 50.c = fB • V*Rd.2 12.0 8. the concrete resistance V*Rd.4 12.8 78.V = 1.3 M10 12.c.2 anchorage in cracked concrete with straight edge reinforcement (≥ ∅12 mm) ψre.0 18.79 25 0.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.c and multiply by the factor = 2.5 ■ 20 0.2 M16 31.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd.4 112.87 32 1.4 35.0 179. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 82 May 2011 .8 HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 7.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.5 M30 112.c • ψre.0 anchorage in cracked concrete without edge reinforcement ψre.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.s Anchor size VRd. VRd.8 M12 16.11 50 1.8 VRd = min { VRd. ψre.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .s HIT-V 5.1 M24 70.c is obtained from the relevant design table The factor ψre.8 HIT-V 8.V = 1.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.8 27.4 anchorage in cracked concrete with edge reinforcement and closely spaced stirrups (a ≤ 100 mm) fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.

0 26.8 57.c VRd. as specified in the tables dry concrete The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths. The latest version of the Hilti software Profis allows the engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical solution every time.7 15.4 44.7 21.4 36. For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134.s 11. Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 M30 270 350 Design resistance: dry concrete 32 MPa Anchor size Cracked concrete Tensile Shear Pull-out Concrete N*Rd.hilti.7 55. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods. as specified in the table One typical embedment depth.com.s table May 2011 page 83 .3 79.4 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 Steel governed refer VRd.cyl = 32 MPa temperature range I (see service temperature range) base material thickness.au. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) cracked concrete – fc.3 21.7 35. www.2 91.4 115.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations. The anchor design software program Profis can be download from the Hilti Australia website.6 21.p N*Rd.

Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Two Anchors Table 1: One edge influence – cracked concrete Design Data: fc.c shear V*Rrd.7 17.6 9.4 14.0 21.1 42.c N*Rd.4 26.9 15.5 5.5 27.0 14.1 13.2 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.8 21.5 18.4 30.2 31.5 39.c shear V*Rrd.4 34.8 34.8 28.4 18.p 150 tension N*Rd.7 19.4 11.4 16.6 22.2 12.c shear V*Rrd.6 12.0 17.1 49.0 23.7 6.2 18.8 16.5 22.2 41.9 18.6 46.2 21.6 24.2 9.5 9.7 33.9 43.8 26.c N*Rd.3 15.1 23.3 18.7 17.8 13.4 18.7 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.6 17.7 13.3 28.8 39.0 31.4 8.p N*Rd.p 150 tension N*Rd.0 27.9 28.8 17.p N*Rd.4 16.8 13.7 20.9 18.0 25.0 42.8 31.7 13.c shear V*Rrd.1 33.c N*Rd.6 18.4 35.c N*Rd.4 21.c shear V*Rrd.4 22.3 13.c shear V*Rrd.7 11.7 17.c spacing s1 (mm) 8.1 14.c shear V*Rrd.3 10.2 23.4 21.7 31.9 16.p 150 tension N*Rd.6 28.0 36.9 28.7 17.9 21.8 21.c N*Rd.4 15.6 16.4 9.5 19.3 10.9 25.8 22.3 14.0 9.7 6.0 20.6 20.p 100 tension N*Rd.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR Tensile zone S1 Nsd h C M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge E (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.5 18.2 24.5 25.2 26.1 16.2 30.1 6.9 28.1 32.6 39.6 9.c 50 100 150 200 250 300 11.4 19.9 19.2 8.1 13.3 18.4 21.0 40.c shear V*Rrd.2 18.c shear V*Rrd.1 6.c N*Rd.0 10.9 19.1 15.5 25.0 21.c shear V*Rrd.2 32.9 16.7 18.6 17.1 28.6 26.3 18.4 31.0 9.8 31.1 32.4 21.4 29.5 25.8 16.4 21.9 33.4 14.2 21.4 27.9 36.c N*Rd.6 9.1 16.2 19.9 30.9 18.8 15.c shear V*Rrd.5 16.2 28.6 23.p 100 tension N*Rd.0 13.3 30.4 24.6 23.6 11.c N*Rd.2 25.1 19.6 23.2 11.9 28.1 30.3 22.7 10.5 17.9 14.4 31.2 38.4 11.6 23.7 17.8 13.c N*Rd.8 24.4 14.5 22.9 21.1 15.4 15.7 31.5 14.0 14.8 page 84 May 2011 .2 15.8 29.3 16.2 12.8 10.8 22.9 22.4 26.1 24.p 200 tension N*Rd.9 17.1 19.5 38.c N*Rd.5 29.p 170 tension N*Rd.4 4.5 12.7 20.0 13.4 52.9 25.2 19.9 24.2 17.1 16.2 16.9 27.6 14.1 29.5 35.3 21.p 80 tension N*Rd.6 20.2 17.6 25.2 22.2 22.9 20.8 24.8 16.2 45.6 29.8 20.2 19.p 80 tension N*Rd.8 18.9 25.6 13.2 21.4 25.8 24.2 15.1 29.4 37.1 18.4 17.3 34.5 14.p 100 tension N*Rd.5 14.5 12.4 18.3 24.0 23.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.2 12.6 26.6 6.2 24.0 23.1 16.c shear V*Rrd.0 16.3 12.c N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.4 29.4 28.p N*Rd.c 60 100 150 200 250 300 15.c N*Rd.7 19.2 20.6 20.1 16.6 23.9 12.1 19.3 26.7 20.8 36.0 35.5 27.p 200 tension N*Rd.8 26.6 25.p 80 tension N*Rd.3 30.

c N*Rd.2 64.4 33.9 42.9 48.6 31.0 43.9 23.1 45.2 23.1 45.8 37.6 76.4 42.0 89.2 54.5 51.8 39.8 38.2 34.2 30.2 39.2 44.0 47.p 300 tension N*Rd.0 30.5 23.6 22.6 ANCHOR M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.2 34.8 38.4 77.6 53.2 20.5 83.3 18.0 43.4 26.6 74.2 30.7 42.3 65.3 39.6 28.6 69.5 64.8 82.5 65.1 56.6 38.c shear V*Rrd.p N*Rd.p N*Rd.9 35.8 42.7 14.3 64.1 59.8 47.8 28.5 60.8 34.6 84.4 73.8 60.3 59.8 104.6 57.5 49.0 56.3 95.4 54.6 45.2 55.0 49.9 52.2 37.c N*Rd.8 50.8 53.1 76.2 46.4 33.5 59.2 44.p 200 tension N*Rd.8 60.7 70.8 27.c N*Rd.7 77.8 47.8 43.2 54.5 36.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 35.4 59.1 43.8 89.9 36.2 50.3 29.3 60.0 60.9 60.0 24.8 63.4 56.2 29.7 58.4 36.c shear V*Rrd.7 58.6 28.p 200 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.6 76.2 54.8 41.7 35.8 37.8 58.9 48.7 45.0 53.p 250 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.5 21.6 16.4 51.1 53.p 350 tension N*Rd.7 40.0 70.7 39.9 55.4 78.5 51.4 60.3 67.0 91.8 25.0 63.3 32.7 18.1 25.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.2 46.2 49.0 47.9 85.3 72.8 29.c N*Rd.3 55.4 84.5 22.7 57.5 48.6 65.1 84.5 61.9 55.2 72.1 71.8 59.0 73.7 62.2 44.9 37.0 80.0 31.3 40.8 31.7 20.8 56.2 80.0 56.0 56.c shear V*Rrd.7 30.4 May 2011 page 85 .0 62.c shear V*Rrd.4 86.0 39.8 66.3 91.2 96.3 77.2 71.c 100 150 200 250 300 350 32.8 29.6 74.5 71.c N*Rd.1 44.c N*Rd.2 48.p 100 tension N*Rd.1 32.0 42.1 70.6 36.1 50.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V ANCHOR M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.5 49.8 35.3 49.3 46.0 27.0 68.6 29.2 50.4 33.c shear V*Rrd.2 66.2 51.c shear V*Rrd.8 25.2 46.4 69.0 73.9 66.8 55.5 51.2 45.8 49.9 39.6 13.p 250 tension N*Rd.2 52.0 27.c 120 150 200 250 300 350 46.4 65.c N*Rd.9 39.7 100.8 48.6 26.8 58.c shear V*Rrd.3 55.4 87.9 20.4 68.9 39.4 34.1 61.3 69.8 59.9 37.1 55.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.9 62.p 150 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.p 150 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.3 34.8 44.0 40.p 250 tension N*Rd.4 30.0 105.0 51.4 31.8 61.8 26.5 41.0 36.1 25.p N*Rd.2 45.4 48.1 73.7 80.9 35.6 65.c shear V*Rrd.2 17.c N*Rd.9 76.6 20.0 42.8 53.5 62.c 80 100 150 200 250 300 20.1 47.4 39.8 68.9 100.7 46.3 68.c N*Rd.1 41.1 50.p 150 tension N*Rd.7 35.2 48.0 42.2 57.1 ANCHOR M24 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.8 79.9 32.8 53.1 54.c N*Rd.4 70.3 60.2 51.c shear V*Rrd.7 40.

7 38.4 71.5 33.5 29.6 50.8 43.9 49.4 31.6 49.p N*Rd.1 24.3 19.4 58.8 14.6 41.4 39.4 42.2 32.8 28.5 17.9 48.6 50.1 57.c tension N*Rd.4 13.8 26.3 54.0 12.5 53.6 14.0 41.6 36.0 34.1 20.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence – cracked concrete Design Data: fc.2 69.8 35.4 59.8 30.8 17.c shear V*Rrd.0 40.4 28.8 77.9 37.9 51.2 21.p N*Rd.6 31.8 56.5 38.0 22.9 35.4 26.p 200 tension N*Rd.8 49.c 80 shear V*Rrd.2 28.2 26.0 80.2 15.2 19.7 69.2 13.p 150 tension N*Rd.c 80 shear V*Rrd.4 16.8 50.c tension N*Rd.1 18.8 17.7 19.8 37.7 26.8 29.1 54.8 42.6 28.8 22.4 26.c shear V*Rrd.0 31.2 35.1 25.4 28.1 36.1 41.c shear V*Rrd.2 26.0 23.4 21.2 17.2 23.2 49.4 47.8 33.9 34.6 81.8 13.2 19.5 54.7 24.8 25.6 59.3 27.0 64.6 46.3 30.p 100 tension N*Rd.8 34.6 25.0 26.8 41.9 48.7 39.8 26.8 35.9 40.c N*Rd.4 34.c N*Rd.0 26.8 19.1 41.7 21.4 24.7 34.2 23.1 34.p 200 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.4 13.0 37.7 49.4 41.4 54.8 48.8 43.9 48.6 66.5 33.5 36.0 26.p N*Rd.2 19.c shear V*Rrd.4 42.4 46.3 32.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.4 35.c shear V*Rrd.6 34.6 19.4 24.1 ANCHOR M12 60 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.8 89.0 59.1 77.4 24.c shear V*Rrd.0 67.4 12.6 43.c shear V*Rrd.3 24.6 24.4 54.c shear V*Rrd.1 27.2 28.p 100 tension N*Rd.6 29.0 9.2 28.3 51.c N*Rd.8 30.2 40.c tension N*Rd.c 80 shear V*Rrd.9 30.4 16.7 67.8 27.2 25.p 150 tension N*Rd.9 19.1 40.2 22.0 21.c N*Rd.8 31.4 page 86 May 2011 .9 20.9 18.1 25.4 30.6 16.4 48.0 21.0 40.c shear V*Rrd.p 100 tension N*Rd.3 27.0 33.6 62.3 58.8 30.6 17.4 31.7 34.p 150 tension N*Rd.4 47.7 34.1 39.2 27.1 57.0 24.c N*Rd.9 35.8 58.4 59.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR Tensile zone S2 C S1 Nsd M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 h Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge E (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.1 45.3 51.8 37.2 56.2 37.9 31.4 58.6 27.6 23.4 20.6 27.4 50.1 36.0 41.5 16.2 34.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 17.7 25.0 33.7 41.2 67.0 38.2 24.3 19.3 27.4 32.2 12.4 42.3 49.8 40.2 ANCHOR M10 50 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.1 54.c shear V*Rrd.0 22.7 24.8 63.6 50.1 20.8 52.p N*Rd.6 50.4 34.c shear V*Rrd.1 28.4 45.8 24.p N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.8 46.8 57.p 200 tension N*Rd.9 36.0 11.3 60.1 40.7 30.3 43.6 22.1 33.2 19.0 40.8 21.0 25.9 28.7 42.2 26.8 34.4 20.7 45.6 43.6 27.p N*Rd.2 41.5 21.4 36.0 19.0 39.6 22.4 22.8 19.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 12.3 28.3 77.1 21.6 32.8 63.8 25.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 23.9 35.3 29.7 34.

4 86.2 26.6 109.2 32.p 250 tension N*Rd.9 117.1 61.c shear V*Rrd.7 65.c shear V*Rrd.9 126.7 54.3 101.9 51.8 37.5 46.c N*Rd.1 80.7 125. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.3 85.7 116.6 73.4 43.5 61.4 59.7 46.0 54. ANCHOR M16 80 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.6 61.8 90.8 101.c N*Rd.2 39.9 ANCHOR M20 100 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.6 53.4 88.c shear V*Rrd.1 79.0 132.8 86.1 75.2 49.c shear V*Rrd.5 107.4 99.9 80.3 100.6 92.p N*Rd.6 98.4 61.6 83.6 96.6 61.3 71.3 34.1 64.9 68.8 88.8 62.5 72.2 140.c shear V*Rrd.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 29.1 57.9 83.1 53.6 61.7 84.8 60.5 37.c shear V*Rrd.5 58.3 138.9 97.2 90.6 97.6 112.c shear V*Rrd.7 121.6 79.6 88.4 85.7 79.p 250 tension N*Rd.3 46.4 78.2 67.6 97.9 91.c shear V*Rrd.9 58.p 150 tension N*Rd.5 85.4 67.6 109.8 90.3 81.4 129.3 151.2 121.0 60.6 37.0 111.0 89.3 125.8 96.8 95.2 77.8 70.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 46.c N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.6 120.p 350 tension N*Rd. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.8 64.9 87.6 100.4 101.4 105.6 75.2 45.5 149.6 95.c shear V*Rrd.8 170.9 57.5 69.4 106.c N*Rd.2 85.2 41.4 88.4 100.p 100 tension N*Rd.1 103.1 60.8 53.8 50.7 83.3 98.p N*Rd.6 106.8 127.8 41.0 46. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.p 150 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.0 70.p N*Rd.8 71.2 127.2 40.0 105.7 155.4 84.4 50.2 106.7 81.3 52.4 100.2 56.6 100.7 72.7 63.0 May 2011 page 87 .2 33.0 64.2 52.8 45.5 58.8 116.c shear V*Rrd.4 96.4 72.1 114.2 58.1 133.4 91.c N*Rd.3 92.8 ANCHOR M24 120 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.9 73.0 74.8 101.5 110.c shear V*Rrd.7 45.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 32.2 106.7 77.2 42.1 72.3 46.6 64.2 51.2 98.8 33.8 29.9 73.4 106.6 80.6 86.9 80.2 78.2 92.9 69.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 77.0 70.c N*Rd.1 65.9 94.8 53.3 90.2 77.c N*Rd.2 50.7 116.2 50.4 54.9 112.4 51.1 53.2 89.2 40.c shear V*Rrd.9 46.4 61.9 80.9 70.6 77.4 69.6 82.4 100.c N*Rd.4 119.8 109.6 32.3 61.2 86.7 122.0 64.9 45.p 200 tension N*Rd.4 78.7 29.4 80.1 43.c N*Rd.4 90.1 79.9 69.9 134.1 75.c N*Rd.1 53.8 90.0 112.c shear V*Rrd.3 85.6 40.9 39.3 71.p 150 tension N*Rd.8 50.9 68. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.3 117.9 119.6 70.0 63.4 70.3 85.3 138.9 89.c shear V*Rrd.7 95.9 103.7 58.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.7 73.7 114.5 116.4 70.8 46.8 85.7 63.p 250 tension N*Rd.5 107.4 72.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.2 69.6 78.5 60.6 58.c N*Rd.0 100.2 109.0 135.1 77.7 97.0 66.3 86.2 73.5 35.4 72.6 48.1 69.4 37.2 38.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 64.2 58.p 300 tension N*Rd.8 53.8 63.2 80.6 56.

0 M12 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 84.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Materials Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS Data according ETA-04/0027.8 HIT-V-R HIT-V/HAS -HCR HIT-V [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] M8 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 36.2 M8 62. issue 2008-11-03 Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk HIT-V 5.8 HIT-V-R HIT-V-HCR [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] 15 24 17 24 page 88 May 2011 .3 M16 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 157 M20 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 245 M24 500 800 700 700 400 640 450 400 353 M30 500 800 500 700 400 640 210 400 561 Additional Hilti technical data M36 500 800 500 500 400 640 210 250 817 HIT-V [mm³] 31.8 HIT-V-8.8 HIT-V-R HIT-V-HCR HIT-V 5.s HIT-V-5.8 Yield strength fyk Stressed crosssection As Section Modulus Z HIT-V 8.8 HIT-V 8.3 M10 30 48 33 48 109 M12 53 84 59 84 277 M16 134 213 149 213 541 M20 260 415 291 416 935 M24 449 718 504 449 1874 M30 900 1439 472 899 3294 M36 1581 2530 830 1129 Steel failure with lever arm Design bending moment MRd.6 M10 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 58.

4529. A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm.4529. set of cleaning brushes. EN 10088: 1. 1. EN 10088: 1. Rp 0. EN ISO 10684 Washer ISO 7089 Stainless steel. EN ISO 4042. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 4042 hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm. stainless steel grade A4. EN 10088: 1.4401 Strength class 70. ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm. EN ISO 3506-1. 1. HIT-V-HCR [mm] M8 80 M10 90 M12 110 M16 125 M20 170 M24 210 M30 a) 270 Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length a) M30 please use anchor design software PROFIS anchor. EN ISO 3506-2.8. hot dipped galvanized. EN ISO 3506-1.2 = 640 N/mm². EN ISO 10684 Strength class 8. HIT-V-R.4565 Anchor dimensions Anchor size Anchor embedment depth Anchor rod HIT-V. EN 10088: 1. A5 > 8% ductile Steel galvanized. Setting Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 TE 40 – TE 70 M30 TE 2 – TE 16 compressed air gun or blow out pump.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Material quality Part Threaded rod HIT-V(F) Threaded rod HIT-V(F) Threaded rod HIT-V-R Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR Material Strength class 5. A5 > 8% ductile M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm².4529. EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4.2 = 400 N/mm². high corrosion resistant steel. Rp 0. EN ISO 898-1. A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for ≤ M24 and class 50 for M27 to M30. 1. EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm.8.4565 strength ≤ M20: Rm = 800 N/mm². EN 10088: 1.4401 High corrosion resistant steel. EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm. dispenser May 2011 page 89 . EN ISO 3506-2.4401 High corrosion resistant steel. A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm. EN ISO 10684 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70. EN ISO 898-1.4565 Strength class 8.

hammer drilling Brush bore hole with required steel brush HIT-RB a) Note: Manual cleaning only for hef ≤ 250 mm and anchor size ≤ M16 For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product. page 90 May 2011 .Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete.

max (hef: embedment depth) b) This is the maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting during installation for anchors with minimum spacing and/or edge distance.min ≤ hef ≤ hef. May 2011 page 91 .min hef.Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIT-V Curing time for general conditions Data according ETA-07/0260. issue 2009-01-12 Temperature of the base material 40 °C 30 °C to 39 °C 20 °C to 29 °C 15 °C to 19 °C 10 °C to 14 °C 5 °C to 9 °C Working time in which anchor can be inserted and adjusted tcure 12 min 20 min 30 min 1½h 2h 2½h Curing time before anchor can be fully loaded tcure 4h 8h 12 h 24 h 48 h 72 h Setting details Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage and drill hole depth range a) Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance Torque moment b) d0 hef. issue 2009-01-12 M10 12 40 200 M12 14 48 240 M16 18 64 320 M20 24 80 400 M24 28 96 480 M30 35 120 600 hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm 9 40 40 10 12 50 50 20 14 60 60 40 18 80 80 80 hef + 2 d0 22 100 100 150 26 120 120 200 33 150 150 300 a) hef.max hmin df smin cmin Tmax b) [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8 10 40 160 Data according ETA-07/0260.

g. Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time page 92 May 2011 .Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Injection Mortar System Benefits ■ Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX 330 ml foil pack (also available as 500 ml and 1400 ml foil pack) suitable for non cracked and cracked concrete C 20/25 to C50/60 suitable for dry and water saturated concrete high loading capacity rapid curing small edge distance and anchor spacing possible high corrosion resistant varied embedment depths ■ ■ ■ ■ Static mixer HAS rods HAS-E (Zinc) HAS-E-F (Gal) HAS-E-R (A4-70) HAS-HCR rods HIT-V rods HIT-V (Zinc) HIT-V-F (Gal) HIT-V-R (A4-70) HIT-V-HCR rods ■ ■ A4 316 Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Variable embedment depth Corrosion resistance highMo High corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software HCR Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval a) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. e. Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 °C to +40 °C -40 °C to +80 °C -40 °C to +120 °C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 °C +50 °C +72 °C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 °C +80 °C +120 °C Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance. as a result of diurnal cycling. Berlin No. / date of issue ETA-08/0352 / 2010-04-01 a) All data given in this section according ETA-08/0352 issue 2010-04-01. Service temperature range Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below.

1.04 Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd.0 92.8 M20 74.p = fB.7 19.1 in compliance with the design method according to EOTA TR 029.9 M10 17.p N*Rd.3 31.7 28.p ■ 20 0. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-08/0352.0 54.p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.cyl (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.79 25 0.6 M16 48.7 84.0 58.7 84.c N*Rd.p • N*Rd.9 M12 25.0 119.c = fB • N*Rd. STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd.0 52.3 30.p.0 44. issue 2010-04-01.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Design process for typical anchor layouts The design values in the tables are obtained from Profis V2.c.00 40 1.87 32 1. ■ ■ ■ Influence of concrete strength Influence of edge distance Influence of spacing The design method is based on the following simplification: ■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity) The values are valid for the anchor configuration. NRd. NRd.11 50 1.0 19.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 93 .7 118.97 32 1.s Anchor size NRd.95 25 0.cyl (MPa) fB.3 19.0 130.0 188.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.3 12.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.p is obtained from the relevant design tables fB.0 M24 106.3 12.s HAS – E 5.8 132.00 40 1. For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.8 HIT-V 5.7 82.8 HIT-V 8.021 50 1.1 NRd = min { NRd.8 HAS-E-R HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 11.3 13.8 21.3 28.

3 M20 44.8 HIT-V 8.0 70. ψre.4 50.8 27. VRd.8 78.V takes account of the effect of the type of reinforcement used in cracked concrete.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.0 7.8 7.s Anchor size VRd.c is obtained from the relevant design table fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.c = fB • V*Rd.4 anchorage in cracked concrete with edge reinforcement and closely spaced stirrups (a ≤ 100 mm) V*Rd.8 HAS-E-R HIT-V-R [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 6.2 12.11 50 1.V V*Rd.8 31.87 32 1.0 anchorage in non-cracked concrete ψre.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.c and multiply by the factor = 2.c.2 12.1 M24 64.2 17. the concrete resistance V*Rd.2 50.5 VRd = min { VRd.7 8.4 12.2 16.0 18.V = 1.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd.4 12.5 ■ 20 0.3 M10 10.4 32.8 79.0 anchorage in cracked concrete without edge reinforcement ψre.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.00 40 1.2 M16 28.7 35.8 48.c • ψre.22 Design steel resistance (shear): VRd.3 19.V = 1.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .6 55.8 HIT-V 5.s HAS – E 5.c is obtained from the relevant design table The factor ψre.4 112.8 M12 15.8 71.V = 1.79 25 0.V = 1.2 anchorage in cracked concrete with straight edge reinforcement (≥ ∅12 mm) ψre. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 94 May 2011 .

The anchor design software program Profis can be download from the Hilti Australia website.4 Concrete Concrete N*Rd.p N*Rd. as specified in the tables The following tables give design values for typical embedment depths.8 40.3 66.9 35.com.s 16. www.4 25.6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Steel governed refer VRd.s table May 2011 page 95 .3 42.4 44.9 57.3 33. The latest version of the Hilti software Profis allows the engineer to optimise their design by varying the embedment depth according to the applied loads to achieve an economical solution every time. For more information on the HIT V rods please refer to the Chemical Anchor Components & Accessories section on page 134. as specified in the table One typical embedment depth.c VRd.7 129. Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa Anchor size Non-cracked concrete Tensile Shear Cracked concrete Tensile Shear Concrete Concrete N*Rd.cyl = 32 MPa temperature range I (see service temperature range) base material thickness.1 59.1 30.4 23.s table Steel governed refer VRd.9 15.au.0 26.5 94.4 103.4 92.4 121. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non cracked and cracked concrete – fc. This is done by selecting HIT-V-Rods.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.9 67.c VRd.8 25.hilti.p N*Rd.s NA NA NA 10.

7 15.3 21.9 29.0 38.9 28.7 32.p N*Rd.c N*Rd.7 33.p 200 tension N*Rd.7 31.1 24.7 35.4 25.3 14.c spacing s1 (mm) 11.2 28.1 25.2 37.c N*Rd.9 44.1 22.0 47.c N*Rd.6 40.c shear V*Rrd.2 35.8 53.4 20.4 53.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S1 Nsd h M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 C Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.4 19.9 13.6 16.5 33.5 18.6 22.6 21.4 17.4 19.2 37.c N*Rd.6 27.0 23.p 150 tension N*Rd.0 41.9 15.c N*Rd.5 19.1 39.2 28.3 40.5 42.2 24.7 45.9 22.5 19.c N*Rd.5 13.6 20.6 24.5 29.c 60 100 150 200 250 300 23.c N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.6 28.c shear V*Rrd.0 21.4 33.8 55.2 31.7 41.8 24.8 30.5 26.5 20.1 29.0 15.0 38.1 27.0 37.3 18.c shear V*Rrd.4 22.0 32.9 16.6 34.1 44.0 26.4 32.6 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.1 17.c shear V*Rrd.2 37.p 150 tension N*Rd.4 30.7 27.2 6.4 29.1 30.0 11.4 26.2 37.3 32.0 32.0 20.5 45.0 47.c shear V*Rrd.6 25.p 200 tension N*Rd.8 35.1 39.8 9.5 30.3 36.c shear V*Rrd.3 31.8 35.7 39.7 30.6 41.8 37.5 14.4 43.c shear V*Rrd.1 38.9 56.5 18.3 17.c shear V*Rrd.4 51.1 40.2 27.0 42.c shear V*Rrd.7 24.2 40.7 25.0 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.4 17.0 25.4 24.8 41.6 21.c N*Rd.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Two anchors Table 1: One edge influence Design Data: fc.7 28.5 31.7 36.6 24.9 21.8 31.6 46.8 23.7 29.4 47.7 42.4 25.2 15.3 20.6 20.5 18.0 22.7 26.0 17.7 49.p 80 tension N*Rd.5 33.2 36.8 34.1 30.6 24.7 35.5 28.1 25.1 34.7 32.8 36.3 36.9 13.2 25.4 16.3 14.1 50.3 26.2 19.9 18.p 170 tension N*Rd.p 150 tension N*Rd.1 12.p 100 tension N*Rd.8 24.3 22.c N*Rd.p 100 tension N*Rd.9 18.6 60.8 26.6 49.0 14.3 7.2 22.5 23.5 33.7 26.9 27.3 32.c N*Rd.9 38.8 57.8 22.4 45.9 27.4 21.p N*Rd.6 26.3 60.5 26.8 25.5 13.3 31.9 8.5 42.2 36.p 80 tension N*Rd.1 19.9 26.7 28.0 37.c shear V*Rrd.2 29.0 40.9 44.6 46.p 80 tension N*Rd.3 13.2 19.4 33.9 25.9 34.p 100 tension N*Rd.9 30.9 23.0 35.7 24.2 43.8 24.7 35.6 24.6 9.5 23.8 24.c 50 100 150 200 250 300 16.7 page 96 May 2011 .7 21.6 29.2 30.6 16.4 28.8 17.2 22.9 25.8 61.9 25.4 26.4 23.0 38.3 23.c shear V*Rrd.4 9.0 15.7 18.1 32.c shear V*Rrd.5 25.c shear V*Rrd.5 31.7 24.7 23.c shear V*Rrd.7 51.c N*Rd.7 29.5 20.1 40.7 15.0 28.9 46.5 29.p N*Rd.5 13.2 22.2 33.7 28.6 16.7 35.3 65.9 21.c N*Rd.9 34.6 29.4 17.3 23.5 31.2 20.4 25.4 9.3 46.8 30.2 18.5 13.6 21.2 21.4 20.7 28.7 29.

6 59.0 91.0 126.p 300 tension N*Rd.4 98.6 29.4 70.1 65.2 82.1 109.6 39.1 45.c N*Rd.6 68.c N*Rd.6 115.0 131.p 200 tension N*Rd.8 128.1 53.8 68.7 54.4 43.7 111.0 110.1 156.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS ANCHOR M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.5 72.2 84.3 100.7 89.4 75.6 96.6 109.0 79.4 71.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.6 26.0 175.2 37.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 53.6 61.0 63.1 39.7 70.6 88.3 46.1 58.5 41.5 156.5 114.5 59.p N*Rd.2 56.1 91.2 176.7 147.0 60.5 102.7 103.4 108.7 106.3 80.0 103.2 52.c N*Rd.9 107.2 67.9 May 2011 page 97 .6 51.9 47.0 134.c shear V*Rrd.0 132.4 98.7 114.3 163.2 88.3 83.3 38.0 89.0 73.9 81.5 88.3 122.0 82.1 165.2 53.7 28.5 88.0 133.c N*Rd.3 150.c N*Rd.8 83.2 77.2 19.1 77.3 91.7 61.6 138.4 25.7 42.c N*Rd.0 95.0 73.0 95.0 64.4 104.p 250 tension N*Rd.1 69.4 76.6 98.3 100.p 150 tension N*Rd.2 99.5 67.c shear V*Rrd.0 84.1 74.4 95.4 114.0 95.4 62.0 90.0 63.2 100.c 80 100 150 200 250 300 41.5 143.8 42.0 55.c N*Rd.7 77.2 92.c N*Rd.2 76.4 72.3 75.3 107.3 95.4 186.0 107.1 87.9 149.5 70.7 114.7 103.0 86.8 120.0 80.c shear V*Rrd.0 107.7 58.0 56.5 54.4 106.2 133.3 124.9 90.8 96.0 79.2 89.c N*Rd.0 67.9 55.p 150 tension N*Rd.4 99.1 149.c shear V*Rrd.2 142.0 48.0 29.5 72.6 24.5 23.3 83.7 44.6 84.5 108.c shear V*Rrd.2 99.3 94.6 86.4 77.6 117.3 43.3 155.4 99.5 63.0 73.8 120.5 142.2 81.4 105.3 91.6 49.0 96.p 100 tension N*Rd.9 84.4 50.0 44.1 61.9 126.0 52.7 112.1 58.9 60.5 80.9 94.1 ANCHOR M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.p 250 tension N*Rd.8 51.5 49.2 70.5 117.2 93.0 97.p 350 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.2 75.5 64.0 65.5 52.3 56.2 146.c shear V*Rrd.9 58.0 117.5 77.1 102.7 52.c N*Rd.9 32.c N*Rd.3 20.4 72.3 91.5 102.1 126.4 127.8 125.9 107.1 73.4 48.6 80.7 152.6 44.3 111.1 36.c shear V*Rrd.7 142.3 61.4 47.c shear V*Rrd.4 60.5 108.c 120 150 200 250 300 350 87.0 46.2 83.3 69.6 119.4 ANCHOR M24 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.7 116.1 72.p N*Rd.6 112.3 138.8 150.c 100 150 200 250 300 350 62.c shear V*Rrd.p N*Rd.2 75.0 80.3 59.3 89.1 76.9 100.6 138.4 120.1 35.5 63.0 87.2 28.2 48.2 80.1 65.c shear V*Rrd.7 43.1 113.6 65.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 56.6 196.0 116.5 83.4 70.2 44.p 250 tension N*Rd.9 32.0 137.2 166.1 47.5 36.0 67.5 170.8 87.2 121.c shear V*Rrd.9 127.p 150 tension N*Rd.3 135.9 49.

8 21.4 79.6 47.4 54.4 47.9 25.c shear V*Rrd.1 56.7 43.c N*Rd.4 36.8 39.5 69.6 67.8 29.9 60.0 65.c shear V*Rrd.5 46.1 17.0 41.2 71.4 43.c N*Rd.0 42.4 50.2 ANCHOR M10 50 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.6 28.0 35.8 36.c N*Rd.2 64.9 119.6 27.6 57.3 38.7 48.7 24.6 25.5 78.1 48.3 67.3 37.3 40.p 150 tension N*Rd.7 44.8 58.3 29.2 36.1 46.4 43.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.2 54.7 58.c shear V*Rrd.0 35.0 27.2 45.2 38.p N*Rd.5 92.8 23.c shear V*Rrd.3 41.0 45.8 48.0 36.0 30.3 33.8 29.1 60.0 25.6 40.3 74.5 73.2 44.1 52.8 17.6 92.4 68.2 44.2 27.5 46.0 19.4 40.4 12.7 61.c shear V*Rrd.4 16.3 25.4 37.4 56.0 29.4 47.6 40.7 42.4 34.9 76.1 63.6 60.0 38.4 22.c N*Rd.9 34.8 51.0 29.8 38.p 100 tension N*Rd.5 63.1 42.8 26.1 62.1 49.2 36.3 91.6 31.0 86.2 48.c tension N*Rd.1 67.8 30.9 30.8 58.0 71.4 66.8 58.7 42.p 200 tension N*Rd.6 28.p 100 tension N*Rd.5 70.c shear V*Rrd.5 32.5 39.2 73.0 71.8 60.4 52.c N*Rd.2 18.3 43.p 200 tension N*Rd.6 47.c shear V*Rrd.4 31.6 52.7 29.p N*Rd.6 23.0 48.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 17.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 22.8 48.9 17.c 80 shear V*Rrd.0 32.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence Design Data: fc.7 29.2 55.4 20.c shear V*Rrd.0 49.p 150 tension N*Rd.5 48.1 41.4 61.1 59.7 49.7 38.1 42.9 63.4 34.8 37.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 50.2 33.4 91.2 104.0 28.1 28.0 37.c shear V*Rrd.8 30.3 40.p N*Rd.1 29.4 61.6 80.8 18.2 45.5 48.0 37.3 66.5 25.6 15.c 80 shear V*Rrd.6 93.7 37.9 50.c tension N*Rd.1 31.0 20.2 29.7 78.2 52.1 50.1 67.7 63.2 37.9 60.5 39.3 34.c shear V*Rrd.4 28.6 28.4 39.1 43.3 31.2 31.3 78.p N*Rd.4 31.8 37.7 48.6 52.0 99.6 48.6 23.5 ANCHOR M12 60 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.4 31.1 57.4 23.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 32.5 102.8 34.2 48.2 125.9 78.7 23.9 36.2 73.3 22.0 73.9 72.5 40.7 58.5 35.8 47.0 27.3 41.3 26.9 26.8 77.6 85.5 25.6 39.7 36.8 39.5 39.p 150 tension N*Rd.7 90.8 59.4 53.6 85.0 53.4 22.c N*Rd.1 50.8 68.4 49.c shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.0 59.8 18.5 57.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S2 C S1 Nsd M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 h Vsd M8 40 80 100 120 150 200 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.4 49.3 page 98 May 2011 .8 33.0 73.7 64.2 80.p 100 tension N*Rd.9 84.c 80 shear V*Rrd.p N*Rd.c N*Rd.3 79.0 36.2 68.4 33.6 37.0 86.p N*Rd.8 59.0 29.2 44.5 68.8 41.1 33.0 54.5 37.5 92.0 27.7 53.3 87.8 19.3 108.5 39.2 54.6 49.0 39.0 53.c shear V*Rrd.5 58.8 32.

4 188.8 97.8 55.3 226.0 92.0 72.2 133.6 97.8 41.8 173.9 173.7 115.0 102. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.2 184.8 53.1 139.8 94.2 141.9 318.4 64.6 133.4 75.6 286.5 86.6 130.1 89.5 141.7 106.9 200.6 186.3 114.4 154.2 115.0 142.6 122.7 177.4 117.4 94.2 79.4 86.3 141.4 100.6 101.5 169.9 169.2 58.6 77.9 100.2 113.1 130.7 73.0 47.8 146.9 45.8 163.8 110.3 172.9 160.4 120.1 109.8 147.9 167.8 154.0 183.4 61.0 207.0 159.2 159.7 157.6 75.0 60.1 116.9 134.4 94.4 260.8 126.8 141.1 164.6 95.p 200 tension N*Rd.3 99.5 214.2 132.1 101.2 256.1 131.4 56.2 86.6 90.7 111.8 129.3 64.7 114.2 114.p 200 tension N*Rd.4 82.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 81.p 300 tension N*Rd.0 156.c shear V*Rrd.8 178.4 205.9 91.2 75.0 129.p N*Rd.2 130.c N*Rd.1 163.3 119.c N*Rd.2 89.1 91.5 209.9 160.6 136.2 146.2 182.1 76.6 114.6 228.7 134.0 ANCHOR M20 100 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.4 114.2 53.1 261.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.6 60.c shear V*Rrd.0 65.8 204.8 118.6 60.3 176.0 139.1 115.7 227.p 150 tension N*Rd.2 145.6 120.6 155.1 123.0 192.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.5 65.7 99.4 94.2 104.2 229.6 119.0 130.c shear V*Rrd.5 85.1 101. ANCHOR M16 80 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 74.8 86.5 291.0 206.6 77.4 146.6 139.5 82.p 250 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.0 98.6 101.7 113.2 126.0 257.5 165.4 86.7 131.0 190.2 60.1 181.1 116.2 75.0 95.2 126.6 95.6 55.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 115.6 127.2 109.2 74.c shear V*Rrd.5 82.7 230.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.9 81.9 71.c shear V*Rrd.1 164.4 127.4 133.4 113.6 105.5 153.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.1 70.1 165.4 131.5 185.c shear V*Rrd.9 109.6 May 2011 page 99 .c N*Rd.0 177.c N*Rd.0 83.p 100 tension N*Rd.0 184.1 37.6 167.9 137.5 81.3 190.1 139.0 58.p N*Rd.5 99.4 98.1 64.0 127.0 163.5 156.2 92.3 68.4 127.6 79.6 155.5 205.5 105.1 117.2 64.5 150.7 233.2 142.7 133.c N*Rd.6 232.4 165.3 87.3 147.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 54.8 182.6 190.p 250 tension N*Rd.4 121.3 226.2 147.3 190.3 91.4 140.0 87.6 136.p 150 tension N*Rd.0 99.4 139.p 250 tension N*Rd.1 101.2 247.6 114.8 150.4 259.1 118.8 67.c N*Rd.0 48.0 103.8 129.2 165.4 138.3 81.0 181.p 350 tension N*Rd.5 84.6 230.0 87.8 204.7 147.c N*Rd. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.6 157.4 56.2 186.1 118.p 150 tension N*Rd.1 200.8 ANCHOR M24 120 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.3 40.c shear V*Rrd.6 110.8 174.2 140.3 125.3 202.4 159.1 154.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.7 114.c shear V*Rrd.7 202.c shear V*Rrd.p N*Rd.2 87.6 101.4 141.1 165. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.0 206.c shear V*Rrd.

8 12.4 27.7 45.p N*Rd.9 42.3 20.8 30.1 16.2 34.4 39.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.p N*Rd.7 59.0 25.4 9.7 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.1 11.2 17.0 21.1 13.c shear V*Rrd.9 46.6 48.0 32.3 16.1 20.0 24.6 15.2 20.2 42.3 29.2 16.4 18.p 80 tension N*Rd.5 51.1 21.0 17.5 25.9 19.5 53.8 42.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Two anchors Table 1: One edge influence – cracked concrete Design Data: fc.0 49.8 22.7 25.8 34.6 12.6 45.6 9.1 16.5 20.2 11.5 51.8 15.8 64.1 32.1 30.9 28.7 20.0 40.6 30.1 44.1 16.9 36.6 20.c shear V*Rrd.5 25.7 59.9 33.1 15.2 19.4 21.1 13.p 200 tension N*Rd.8 17.c N*Rd.0 14.c shear V*Rrd.4 35.4 22.0 34.1 14.6 36.2 28.6 41.8 18.2 42.1 32.4 15.6 25.1 28.9 20.9 25.0 11.1 70.2 38.p 250 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.p 150 tension N*Rd.3 15.6 23.3 30.4 31.5 11.9 36.8 14.3 31.7 39.8 16.7 29.5 14.0 23.8 26.5 29.1 33.9 20.4 33.0 15.4 27.7 22.6 page 100 May 2011 .7 33.c N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.3 26.6 36.4 18.0 27.c shear V*Rrd.3 28.1 31.3 45.c 60 100 150 200 250 300 12.0 43.0 17.5 24.7 18.5 53.5 19.2 25.6 16.c N*Rd.2 12.0 35.c shear V*Rrd.p N*Rd.p 200 tension N*Rd.1 13.1 13.5 22.1 17.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.6 12.8 42.1 41.5 27.5 22.p 150 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.4 65.p 80 tension N*Rd.2 30.7 18.2 8.5 35.4 26.8 22.1 15.3 46.1 38.p 150 tension N*Rd.3 10.6 10.2 21.0 59.6 50.0 42.c shear V*Rrd.4 36.7 45.c N*Rd.5 24.7 20.4 29.5 27.c shear V*Rrd.3 18.8 39.2 28.6 48.4 30.6 23.3 24.6 9.6 9.c 50 100 150 200 250 300 8.5 36.2 21.0 19.6 29.1 13.4 27.2 23.7 10.7 76.c N*Rd.0 21.9 17.p 100 tension N*Rd.c 80 100 150 200 250 300 21.4 18.cyl=32 MPa – Cracked Concrete Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR Tensile zone S1 Nsd h C M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 Vsd M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.6 12.p 100 tension N*Rd.2 19.2 24.8 26.7 18.2 30.0 31.8 37.2 12.7 13.p 200 tension N*Rd.8 25.5 21.0 13.2 25.8 39.4 52.0 35.4 17.9 15.7 23.3 29.0 31.2 15.4 41.2 55.1 31.1 29.p 100 tension N*Rd.5 22.7 19.7 18.c shear V*Rrd.4 20.9 15.5 25.3 19.6 18.c shear V*Rrd.7 21.7 45.4 17.3 35.0 9.4 65.1 13.c N*Rd.7 23.6 16.1 23.8 17.4 37.9 28.9 43.2 16.c N*Rd.6 23.5 50.4 14.1 16.6 46.8 ANCHOR M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.4 39.3 10.6 36.6 26.2 26.3 26.6 17.3 32.9 21.8 14.9 18.4 14.6 22.4 35.8 25.c N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.7 20.4 8.7 35.9 24.2 28.2 32.0 21.1 18.8 39.7 14.7 39.9 23.6 23.0 27.7 76.7 21.1 38.1 70.8 13.0 30.1 6.

1 56.6 53.1 66.7 42.4 84.0 52.8 63.5 68.0 71.5 61.7 57.4 44.5 88.9 20.5 65.2 98.1 53.1 71.4 83.1 59.6 28.7 41.3 116.c shear V*Rrd.9 60.8 38.3 52.7 76.0 38.2 34.6 75.c shear V*Rrd.4 49.3 70.3 59.0 73.c 120 150 200 250 300 350 50.0 72.7 110.9 90.4 58.2 61.5 79.3 62.3 63.7 51.5 64.8 77.3 111.4 62.2 45.7 71.7 43.2 95.1 46.3 42.7 80.1 25.1 55.1 77.3 77.7 30.4 42.2 71.8 41.4 59.c N*Rd.3 49.5 51.1 98.3 61.2 66.2 64.c N*Rd.2 62.4 86.c shear V*Rrd.8 91.7 May 2011 page 101 .8 56.p 300 tension N*Rd.0 28.6 46.c shear V*Rrd.p 250 tension N*Rd.1 ANCHOR M24 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.1 54.3 93.9 35.3 31.5 49.2 79.2 46.9 36.2 78.2 64.8 58.5 55.c N*Rd.9 32.0 73.3 70.4 54.2 55.8 53.4 101.c shear V*Rrd.6 87.9 39.c shear V*Rrd.p 200 tension N*Rd.p 250 tension N*Rd.c 100 150 200 250 300 350 33.4 59.8 85.7 52.5 84.7 52.9 56.8 49.p 200 tension N*Rd.0 56.7 80.c shear V*Rrd.0 63.2 57.6 59.4 45.c shear V*Rrd.9 104.2 121.8 98.8 98.9 68.8 73.0 47.0 68.9 76.4 58.3 69.2 59.7 56.2 90.9 35.c N*Rd.8 82.7 76.8 50.9 76.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS ANCHOR M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.7 65.2 29.p N*Rd.5 59.8 89.4 52.4 80.c N*Rd.5 73.7 62.8 82.c N*Rd.5 72.p 150 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.7 100.5 69.p 150 tension N*Rd.6 45.5 106.p N*Rd.8 49.8 48.2 30.1 67.0 40.9 70.1 43.7 69.3 81.5 58.5 78.1 65.2 47.5 66.0 57.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.0 83.5 44.8 67.4 39.7 93.6 105.1 68.9 63.p 350 tension N*Rd.1 54.9 62.c shear V*Rrd.2 40.2 70.0 94.5 87.0 36.5 65.5 23.8 79.7 74.2 37.4 66.

4 43.0 19.0 34.1 79.p N*Rd.1 24.8 89.p 100 tension N*Rd.0 26.0 31.0 32.0 62.2 41.9 34.2 26.0 41.6 26.3 47.1 27.4 31.c shear V*Rrd.8 21.2 99.1 77.8 27.7 39.9 25.6 23.5 34.8 41.2 50.2 69.4 47.2 57.9 48.8 34.1 45.0 37.7 24.5 52.c tension N*Rd.3 30.8 67.1 24.2 21.7 77.4 135.5 68.2 19.9 33.5 21.4 43.3 31.c N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.2 26.6 66.p 200 tension N*Rd.2 19.3 67.4 35.9 62.4 37.8 58.6 49.c shear V*Rrd.p 100 tension N*Rd.7 117.2 33.7 46.c N*Rd.8 52.5 80.c N*Rd.2 45.c 80 shear V*Rrd.4 21.8 117.3 32.8 34.7 61.8 19.0 44.8 60.p 100 tension N*Rd.9 60.c shear V*Rrd.8 21.9 35.0 33.0 26.2 30.4 48.8 48.8 29.5 26.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 12.9 137.1 32.9 62.4 32.1 29.5 40.8 49.2 28.3 41.4 20.p 200 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.3 52.c tension N*Rd.2 19.4 50.7 69.6 29.3 33.7 28.p 150 tension N*Rd.8 37.8 40.2 20.7 49.9 72.c shear V*Rrd.9 45.9 53.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.3 58.2 67.7 30.6 72.p N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.2 39.7 19.0 41.4 70.p 150 tension N*Rd.4 21.2 36.c N*Rd.1 28.1 26.2 19.0 44.8 42.4 70.2 99.6 22.2 57.5 39.4 ANCHOR M16 80 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.p N*Rd.9 16.0 51.p N*Rd.1 43.2 41.2 28.2 41.2 31.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 31.0 90.5 49.7 49.5 45.9 39.9 page 102 May 2011 .3 54.1 83.4 50.9 57.8 37.8 53.p 150 tension N*Rd.1 65.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.5 99.2 35.9 35.8 93.9 30.4 43.9 42.6 39.p N*Rd.9 29.7 34.7 53.2 34.6 53.8 59.0 70.7 36.0 63.8 40.8 100.4 37.5 52.7 17.5 41.6 54.c N*Rd.6 16.7 26.6 37.1 20.3 77.4 42.6 26.6 62.c N*Rd.4 47.8 28.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 18.5 80.9 26.4 70.7 79.c shear V*Rrd.9 48.4 28.1 20.c shear V*Rrd.6 48.4 32.6 37.4 36.7 38.3 43.8 26.4 30.0 54.4 41.2 45.9 12.7 117.4 46.7 45.7 24.0 35.1 54.4 31.2 24.5 68.2 35.2 48.1 ANCHOR M12 60 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.5 27.6 14.4 58.7 50.1 83.9 58.4 34.2 36.1 51.cyl=32 MPa– Cracked Concrete Anchor size Typical embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR Tensile zone S2 C S1 Nsd M8 80 110 M10 90 120 M12 110 150 M16 125 200 M20 170 250 M24 210 300 h Vsd M10 50 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.6 42.0 22.4 24.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence – cracked concrete Design Data: fc.c shear V*Rrd.7 31.6 25.0 57.7 67.1 59.8 56.4 31.0 85.8 40.2 31.4 38.0 62.9 37.8 26.c shear V*Rrd.6 56.7 45.c shear V*Rrd.6 50.2 67.p 200 tension N*Rd.4 42.2 15.5 43.0 26.4 47.6 41.2 49.4 59.1 41.4 72.3 33.3 60.8 17.9 40.4 54.p 250 tension N*Rd.7 61.1 41.0 80.2 85.2 17.0 90.9 20.2 34.9 35.4 16.7 58.5 38.c 80 shear V*Rrd.8 23.

5 74.8 39.7 109.0 90.c shear V*Rrd.9 138.4 61.c N*Rd.4 113.4 67.7 63.6 83.3 104.6 97.6 88.4 61.7 136.c shear V*Rrd.0 71.4 80.5 137.4 84.7 106.4 124.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 73.3 81.0 116.c N*Rd.7 106.7 112.p N*Rd.9 82.9 53.3 111.6 117.p 350 tension N*Rd.5 100.p N*Rd.5 123.2 82.9 110.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.7 75.9 87.c N*Rd.7 169.6 78.3 93.7 100.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 49.c N*Rd.6 73.5 72.3 57.2 79.7 112.4 76.2 96.7 124.9 94.2 92.6 145.8 90.4 May 2011 page 103 .4 92.9 139.0 90.5 169.8 67.4 58.0 77.2 80.2 56.8 123.6 112.7 84.1 161.1 75.0 80.9 80.2 86.2 83.1 81.3 80.0 75.9 93.4 64.0 78.2 147.6 111.c shear V*Rrd.8 103.6 123.5 135.6 72.6 84.5 111.4 105.2 51.7 120.1 60.2 98.c shear V*Rrd.7 57.2 64.3 52.5 99.9 83.5 101.0 154.1 65.6 110.3 92.1 116.8 63.6 99.9 91.5 59.7 54.8 ANCHOR M24 120 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 120 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.7 65.7 92.1 90.0 126.9 69.8 124.1 146.6 91.9 137.8 100.7 100.8 69.1 121.2 86.7 116.p 200 tension N*Rd.5 101.3 100.6 130.6 105.7 113. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.p 250 tension N*Rd.6 98.8 90.7 131.1 85.6 80.8 71. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.8 185.9 149.5 161.8 53.8 90.9 73.2 62.7 113.5 86.8 106.9 70.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.c N*Rd. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.c shear V*Rrd.0 101. ANCHOR M20 100 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.0 118.8 117.1 105.9 125.c N*Rd.p 300 tension N*Rd.p 250 tension N*Rd.1 71.2 104.c shear V*Rrd.5 134.c shear V*Rrd.4 176.4 121.6 125.0 109.9 70.1 134.6 102.4 131.2 117.1 80.3 58.3 46.7 62.4 105.6 129.p 200 tension N*Rd.1 151.8 93.6 77.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.6 97.5 72.6 95.6 92.1 121.3 45.4 88.2 154.2 89.p 150 tension N*Rd. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.3 140.p 150 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.4 93.

2 84.s HIT-V-HCR HAS-E-5.0 31.8 HAS-E-R HAS-E-HCR [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] HAS HIT-V HAS HIT-V [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm²] [mm³] [mm³] M8 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 32.8 Nominal tensile strength fuk HIT-V/HAS 8.1 62.8 HAS-E-8.8 36.0 54.8 Yield strength fyk HIT-V/HAS 8.3 58.3 M10 30 48 33 48 26 NA 29 42 M12 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 76.8 HIT-V-R Design bending moment MRd.3 93.6 27.8 HIT-V/HAS -R HIT-V/HAS -HCR Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z Steel failure with lever arm HIT-V-5.2 M8 15 24 17 24 13 NA 15 21 M10 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 52.8 HIT-V/HAS -R HIT-V/HAS -HCR HIT-V/HAS 5.8 HIT-V-8.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Materials Mechanical properties of HIT-V / HAS Anchor size HIT-V/HAS 5.8 109 M12 53 84 59 84 45 NA 51 72 M16 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 144 157 244 277 M16 134 213 149 213 118 NA 131 187 M20 500 800 700 800 400 640 450 600 225 245 474 541 M20 260 415 291 416 227 NA 255 364 M24 500 800 700 700 400 640 450 400 324 353 809 935 M24 449 718 504 449 389 NA 436 389 page 104 May 2011 .

1. Rp 0. HAS-R. HIT-V-HCR Anchor rods HIT-V (-R / -HCR) are available in variable length Setting Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 TE 2 – TE 16 TE 40 – TE 70 compressed air gun or blow out pump. HAS 5.4529. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 898-1. EN ISO 3506-2. EN ISO 10684 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70. A5 > 8% ductile M24 to M30: Rm = 700 N/mm². EN ISO 3506-1. EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 4042.4565 Anchor dimensions Anchor size Anchor rod HAS. EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Material quality Part Threaded rod HIT-V(F). EN ISO 3506-1.4565 strength ≤ M20: Rm = 800 N/mm². high corrosion resistant steel. EN ISO 3506-2. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 10684 Washer ISO 7089 Stainless steel. 1.8. A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm. hot dipped galvanized.4401 High corrosion resistant steel. EN ISO 10684 Strength class 8. EN ISO 898-1. dispenser May 2011 page 105 .8. stainless steel grade A4.4529. Rp 0. HAS-R Threaded rod HIT-V-HCR. EN ISO 4042 hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm.2 = 640 N/mm².4529. ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm. 1. HAS-E-R Embedment depth hef [mm] M8 M8x80 80 M10 M10x90 90 M12 M12x110 110 M16 M16x125 125 M20 M20x170 170 M24 M24x210 210 Anchor rod HIT-V. A5 > 8% ductile Steel galvanized.4401 High corrosion resistant steel. EN 10088: 1. set of cleaning brushes. HIT-V-R. HAS-HCR (AVAILABLE ON REQUEST) Material Strength class 5. EN 10088: 1.2 = 400 N/mm².4565 Strength class 8. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm. HAS-HCR HAS-E. A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm.8 M27 – M30 Threaded rod HIT-V-R.8: M8 – M24 Threaded rod HIT-V(F). HAS 8.4401 Strength class 70. A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70 for ≤ M24 and class 50 for M27 to M30.

page 106 May 2011 . hammer drilling a) Note: Manual cleaning for non-cracked concrete.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete. element sizes d ≤ 16mm and embedment depth hef ≤ 10 d only! b) Note: Extension and piston plug needed for overhead installation and/or embedment depth > 250mm! For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.

min hef. curing time Temperature of the base material TBM -10 °C ≤ TBM < -5 °C -5 °C ≤ TBM < 0 °C 0 °C ≤ TBM < 5 °C 5 °C ≤ TBM < 20 °C 20 °C ≤ TBM < 30 °C 30 °C ≤ TBM ≤ 40 °C Working time tgel 180 min 40 min 20 min 8 min 5 min 2 min Curing time tcure 12 h 4h 2h 1h 30 min 30 min Setting details Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective embedment and drill hole depth range a) for HIT-V Effective anchorage and drill hole depth for HAS Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Torque moment Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance d0 hef.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-V / HAS Working time.min ≤ hef ≤ hef.max b) Maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation with minimum spacing and/or edge distance May 2011 page 107 .max hef hmin df Tmax b) smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] [mm] M8 10 60 160 80 M10 12 60 200 90 M12 14 70 240 110 M16 18 80 320 125 M20 24 90 400 170 hef + 2 d0 M24 28 100 480 210 hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm 9 10 40 40 12 20 50 50 14 40 60 60 18 80 80 80 22 150 100 100 26 200 120 120 a) Embedment depth range: hef.

Max long term base material temperature Long-term elevated base material temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time page 108 May 2011 . Temperature range Temperature range I Temperature range II Temperature range III Base material temperature -40 °C to +40 °C -40 °C to +80 °C -40 °C to +120 °C Maximum long term base material temperature +24 °C +50 °C +72 °C Maximum short term base material temperature +40 °C +80 °C +120 °C Max short term base material temperature Short-term elevated base material temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals.g. / date of issue ETA-08/0352 / 2010-04-01 a) All data given in this section according ETA-08/0352 issue 2010-04-01. Berlin No. as a result of diurnal cycling.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Injection Mortar System Benefits ■ suitable for non-cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 suitable for dry and water saturated concrete high loading capacity rapid curing small edge distance and anchor spacing possible corrosion resistant in service temperature range up to 120°C short term/72°C long term manual cleaning for anchor size M8 and M10 Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX 330 ml foil pack (also available as 500 ml and 1400 ml foil pack)) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Static mixer ■ Internal threaded sleeve HIS-N HIS-RN (A4-70) A4 316 Concrete Small edge distance & spacing Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE conformity Hilti anchor design software Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval a) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. e. Service temperature range Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX injection mortar may be applied in the temperature ranges given below. An elevated base material temperature may lead to a reduction of the design bond resistance.

issue 2010-04-01. STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance NRd.p is obtained from the relevant design tables fB.3 58.8 M20 74.6 M16 80.8 52.9 M12 44. ■ ■ ■ Influence of concrete strength Influence of edge distance Influence of spacing The design method is based on the following simplification: ■ No different loads are acting on individual anchors (no eccentricity) The values are valid for the anchor configuration.9 M10 30.cyl (MPa) fB.9 19.7 21.0 44.7 31.00 40 1. NRd = min { NRd.0 130.7 31.8 Grade 8. Design resistance according to data given in ETA-08/0352.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 109 .8 [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 17.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength on concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.p N*Rd.6 28.p • N*Rd.s Anchor size NRd.7 92.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.c.1 in compliance with the design method according to EOTA TR 029.87 32 1.0 58.0 Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] Note: Designer needs to check the bolt tensile resistance.5 13.1.1 69.021 50 1.cyl (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.3 13.7 84.04 Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance NRd.2 82. NRd. For more complex fastening applications please use the anchor design software PROFIS Anchor.79 25 0.00 40 1.0 19.7 21.p ■ 20 0.9 12.p.s HIS-N HIS-RN Bolt Bolt Bolt Grade 5.95 25 0.p = fB.c N*Rd. NRd.11 50 1.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Design process for typical anchor layouts The design values in the tables are obtain from Profis V2.3 30.p influence of concrete strength on combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance Concrete Strengths f’c.c = fB • N*Rd.97 32 1.

1 Grade A 4-70 / 316 [kN] Note: Designer needs to check the bolt shear resistance.8 Grade 8.4 8.3 M20 36.0 19.5 48.4 12.4 55.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.s HIS-N HIS-RN [kN] Bolt Bolt Bolt Grade 5.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.2 50.c = fB • V*Rd.7 41. VRd = min { VRd.3 35.c V*Rd.8 M12 26.2 M16 39. VRd.2 12. the concrete resistance V*Rd. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd.4 35.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .22 Design steel resistance (shear): VRd.00 40 1.c is obtained from the relevant design table fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.c and multiply by the factor = 2.3 M10 18.5 ■ 20 0.8 27.3 31.0 18.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 110 May 2011 .4 12.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.11 50 1.8 78.8 12.s Anchor size VRd.87 32 1.2 16.0 8.79 25 0.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design Concrete Edge Resistance VRd.8 [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] M8 10.2 19.c.3 7.

engineering@hilti.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.s M8 M10 29.1 M12 M16 66.s Shear VRd. au.com May 2011 page 111 .3 M20 Steel Failure Governs refer steel resistance tables Note: for cracked concrete contact your local field engineer for further information.cyl = 32 MPa temperature range I (see service temperature range) base material thickness. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc. as specified in the tables Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge distance and spacing influence Embedment depth and base material thickness for the basic loading data Anchor size Embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] M8x90 90 120 M10x110 110 150 M12x125 125 200 M16x170 170 250 M20x205 205 300 Design resistance: concrete 32 MPa Anchor size Tensile NRd. as specified in the table One typical embedment depth.

0 42.7 40.7 47.4 62.5 33.7 53.4 42.1 69.8 18.7 34.p 200 tension N*Rd.6 54.4 26.p 100 tension N*Rd.1 20.2 62.8 41.c shear V*Rrd.0 48.8 31.3 15.6 28.9 33.c 55 100 150 200 250 300 31.6 16.c shear V*Rrd.7 69.5 41.3 27.6 25.0 50.3 14.7 68.6 29.9 26.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.2 18.c shear V*Rrd.3 74.4 53.6 24.0 40.c N*Rd.6 34.1 75.6 75.c N*Rd.7 45.3 36.5 46.8 7.c N*Rd.4 52.c shear V*Rrd.1 60.0 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 45 tension N*Rd.3 49.2 23.1 26.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S1 Nsd h M8x90 90 120 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205 110 150 125 200 170 250 205 300 Edge C (mm) C Vsd M8 40 80 100 150 200 40 tension N*Rd.1 26.2 21.c N*Rd.6 48.c 45 80 100 150 200 250 18.p N*Rd.8 45.7 41.9 59.7 45.9 36.2 20.4 38.9 13.3 75.8 64.3 26.4 28.9 36.0 31.9 30.7 57.7 26.c shear V*Rrd.4 34.5 20.0 37.p 100 tension N*Rd.6 28.c N*Rd.5 50.9 20.6 29.8 28.9 13.1 28.4 32.3 22.p 80 tension N*Rd.4 44.3 31.1 25.7 30.1 40.6 15.5 30.6 29.6 22.5 45.3 56.3 24.p 200 tension N*Rd.3 44.2 16.8 24.4 37.8 37.9 24.0 18.c shear V*Rrd.2 35.4 36.6 12.3 62.7 18.0 38.0 40.5 95.p N*Rd.6 31.1 12.3 33.6 37.7 10.3 39.0 23.0 26.5 18.9 34.p 100 tension N*Rd.5 52.4 19.9 24.6 37.1 49.9 88.c shear V*Rrd.2 24.0 24.8 31.3 26.c shear V*Rrd.p 200 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.2 21.9 9.0 49.9 23.6 46.4 37.6 26.7 44.2 25.4 34.0 28.9 58.p 150 tension N*Rd.6 23.2 23.c N*Rd.3 99.4 45.3 11.9 80.3 81.6 25.5 32.4 34.0 31.0 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 55 tension N*Rd.p 150 tension N*Rd.3 28.1 106.8 21.2 29.2 53.0 30.5 49.p N*Rd.1 23.8 26.0 58.0 28.3 33.c N*Rd.0 41.7 63.7 23.p 80 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.9 15.9 35.3 53.2 47.6 51.5 19.1 68.2 40.6 38.6 29.3 19.6 15.0 86.c shear V*Rrd.4 57.4 23.1 13.2 19.2 36.c shear V*Rrd.0 47.2 17.6 17.9 21.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Two Anchors Table 1: One edge influence Design Data: fc.9 27.4 19.5 39.5 29.3 37.4 41.c N*Rd.3 45.8 29.5 44.7 30.0 30.8 34.5 page 112 May 2011 .0 26.5 54.9 33.7 18.3 91.8 10.0 28.0 26.c N*Rd.4 44.0 20.6 36.7 20.7 37.6 20.4 55.c shear V*Rrd.c spacing s1 (mm) 13.c N*Rd.3 83.2 21.4 25.8 38.8 28.3 21.1 48.1 63.9 35.4 19.5 32.0 58.5 69.3 17.p 80 tension N*Rd.2 31.2 29.2 9.0 81.2 33.c shear V*Rrd.6 29.7 54.9 34.9 23.1 39.2 36.0 21.3 42.1 17.4 24.5 19.0 20.p 150 tension N*Rd.2 43.5 42.4 48.2 25.9 25.8 39.9 22.c N*Rd.1 8.

8 86.8 83.5 76.7 82.2 38.3 68.1 78.7 86.9 70.3 87.3 60.7 52.2 81.c N*Rd.7 24.3 81.c N*Rd.1 105.4 73.2 78.c N*Rd.9 62.4 81.p 150 tension N*Rd.4 128.1 66.2 86.7 65.0 111.8 54.4 111.7 18.5 62.c N*Rd.2 87.9 116.6 93.1 69.4 27.6 49.3 20.4 69.9 72.8 57.4 43.8 117.9 92.2 90.3 105.1 55.3 58.3 90.9 71.c N*Rd.6 78.6 94.3 65.0 111.0 134.8 74.5 97.0 90.7 61.p N*Rd.7 103.3 59.1 124.c N*Rd.0 46.1 114.1 126.8 41.0 45.c shear V*Rrd.9 154.9 33.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.5 58.7 78.9 48.p 150 tension N*Rd.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N ANCHOR M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 65 tension N*Rd.3 61.9 66.1 74.2 97.1 83.7 71.7 83.2 62.9 57.c shear V*Rrd.4 48.1 120.7 96.5 74.p 200 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.c 90 150 200 250 300 350 57.7 30.3 91.9 109.5 53.8 79.5 82.5 107.1 53.3 74.p 200 tension N*Rd.p 250 tension N*Rd.2 27.7 71.9 102.c shear V*Rrd.9 43.2 126.3 148.3 107.7 120.8 94.2 54.1 137.8 43.6 76.8 78.4 64.3 99.5 100.3 70.6 ANCHOR M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 90 tension N*Rd.4 86.8 62.c shear V*Rrd.9 74.0 62.3 99.8 64.4 91.p 250 tension N*Rd.c 65 100 150 200 250 300 41.4 34.7 101.6 59.1 56.1 50.8 51.4 27.0 95.c shear V*Rrd.3 87.6 96.3 66.6 74.3 93.8 45.6 74.2 87.0 43.0 106.2 99.7 141.4 120.2 28.8 105.1 66.2 83.6 105.9 66.8 102.0 70.8 66.0 113.1 88.3 122.c shear V*Rrd.p 100 tension N*Rd.8 84.0 77.1 54.4 133.2 May 2011 page 113 .p 300 tension N*Rd.8 139.9 90.4 57.1 138.2 99.1 76.7 132.5 110.8 37.9 116.8 70.0 50.6 110.5 27.2 104.0 88.9 93.0 86.c shear V*Rrd.2 117.1 48.c N*Rd.3 65.1 130.0 41.p N*Rd.7 95.c shear V*Rrd.

6 21.7 94.0 56.5 28.0 41.4 56.2 44.0 58.2 81.6 65.4 27.6 54.0 61.2 35.8 63.c N*Rd.9 32.2 49.1 90.8 19.5 115.0 52.7 51.2 41.4 58.0 34.6 ANCHOR M10 45 80 100 150 200 250 Edge C (mm) 45 tension N*Rd.1 38.7 26.5 57.7 65.2 95.3 126.6 63.c shear V*Rrd.1 36.0 57.8 27.2 66.8 136.7 58.0 29.c shear V*Rrd.8 22.c shear V*Rrd.8 76.c N*Rd.0 26.c tension N*Rd.9 183.9 172.9 78.2 25.3 52.8 82.0 54.3 78.1 63.7 30.2 67.6 43.4 35.2 89.0 38.8 30.p 200 tension N*Rd.6 36.p 150 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.9 34.c shear V*Rrd.9 65.6 32.2 43.1 32.4 58.0 24.4 43.2 24.c N*Rd.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 18.8 40.0 63.8 27.2 39.0 115.2 20.1 128.1 60.9 107.p 150 tension N*Rd.7 30.0 43.2 93.5 51.4 24.8 120.6 136.2 74.5 46.c N*Rd.0 29.2 48.0 34.0 68.0 51.7 129.8 109.0 53.6 54.9 37.3 18.c N*Rd.6 30.6 53.4 54.0 53.c tension N*Rd.8 86.0 45.0 75.3 28.6 61.2 58.9 41.5 40.p N*Rd.3 135.7 47.8 48.2 35.5 41.8 62.c tension N*Rd.0 34.0 ANCHOR M12 55 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 55 tension N*Rd.5 42.3 105.9 65.7 43.0 61.6 45.2 69.9 50.6 34.2 46.0 80.4 14.2 29.0 27.5 98.8 34.4 153.8 38.1 79.8 49.7 48.9 50.8 73.6 41.4 29.c N*Rd.8 48.4 34.5 77.8 47.7 72.c N*Rd.c 80 shear V*Rrd.2 74.2 46.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 25.1 93.5 48.c shear V*Rrd.p 200 tension N*Rd.3 97.9 75.1 45.0 38.3 102.5 111.5 39.4 52.6 22.0 61.8 30.6 81.c shear V*Rrd.2 17.1 38.9 53.9 54.7 48.7 87.c shear V*Rrd.1 150.1 70.c shear V*Rrd.5 32.3 37.p 100 tension N*Rd.7 95.5 75.8 64.6 50.8 38.0 29.c shear V*Rrd.6 36.p 200 tension N*Rd.7 23.2 27.7 64.8 22.2 17.8 38.7 36.4 40.p N*Rd.3 33.9 59.0 58.8 47.2 54.p 80 shear V*Rrd.5 25.6 84.1 45.2 66.6 47.0 54.4 44.8 22.8 37.0 115.2 109.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence Design Data: fc.c shear V*Rrd.9 54.6 31.c N*Rd.2 42.3 71.cyl=32 MPa Anchor size Embedment depth hef [mm] Base material thickness h [mm] ANCHOR S2 C S1 Nsd M8x90 90 120 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205 110 150 125 200 170 250 205 300 Edge C (mm) h Vsd M8 40 80 100 150 200 40 tension N*Rd.2 41.3 40.4 80.1 42.p N*Rd.2 116.c 80 shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.p N*Rd.2 37.2 27.8 33.5 54.1 90.3 67.8 44.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 41.0 86.6 23.p 100 tension N*Rd.7 36.6 68.3 94.6 66.6 56.9 65.2 24.5 158.9 76.2 97.0 37.5 45.2 page 114 May 2011 .8 54.8 78.c shear V*Rrd.5 52.p N*Rd.3 78.8 31.6 64.2 32.2 44.4 33.8 113.5 48.3 40.4 21.p 100 tension N*Rd.p 150 tension N*Rd.9 46.3 36.1 158.c N*Rd.4 97.1 132.1 28.

4 63.8 152.6 142.c shear V*Rrd.6 86.6 75.6 117.c N*Rd.0 97.4 74.5 104.6 140.c shear V*Rrd.8 99.7 96.6 142. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.9 126.7 180.6 109.7 107.7 97.1 135.5 163.4 128.4 175.9 85.9 155.p 100 tension N*Rd.8 65.8 176.8 67.7 124.6 224.8 98.c N*Rd.4 87.3 173.1 97.8 148.p 150 tension N*Rd.4 May 2011 page 115 .1 221.5 168.1 135.5 126.6 91.1 100.9 157.8 72.9 142.7 114.5 200. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.4 54.4 92.4 96.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.4 84.5 88.c shear V*Rrd.3 57.8 94.0 133.1 85.6 83.9 102.7 97.9 125. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.2 193.3 192. ANCHOR M16 65 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 65 tension N*Rd.c N*Rd.4 215.0 156.9 117.6 41.4 111.8 76.1 145.4 142.c N*Rd.2 143.c N*Rd.0 72.8 65.1 203.p 300 tension N*Rd.2 91.8 149.4 104.1 153.c shear V*Rrd.4 113.p N*Rd.1 101.3 110.5 112.p 250 tension N*Rd.1 157.8 86.p 150 tension N*Rd.7 171.0 88.c shear V*Rrd.3 154.8 92.9 212.c N*Rd.6 120.2 66.5 125.3 157.8 54.0 158.8 84. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.4 122.c shear V*Rrd.0 174.2 134.1 126.6 36.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.5 232.9 105.2 112.2 124.3 57.0 159.4 121.p 200 tension N*Rd.2 150.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 82.7 84.5 121.4 76.4 183.0 246.8 141.9 76.5 74.6 66.5 57.8 54.9 126.6 109.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 56.9 86.0 97.4 ANCHOR M20 90 150 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 90 tension N*Rd.4 162.2 174.1 140.0 57.p 250 tension N*Rd.0 167.8 102.8 159.6 191.1 119.5 178.5 111.5 115.5 86.5 75.9 160.6 161.1 166.c shear V*Rrd.6 187.7 211.4 139.0 143.p 200 tension N*Rd.7 120.3 136.0 175.9 79.2 133.1 110.9 64.c shear V*Rrd.0 125.p N*Rd.8 111.c shear V*Rrd.2 78.1 126.4 139.7 141.1 189.4 133.3 108.c N*Rd.7 48.0 83.1 98.c shear V*Rrd.7 68.8 129.1 101.9 138.6 101.c N*Rd.4 48.8 115.4 113.9 82.2 129.2 76.7 142.5 242.6 117.9 111.5 195.

1 157 1595 277 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 237.8 HIS-RN Screw A4-70 HIS-N Yield strength fyk Screw 8.4571.4401.0 58 430 62. setting tools page 116 May 2011 .5 36. A5 > 8% Ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 m EN ISO 4042 b) related fastening screw: strength class 70 EN ISO 3506-1.Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Materials Mechanical properties of HIS-(R)N Anchor size HIS-N Nominal tensile strength fuk Screw 8. 1.4404. EN 10277-3 Steel galvanized ≥ 5 m EN ISO 4042 Stainless steel 1. 1. 1.2 490 800 700 700 410 640 350 450 108.3 840 109 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 256. 1.1 84.4401 EN 10088 Internal threaded sleeve b) HIS-RN a) related fastening screw: strength class 8.4439. A5 > 8% Ductile stainless steel 1.4362 EN 10088 Anchor dimensions Anchor size Internal sleeve HIS-(R)N Anchor embedment depth [mm] M8 M8x90 90 M10 M10x110 110 M12 M12x125 125 M16 M16x170 170 M20 M20x205 205 Setting Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M8 M10 M12 M16 TE 40 – TE 70 M20 TE 2 – TE 16 blow out pump or compressed air gun.4578.8 HIS-RN Screw A4-70 Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z HIS-(R)N Screw HIS-(R)N Screw [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm²] [mm³] [mm³] M8x90 M10x110 M12x125 M16x170 M20x205 490 800 700 700 410 640 350 450 51. 1.6 145 31.3 460 800 700 700 375 640 350 450 169.8 EN ISO 898-1.0718.6 245 1543 541 Material quality Part Internal threaded sleeve HIS-N a) Material C-steel 1.

hammer drilling a) Note: Manual cleaning for HIS-(R)N M8 and HIS-(R)N M10 only! b) Note: Extension and piston plug needed for overhead installation! For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product. May 2011 page 117 .Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Setting instructions Dry and water-saturated concrete.

5 125 170 14 12-30 40 55 55 M16x170 28 25. curing time Temperature of the base material TBM -10 °C ≤ TBM < -5 °C -5 °C ≤ TBM < 0 °C 0 °C ≤ TBM < 5 °C 5 °C ≤ TBM < 20 °C 20 °C ≤ TBM < 30 °C 30 °C ≤ TBM ≤ 40 °C Working time tgel 180 min 40 min 20 min 8 min 5 min 2 min Curing time tcure 12 h 4h 2h 1h 30 min 30 min Setting details Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Diameter of element Effective anchorage and drill hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Thread engagement length.5 110 150 12 10-25 20 45 45 M12x125 22 20.max Torque moment a) Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance d0 d hef hmin df hs Tmax smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] [mm] M8x90 14 12.6 205 270 22 20-50 150 90 90 a) Maximum recommended torque moment to avoid splitting failure during installation with minimum spacing and/or edge distance. min . page 118 May 2011 .Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N Working time.4 170 230 18 16-40 80 65 65 M20x205 32 27.5 90 120 9 8-20 10 40 40 M10x110 18 16.

Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIS-(R)N May 2011 page 119 .

Paris MFPA.2006 PB III/B-07-157 / 2007-06-04 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 page 120 May 2011 .120°C long term: max 72°C Mixer HIT-V (Zinc) HIT-V-F (Gal) HIT-V-R (A4-70) HAS-E (Zinc) HAS-E-F (Gal) HAS-E-R (A4-70) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ HIT-AC. / date of issue Z-21. natural stones Hilti HIT-HY 70 330 ml foil pack (also available as 500 ml and 1400 ml foil pack) ■ two-component hybrid mortar rapid curing versatile and convenient handling flexible setting depth and fastening thickness small edge distance and anchor spacing mortar filling control with HIT-SC sleeves suitable for overhead fastenings in-service temperatures: short time: max. sand-lime bricks.Hilti HIT-HY 70 Hilti HIT-HY 70 injection mortar for masonry Injection Mortar System Benefits ■ chemical injection fastening for all type of base materials: – hollow and solid – clay bricks. HIT-ACR rod HIT-IC internal threaded sleeve HIS-RN sleeve HIT-SC composite sleeve A4 316 Concrete Variable embedment depth Solid brick Hollow brick Autoclaved aerated concrete Fire rated Corrosion resistance highMo High corrosion resistance Hilti anchor design software HCR Approvals / certificates Description Allgemeine bauaufsichtliche Zulassung (national German approval) Fiche technique SOCOTEC Fire test report Assessment report (fire) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. Leipzig warringtonfire No. aerated light weight concrete. normal and light weight concrete blocks. Berlin SOCOTEC.3-1830 / 2009-01-20 YX 0047 08.

0 1.5 0.0 1.0 0.0: Frec = FRk / γglobal b) fuc = unconfined compressive strength c) HIT-SC 18x … with HIT-IC M10 only! HIT-IG M10 elements do not fit.0 1.0 3.0 2.0 3.6 2.25 1.0 5.6 1.0 5.8 1.0 3.0 3.5 0.0 0. HAS.0 2.0 7.8 1.9 2.6 1.5 2.8 2.0 2.0 0.0 1.0 2.5 1.5 2.5 1. grade 5.5 1.25 1.0 2.5 0.0 2.8 2.0 7.0 2. HAS.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 5.5 1.8 can be used Base material temperature during installation and curing must be between -5°C through +40°C Recommended loads a) Frec for brick breakout and pull out in [kN] Hollow masonry: HIT-HY 70 with HIT-SC and HIT-AC / HIT-V.8 2.8 2.0 3.0 3.0 1.7 2.0 4.5 0.5 1.5 2.6 1.8 2.5 0.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1. May 2011 page 121 .7 2.0 3.8 4.5 - Fire light brick Scoria Blend fuc b) ≥ 4 N/mm² L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 119 (Shell thickness 19 mm) Australia Hollow Block fuc b) ≥ 10 N/mm² L x H x B [mm] 390 x 190 x 190 Nrec [kN] 50 Vrec [kN] 80 Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Towards free edge cmin = 200 No free edges (Shell thickness 30 mm) Australia Clay common (Standard) fuc b) ≥ 20 N/mm² L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 76 Nrec [kN] 50 Vrec [kN] 80 Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Towards free edge cmin = 200 No free edges (Shell thickness 20 mm) Australia a) Recommended load values with consideration of a global safety factor γglobal =3.0 2.8 2.25 0.0 3.0 2.0 2.5 0.0 2.5 1.0 3.0 2. HIT-V.8 0.7 2.Hilti HIT-HY 70 Basic loading data for single anchor in masonry units All data in this section applies to ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Load values valid for holes drilled with TE rotary hammers in hammering mode Correct anchor setting (see instruction for use.8 1.0 2.8 4.8 2.5 1.8 2. HAS-E Anchor size Base material Setting depth [mm] Nrec [kN] 50 Vrec [kN] 80 Vrec [kN] Nrec [kN] Towards free edge cmin = 200 No free edges HIT-IG / HIT-IC M8 M10 M12 M6 M8 M10 M12 HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC HIT-SC 12x… 16x… 16x… 18x… 22x… 16x… 18x…c) 22x… 22x… 0.5 2.5 2.6 1.8 1.9 2.0 4.0 3.5 1.8 1.0 2.0 7.0 3.8 / HIS-RN: A4-70 Threaded rods of appropriate size (diameter and length) and a minimum steel quality of 5.0 0.0 2.5 0.5 1.6 1. HAS-E and HIT-IG / HIT-IC HIT-AC.5 3.25 1.0 2.7 2. HIT-IC and HIS-N: min. setting details) Steel quality of fastening elements: see data below Steel quality for screws for HIT-IG.7 2.8 2.5 1.9 2.

0 2. HIT-V.0 2.5 2. HAS. HAS-E M6 M8 M10 M12 HIT-IG / HIT-IC M8 M10 M12 - 2.5 2.0 2. HAS.Hilti HIT-HY 70 Recommended loads a) Frec for brick breakout and pull out in [kN] Solid masonry: HIT-HY 70 with HIT-AC / HIT-V.0 7.0 5. HAS-E and HIT-IG / HIT-IC Anchor size Base material Clay common (Dry pressed) fuc b) ≥ 14 N/mm² L x H x B [mm] 230 x 110 x 76 Australia Setting depth [mm] 80 Nrec [kN] Towards free edge cmin = 200 No free edges HIT-AC.5 3.5 2.5 4.5 4.0 5.0 2.0: Frec = FRk / γglobal b) fuc = unconfined compressive strength page 122 May 2011 .0 7.0 3.5 Vrec [kN] a) Recommended load values with consideration of a global safety factor γglobal =3.5 3.0 3.

1 3.2 10.1 300 3.2 1.7 4.1 3. May 2011 page 123 .1 1.3 240 2.9 300 4.6 360 4.1 6.1 5.3 4.6 4. unplastered wall) following has to be taken into account: ■ ■ The recommended load Nrec may be used only.75.6 200 2.1 8.4 2. If this minimum edge distance cmin can not be observed then the recommended load Nrec has to be reduced with the factor αj = 0.g.7 3. The decisive resistance to tension loads is the lower value of Nrec (brick breakout.7 brick breadth bbrick [mm] 120 1.4 360 3.4 5.pb [kN] 240 300 500 80 0.75.8 1.4 200 2. is given in the following tables: Clay bricks: Nmax. If the joints of the masonry are visible (e.3 All other brick types: Nmax. if the minimum edge distance cmin to the vertical joints is observed.pb (pull out of one brick).1 2.1 5.Hilti HIT-HY 70 Design Influence of joints: If the joints of the masonry are not visible the recommended load Nrec has to be reduced with the factor αj = 0.5 2.pb [kN].5 3.7 240 3. Nmax.7 brick length lbrick [mm] brick length lbrick [mm] Nmax.9 6. if the wall is designed such that the joints are to be filled with mortar.0 1.9 6.6 2.pb [kN] 240 300 500 80 1. Pull out of one brick: The allowable load of an anchor or a group of anchors in case of pull out of one brick. If the wall is designed such that the joints are not to be filled with mortar then the recommended load Nrec may be used only.3 brick breadth bbrick [mm] 120 1. pull out) and Nmax.pb = resistance for pull out of one brick lbrick bbrick = length of the brick = breadth of the brick For all applications outside of the above mentioned base materials and / or setting conditions site tests have to be made for the determination of load values.6 7.

8. high corrosion resistant steel. 5 µm min. set of cleaning brushes. 1. EN ISO 3506-2.4401 Steel galvanized. galvanized to min. EN ISO 10684 Stainless steel grade A4. A5 > 8% ductile steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm. A5 > 8% ductile strength class 70. galvanized to min.Hilti HIT-HY 70 Materials Material quality HAS Part Threaded rod HAS-(E).EN ISO 35061.8.0718.4529. EN ISO 3506-2. ISO 898-2 steel galvanized ≥ 5 µm. EN ISO 4042 (F) hot dipped galvanized ≥ 45 µm.4401 Strength class 8.4565 Material quality HIT-A Part HIT-AC rod HIT-ACR rod HIT-AN rod Material quality sleeves Part HIT-IG sleeve HIT-IC sleeve HIT-SC sleeve Material Carbon steel 1. grade A4-70.4401 Strength class 70. Stainless steel.6. 1. EN 10088: 1. 5 µm PA/PP Material Carbon steel grade 5. 5 µm Carbon steel. galvanized to min. EN 10088: 1. EN 10088: 1. stainless steel grade A4. galvanized to Stainless steel.4401 Carbon steel grade 3. EN 10088: 1. EN ISO 4042 Nut EN ISO 4032 Strength class 70. dispenser M10 M12 page 124 May 2011 . EN ISO 4042. HAS-(E)-(F) Threaded rod HAS-(E)R Washer ISO 7089 Material Strength class 5. 5 µm Setting Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Other tools M6 M8 TE2 – TE16 blow out pump. EN ISO 898-1.

Hilti HIT-HY 70 Setting instructions in solid base materials May 2011 page 125 .

b) Minimum edge distance a) Torque moment Filling volume d0 hef h0 hmin df smin cmin Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [ml] HIT-AC. HAS-E-F. HAS-E-R Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage depth Hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Minimum spacing a). e. HAS-E-F. b) Recommend to place one anchor per brick. HIT-V. page 126 May 2011 .g. around window or door frames. HIT-V. HAS-E. c) Refer the Recommended loads table for the required setting depth. HAS-E-R c) M8 10 80 85 110 9 100 100 5 4 M10 12 90 95 120 12 100 100 8 6 M12 14 110 115 140 14 100 100 10 10 M16 18 125 130 170 18 100 100 10 15 a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended.Hilti HIT-HY 70 Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in solid base materials Setting details HIT-AC. in the middle of the brick face. HIT-V M8 10 80 85 110 9 100 100 5 4 M10 12 80 85 110 12 100 100 8 5 M12 14 80 85 110 14 100 100 10 7 HIT-V. HAS-E.

25 max. 10 – max. around window or door frames. 75 100 100 5 6 100 100 8 6 100 100 10 6 min.g.30 100 100 5 6 100 100 8 10 100 100 10 16 a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended. May 2011 page 127 . HIT-IC HIS-N/RN Setting details HIT-IG. HIT-IC Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage depth Hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Length of bolt engagement Minimum spacing a).20 max. 8 min. c) Refer the Recommended loads table for the required setting depth. 75 100 100 5 6 100 100 8 6 100 100 10 6 min. b) Minimum edge distance a) Torque moment Filling volume d0 hef h0 hmin df hs smin cmin Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [ml] HIT-IG M8 14 80 85 110 9 M10 18 80 85 110 12 M12 18 80 85 110 14 M8 14 80 85 110 9 HIT-IC M10 16 80 85 110 12 M12 18 80 85 110 14 14 90 95 120 9 HIS-N/RN c) M8 M10 18 110 115 150 12 M12 22 125 130 170 14 min. 10 – max. in the middle of the brick face. 10 min. e. b) Recommend to place one anchor per brick. 12 max.Hilti HIT-HY 70 HIT-IG.

Hilti HIT-HY 70 Setting instruction in hollow base material – using 330 ml foil pack page 128 May 2011 .

around window or door frames.Hilti HIT-HY 70 Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in hollow base materials HAS-E / HIT-AC with HIT-SC HIT-AC. HIT-V. e. b) Recommended one anchor per brick in the middle of the brick face. HAS-E Setting details HIT-V / HAS-E / HIT-A…with sieve sleeve Anchor size Sieve sleeve HIT SC Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage depth Hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Minimum spacing a).g. b) Minimum edge distance a) Torque moment Filling volume d0 hef h0 [mm] [mm] [mm] 12 50 60 80 7 100 100 3 12 M6 12 80 95 110 7 100 100 3 24 16 50 60 80 9 100 100 3 18 M8 16 80 95 110 9 100 100 3 30 16 50 60 80 12 100 100 4 18 M10 16 80 95 110 12 100 100 4 30 18 50 60 80 14 100 100 6 18 18 80 95 110 14 100 100 6 36 M12 22 50 60 80 14 100 100 6 30 22 80 95 110 14 100 100 6 55 12x50 12x85 16x50 16x85 16x50 16x85 18x50 18x85 22x50 22x85 hmin [mm] df [mm] smin [mm] cmin [mm] Tinst [Nm] [ml] a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended. In the case of hollow concrete blocks one anchor per cavity in the middle of each cavity face. May 2011 page 129 .

75 100 100 3 30 100 100 4 45 100 100 6 45 100 100 3 30 M12 22x85 22 80 95 110 14 M8 16x85 16 80 95 110 9 HIT-IC M10 18x85 18 80 95 110 12 min. page 130 May 2011 .Hilti HIT-HY 70 Setting details: hole depth h0 and effective anchorage depth in hollow base materials HIT-IG / HIT-IC with HIT-SC HIT-IG / HIT-IC Setting details HIT-IG / HIT-IC with sieve sleeve Anchor size Sieve sleeve HIT SC Nominal diameter of drill bit Effective anchorage depth Hole depth Minimum base material thickness Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Length of bolt engagement Minimum spacing a). 10 – max. 75 100 100 4 36 100 100 6 45 M12 22x85 22 80 95 110 14 hmin [mm] df hs [mm] [mm] smin [mm] cmin [mm] Tinst [Nm] [ml] a) In case of shear loads towards a free edge: cmin = 200 mm A distance from the edge of a broken brick of cmin = 200 mm is recommended. e. b) Recommended one anchor per brick in the middle of the brick face. b) Minimum edge distance a) Torque moment Filling volume d0 hef h0 [mm] [mm] [mm] HIT-IG M8 16x85 16 80 95 110 9 M10 22x85 22 80 95 110 12 min. In the case of hollow concrete blocks one anchor per cavity in the middle of each cavity face. 10 – max. around window or door frames.g.

Hilti HIT-HY 70 May 2011 page 131 .

large volume capacity Dosage control Can achieve emblements up to 3.Chemical anchor components & accessories Chemical anchor components & accessories 1.0m deep dependant on hole diameter MD 2000 / 2500 dispenser ■ Battery Dispenser: ED 3500 Benefits ■ ■ Hard plastic. 1400ml tubes.2m deep dependant on hole diameter Requires air compressor HIT P-8000D pnuematic dispenser ■ ■ ■ ■ page 132 May 2011 . Lithium Ion Batteries Can dispense up to 70 x 500ml tubes per battery charge Can achieve emblements up to 1. light weight 330ml or 500ml tubes Can achieve embedment up to 1. light weight.8m deep dependant on hole diameter ED 3500-A dispenser ■ ■ Pnuematic Dispenser: HIT P-8000D Benefits ■ Ideal for repetitive / deep embedment holes. Dispensing Systems Manual Dispenser: MD 2000 / 2500 Benefits ■ ■ Hard plastic.

10 8/12 10/14 12/16 14/18 16/20 18/22 24 20/25 28 30 25/32 35 37 40 42 45 380917 336548 336549 336550 336551 336552 370774 380918 336553 380919 380920 336554 380921 382259 382260 382261 382262 - 8 8 10 16 12 10 12 8/12 10/14 12/16 14/18 16/20 - 20 20 24 16 20 30 36 32 39 36 40 24 28 30 20/25 30 25/32 35 40 42 45 47 - 3.Chemical anchor components & accessories 2. (mm) 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 25 28 30 32 35 37 40 42 45 47 52 HAS-E or HIT-V (mm) 8 10 12 16 HIS-N (mm) Rebar (mm) HIT-SZ Piston Plug Item No. 335022 335023 335024 335025 335026 335027 380925 335028 380926 380927 380928 380929 380930 - HIT-RB Cleaning Brush Item No. Piston Plug & Cleaning Accessories Piston Plug Extension Hose Piston Plug + Extension Hose + Cleaning + Dispenser + HIT Injection Mortar = SOLUTION Inject mortar carefully from the bottom of the hole without air bubbles Hole dia. Overhead accessories for HIT chemical injection Wedge HIT-OHW Drip Guard HIT-OHC 387550 387551 387552 Wedge HIT-OHW Drip Guard HIT-OHC1 Drip Guard HIT OHC2 May 2011 page 133 .

5. 5. HIT-HY 150 MAX ETA-08/0352 HIT-RE 500 ETA-04/0027 HIT-RE 500-SD ETA-07/0260 CE conformity HIT-V threaded anchor rod A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars. 65 95 135 78 98 113 173 91 101 131 201 261 127 177 277 357 153 233 353 453 268 418 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 80 110 150 95 115 130 190 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 28 28 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5 HIT-V M8 × 80 HIT-V M8 × 110 HIT-V M8 × 150** HIT-V M10 × 95 HIT-V M10 × 115 HIT-V M10 × 130 HIT-V M10 × 190** HIT-V M12 × 110 HIT-V M12 × 120 HIT-V M12 × 150 HIT-V M12 × 220** HIT-V M12 × 280** HIT-V M16 × 150 HIT-V M16 × 200 HIT-V M16 × 300 HIT-V M16 × 380** HIT-V M20 × 180 HIT-V M20 × 260 HIT-V M20 × 380 HIT-V M20 × 480 HIT-V M24 × 300 HIT-V M24 × 450 387054 387055 387056 387057 387146 387058 387059 387060 387147 387061 387062 387063 387064 387065 387066 387067 387068 387069 387070 387071 387072 387073 65 95 135 78 98 113 173 91 101 131 201 261 127 177 277 357 153 233 353 453 268 418 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 80 110 150 95 115 130 190 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 28 28 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5 HIT-V-R M8 × 80 HIT-V-R M8 × 110 HIT-V-R M8 × 150 HIT-V-R M10 × 95 387074 387075 387076 387077 HIT-V-R M10 × 115 387148 HIT-V-R M10 × 130 387078 HIT-V-R M10 × 190 387079 HIT-V-R M12 × 110 387080 HIT-V-R M12 × 120 387149 HIT-V-R M12 × 150 387081 HIT-V-R M12 × 220 387082 HIT-V-R M12 × 280 387083 HIT-V-R M16 × 150 387084 HIT-V-R M16 × 200 387085 HIT-V-R M16 × 300 387086 HIT-V-R M16 × 380 387087 HIT-V-R M20 × 180 387150 HIT-V-R M20 × 260 387088 HIT-V-R M20 × 380 387089 HIT-V-R M20 × 480 387151 HIT-V-R M24 × 300 387152 HIT-V-R M24 × 450 387153 110 110 110 120 110 150 110 220 110 280 125 150 125 200 125 300 125 380 170 180 170 260 170 380 170 480 210 300 210 450 110 110 110 120 110 150 110 220 110 280 125 150 125 200 125 300 125 380 170 180 170 260 170 380 170 480 210 300 210 450 * Depending on the type of HIT injectable mortar used ** 8. Typical fastenable embedheight + ment Rod Drill bit anchorage depth length dia. Max. depth (mm) (mm) (mm) HIT-VR threaded anchor rod A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars.8 grade steel HIT-V-F threaded anchor rod Universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars. Zinc plated version (complete with nut and washer). page 134 May 2011 . Max. enabling flexible embedment depth.Chemical anchor components & accessories 4. enabling flexible embedment depth. Package contents (pcs) Ordering designation Item no. Stainless steel version (complete with nut and washer).8 grade steel. Typical fastenable embedheight + ment Rod Drill bit anchorage depth length dia. Available in same sizes and steel strength grade as HIT-V (zinc plated). enabling flexible embedment depth.8 grade steel. depth (mm) (mm) (mm) Package contents (pcs) Ordering designation Item no. A4-70 grade steel. enabling flexible embedment depth. Threaded Anchor Rods and Internally Threaded Sleeves HIT-V threaded anchor rod A universal anchor rod for use with all HIT injectable mortars. Hot dip-galvanized version (complete with nut and washer).

5 microns 258015 258016 258017 258018 258019 HIS-N HIS-N HIS-N HIS-N HIS-N M8 x 90 (for HVU M10) M10 x 110 (For HVU M12) M12 x 125 (For HVU M16) M16 x 170 (For HVU M20) M20 x 205 (For HVU M24) 14mm 18mm 22mm 28mm 32mm 95mm 115mm 130mm 175mm 210mm 20mm 25mm 30mm 40mm 50mm 15 28 50 85 170 10 10 5 5 5 Stainless steel (316 grade. Hole depth Max Fasten.8) HAS-E-F M36 x 330/90 (grade 8.490 MPa) zinc plated to min.Chemical anchor components & accessories HAS-E anchor rod. Ordering designation Hole dia. fuk = 500 MPa) zinc plated to min. Item no. Thickness Tighten Torque (Nm) Package contents Steel (Grade 5. Ordering designation Anchor length Hole dia. complete with hexagon nut & washer External end drive for quicker installation. fuk = 700 MPa) 258024 258025 258026 258027 258028 May 2011 HIS-RN HIS-RN HIS-RN HIS-RN HIS-RN M8 x 90 (HVU M10) M10 x 110 (HVU M12) M12 x 125 (HVU M16) M16 x 170 (HVU M20) M20 x 205 (HVU M24) 14mm 18mm 22mm 28mm 32mm 95mm 115mm 130mm 175mm 210mm 20mm 25mm 30mm 40mm 50mm 12 23 40 70 130 10 10 5 5 5 page 135 . Hole depth With external end drive Max Fasten. 40 microns 333143 333145 333148 333153 333158 333163 333165▲ 333167▲ HAS-E-F HAS-E-F HAS-E-F HAS-E-F HAS-E-F HAS-E-F M8 x 80/14 M10 x 90/21 M12 x 110/28 M16 x 125/38 M20 x 170/48 M24 x 210/54 106mm 125mm 153mm 182mm 240mm 290mm 380mm 460mm 10mm 12mm 14mm 18mm 24mm 28mm 35mm 40mm 80mm 90mm 110mm 125mm 170mm 210mm 270mm 330mm 14mm 21mm 28mm 38mm 48mm 54mm 70mm 90mm 15 30 50 100 160 240 300 360 20 20 20 20 10 10 4 2 HAS-E-F M30 x 270/70 (grade 8.8. 5 microns 332219 332220 332221 332222 332223 332224 HAS-E HAS-E HAS-E HAS-E HAS-E HAS-E M8 x 80/14 M10 x 90/21 M12 x 110/28 M16 x 125/38 M20 x 170/48 M24 x 210/54 106mm 125mm 153mm 182mm 240mm 290mm 10mm 12mm 14mm 18mm 24mm 28mm 80mm 90mm 110mm 125mm 170mm 210mm 14mm 21mm 28mm 38mm 48mm 54mm 15 30 50 100 160 240 20 20 20 20 10 10 Steel (Grade 5. fuk = 700 MPa) 333119 HAS-E-R M8 x 80/14 333122 HAS-E-R M10 x 90/21 333126 HAS-E-R M12 x 110/28 333131 HAS-E-R M16 x 125/38 333135 HAS-E-R M20 x 170/48 333137 HAS-E-R M24 x 210/54 ▲ Other sizes available on request and subject to lead time 106mm 125mm 153mm 182mm 240mm 290mm 10mm 12mm 14mm 18mm 24mm 28mm 80mm 90mm 110mm 125mm 170mm 210mm 14mm 21mm 28mm 38mm 48mm 54mm 15 30 50 100 160 240 20 20 20 20 10 10 HIS-N internally threaded sleeve with cover cap Item no. fuk = 500 MPa) hot dipped galvanised to min.8) Stainless steel (316 grade.8. Thickness Tighten Torque (Nm) Package contents Steel (fuk = 460 .

page 136 May 2011 .

Mechanical anchoring systems. Heavy duty anchors l Medium duty anchors May 2011 page 137 .

/ date of issue ETA-99/0009 / 2008-03-25 ESR 1546 / 2008-03-01 BZS D 04-221 / 2004-09-02 Z-21. Paris ICC evaluation service Bundesamt für Zivilschutz. drill hammer) setting mark on anchor for control (easy and safe) completely removable test reports: fire resistance. Braunschweig warringtonfire No. complete system (anchor. Berlin DIBt.1-1696 / 2008-09-01 Z-21. stop drill bit. seismic ■ ■ ■ ■ performance of a headed stud HDA-T HDA-TR HDA-TF Anchor for through-fasting ■ ■ ■ ■ A4 316 Concrete Fire Tensile zone Small edge Performance distance of a headed resistance & spacing stud Fatigue Shock Seismic ICC Nuclear Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval ICC-ES report Shockproof fastenings in civil defence installations Nuclear power plants Dynamic loads Fire test report Assessment report (fire) a) Authority / Laboratory CSTB. Bern DIBt. Berlin IBMB. page 138 May 2011 .1-1693 / 2007-05-25 UB 3039/8151-CM / 2001-01-31 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 a) All data given in this section according ETA 99/0009 issue 2008-03-05. setting tool.HDA design anchor HDA design anchor Anchor version Benefits ■ HDA-P HDA-PR HDA-PF Anchor for presetting suitable for non-cracked and cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 mechanical interlock (undercut) low expansion force (thus small edge distance / spacing) automatic undercutting (without special undercutting tool) high loading capacity. shock. fatigue.

c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c. HDA-TR NRd = min { NRd.s M10 [kN] [kN] 30.8 M12 44.HDA design anchor Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.00 40 1.cyc (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 139 .7 41.11 50 1.9 M16 84.1.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.87 32 1.c .s Anchor size NRd.1 in compliance with ETAG No. Design Process: STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.0 78.79 25 0.c N*Rd.c = fB • N*Rd.0 Not available HDA-P(F).001 Annex C Design Method. NRd.8 M20 128. whichever governing NRd.7 28. HDA-T(F) HDA-PR.

c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.3 53.6 53.7 Not available HDA-PR HDA-T.00 40 1.c and multiply by the factor = 2.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.87 32 1.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.22 Design steel resistance (shear) VRd. the concrete resistance V*Rd.3 43.c V*Rd.79 25 0. HDA-TF HDA-TR VRd = min { VRd.3 65.6 Not available 136.4 M16 49.s M10 [kN] [kN] 17.s Anchor size HDA-P. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd.3 114.6 17. HDA-PF VRd.3 M20 73.0 25.c = fB • V*Rd. VRd. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 140 May 2011 .c.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.4 M12 24.6 47.4 93.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .11 50 1.HDA design anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design concrete edge resistance VRd.5 ■ 20 0.

s HDA-P/T HDA-P/T [kN] [kN] M10 M12 M16 M20 Steel faiure governs refer to steel resistance tables May 2011 page 141 . All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.HDA design anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness.s Shear VRd. as specified in the table below Anchor size h = hmin [mm] M10 M12 M16 M20 Refer to Setting detail Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge or spacing influence Anchor size Tensile NRd.

c N*Rd.3 207.2 69.0 68.c 400 tension shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.0 108.5 232.1 29.0 98.8 143.HDA design anchor Two Anchors Table 1: One edge influence h=hmin C S1 Nsd h Vsd ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.4 64.9 81.c N*Rd.2 114.7 284.9 52.0 137.3 207.c N*Rd.0 M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 150 tension N*Rd.1 128.8 194.6 179.2 28.c N*Rd.3 121.7 100.c 200 tension shear V*Rrd.5 62.5 73.c shear V*Rrd.4 106.1 44.c N*Rd.4 185.8 94.5 336.6 91.0 126.7 271.3 152.0 165.8 19.1 155.4 62.7 77.3 110.7 221.4 185.c 300 tension shear V*Rrd.4 173.c N*Rd.1 203.7 194.1 105.9 150.6 310.1 105.0 65.8 124.c 400 tension shear V*Rrd.8 134.9 73.5 96.7 38.9 73.0 160.7 65.7 54.2 54.4 111.7 54.9 115.c shear V*Rrd.3 91.2 187.0 196.3 207.5 105.5 73.2 40.2 48.7 157.0 35.4 51.5 171.1 21.5 96.7 65.2 114.7 284.6 64.c 200 tension shear V*Rrd.0 48.2 63.c N*Rd.4 185.8 79.4 77.5 135.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.6 54.1 67.7 81.2 81.9 90.0 98.c 120 tension shear V*Rrd.7 27.8 240.c 250 tension shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.3 173.c 200 tension shear V*Rrd.2 75.9 44.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.2 145.8 36.8 85.5 96.9 252.2 70.5 336.0 167.9 91.c 350 tension shear V*Rrd.4 169.8 213.2 85.6 230.c 500 tension shear V*Rrd.c 150 tension shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.4 132.5 87.1 70.9 39.8 78.0 55.2 77.8 123.c 250 300 350 450 550 170.3 47.0 88.4 132.1 105.4 132.1 171.6 102.6 208.6 M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.9 136.c shear V*Rrd.c 250 tension shear V*Rrd.0 56.4 218.3 119.c 100 150 200 250 300 ANCHOR 43.4 127.5 73.2 91.2 87.3 114.2 83.9 90.9 24.5 152.8 262.0 27.9 59.8 178.5 88.7 112.0 196.c N*Rd.9 46.2 41.c 500 tension shear V*Rrd.7 96.c 600 tension shear V*Rrd.9 55.4 177.7 284.3 76.8 58.0 M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 200 tension N*Rd.1 61.9 90.7 62.7 51.6 68.1 100.1 118.c 250 tension shear V*Rrd.7 50.6 310.6 230.2 33.8 32.6 310.8 56.4 132.c N*Rd.0 77.1 54.4 59.3 82.5 171.7 204.9 229.2 48.0 90.9 90.9 42.6 70.7 284.c N*Rd.4 148.0 49.3 27.8 65.c N*Rd.c 250 tension shear V*Rrd.5 336.7 47.c 300 tension shear V*Rrd.8 258.7 81.0 258.7 271.5 91.1 page 142 May 2011 .2 38.7 81.c 125 150 200 250 350 ANCHOR 60.0 98.8 39.4 132.0 59.2 76.4 131.c 190 250 300 350 450 ANCHOR 112.c N*Rd.5 35.0 196.7 62.0 73.0 153.c N*Rd.c 150 tension shear V*Rrd.9 83.7 93.4 187.7 81.2 62.5 68.2 114.c 400 tension shear V*Rrd.3 64.5 130.6 185.6 106.0 85.3 32.3 95.5 96.7 271.8 42.6 230.2 177.5 124.3 69.c 300 tension shear V*Rrd.1 105.5 73.7 105.1 82.1 97.2 114.c N*Rd.0 47.9 258.0 98.0 65.

7 117.4 496.3 190.c 250 tension shear V*Rrd.9 123.3 236.7 85.5 161.c 300 tension shear V*Rrd.5 161.8 163.4 74.4 165. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.4 276.0 200.8 149.3 194.2 306.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 161.7 100.c N*Rd.9 228.2 105.3 417.0 75.6 206.c N*Rd.4 44.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 86.5 136.6 167.0 134.0 126.8 173.c 200 tension shear V*Rrd.6 113.5 335.5 50.5 87.8 583.8 49.4 76.4 345.9 197.c N*Rd.0 196.4 180.9 114.3 110.7 194.0 79.9 276.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 244.3 215.6 256.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.0 245.6 228.8 105.7 83.9 123.0 380.0 131. ANCHOR Vsd M10 100 150 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.1 122.c 150 tension shear V*Rrd.c 300 tension shear V*Rrd.3 417.c 250 tension shear V*Rrd.8 227.6 437.2 210.4 345.3 68.4 71.5 161.4 48.3 May 2011 page 143 .c N*Rd.0 54.c N*Rd.2 179.6 266.8 583.c N*Rd.6 266.8 105.8 58.3 58.c 120 tension shear V*Rrd.9 87.c 400 tension shear V*Rrd.3 ANCHOR M16 190 250 300 350 450 Edge C (mm) 150 tension N*Rd.5 335.8 122.5 115.4 158.c N*Rd.0 411.0 134.4 165.1 120.5 138.3 110.6 256.c N*Rd.7 217.1 299.1 299.1 276.1 177.0 107.3 110.8 583.7 64.4 75.4 66.4 300.6 256.1 245.8 272.0 220.c 500 tension shear V*Rrd.3 244.3 191.3 148.1 63.c 250 tension shear V*Rrd.0 135.4 81.3 214.2 156.2 117.1 ANCHOR M20 250 300 350 450 550 Edge C (mm) 200 tension N*Rd.8 97.3 417.8 94.0 196.7 304.8 516.2 100.7 284.3 190.0 54.4 62.0 380.7 167.0 80.0 196.c N*Rd.9 365.6 333.5 146.5 65.4 122.c 500 tension shear V*Rrd.4 64.0 400.c N*Rd.0 179.7 175.2 140.5 82.2 84.7 117.6 193.3 190.c shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.6 256.0 134.4 96.9 56.0 152.4 55.0 ANCHOR M12 125 150 200 250 350 Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.9 248.9 96.1 299.5 127.9 138.1 105.4 165.c 400 tension shear V*Rrd.0 411.c 250 tension shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.3 167.2 234.0 70.5 96.4 187.7 301.5 89. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.4 87.9 228.c 400 tension shear V*Rrd.8 234.8 112.5 474.7 152.5 136.9 120.c N*Rd.c 200 tension shear V*Rrd.8 343.0 365.2 91.HDA design anchor Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence S1 Nsd h=hmin S2 C h Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.4 54.9 310.c 150 tension shear V*Rrd.c N*Rd.c N*Rd.8 184.3 87.4 96.6 266.4 345.0 332.2 77.c 350 tension shear V*Rrd.5 136.3 110.0 134.2 142.9 144.5 335.2 107.7 101.c shear V*Rrd.c 600 tension shear V*Rrd.7 101.0 117.2 43.4 496.8 216.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.c shear V*Rrd.3 383.5 163.3 89.9 86.6 301.0 196.0 380.c 200 tension shear V*Rrd.9 217.4 76.7 72.0 208.c shear V*Rrd.9 73.c N*Rd.6 86.1 74.2 92.3 87.3 147.3 140.3 190.5 228.6 171. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.0 141.0 411.5 136.5 264.1 122.8 122.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 62.4 125.5 161.2 38.7 134.9 149.6 256.4 271.4 165.8 213.6 98.4 496.9 173.7 82.c N*Rd.2 246. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.0 433.c 300 tension shear V*Rrd.3 190.c N*Rd.6 161.

galvanised to min. only the capacity of the bolt is taken into account. grade 8.s / γF = MRk.M16: Bolt M20: HDA-PR / HDA-TR (Stainless steel version) Sleeve: Bolt M10 .M16: Machined steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips.8.s [Nm] Anchor sleeve Nominal tensile strength Yield strength fuk fyk [N/mm²] [N/mm²] 850 600 850 600 700 600 550 450 850 600 850 600 700 600 a) HDA M20: only a galvanized 5µm version is available b) The recommended bending moment of the HDA anchor bolt may be calculated from Mrec = MRd.25. where the partial safety factor for bolts of grade 8. shearadized Cold formed steel.8. 5 µm Material Anchor dimensions HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF page 144 May 2011 .M16: HDA-PF / HDA-TF (Sherardized version) Sleeve: Bolt M10 . galvanised to min.5 266 HDA-P(F) / HDA-T(F) M10 M12 M16 M20 HDA-PR / HDA-TR M10 M12 M16 Characteristic bending resistance without sleeve M0Rk. shearadized Machined stainless steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips Cone/rod: machined stainless steel Machined steel with brazed tungsten carbide tips. 5 µm Cold formed steel.HDA design anchor Materials Mechanical properties of HDA Anchor size Anchor bolt Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section modulus fuk fyk As Z [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm³] 800 640 58. Material quality Part HDA-P / HDA-T (Carbon steel version) Sleeve: Bolt M10 . for A4-80 equal to 1.5 266 800 640 245 540. γF) .2 .0 62.9 519 800 600 58.0 62. Wel .s / (γMs .8.2 105 800 640 157 277.33 and the partial safety factor for action may be taken as γF = 1.3 109.8 is γMS = 1. grade 8. In case of HDA-T/TR/TF the bending capacity of the sleeve is neglected.2 105 800 600 157 277. γF) = (1.3 109. 5 µm Cone machined. galvanised to min.3 60 800 600 84. fuk) / (γMs .4.3 60 800 640 84. rod grade 8.

May 2011 page 145 .HDA design anchor Dimensions of HDA Anchor size Length code letter Total length of bolt Diameter of bolt Total length of sleeve: .HDA-P . Anchor HDA-P/ PF/ PR M10x100/20 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M10x100/20 HDA-P/ PF/ PR M12*125/30 HDA-P/ PF/ PR M12*125/50 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M12*125/30 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M12*125/50 HDA-P/ PF/ PR M16 *190/40 HDA-P/ PF/ PR M16 *190/60 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M16*190/40 HDA-T/ TF/ TR M16*190/60 HDA-P M20 *250/50 HDA-P M20 *250/100 HDA-T M20*250/50 HDA-T M20*250/100 TE-C HDA-B 22*155 TE-C HDA-B 22*175 TE-Y HDA-B 22*155 TE-Y HDA-B 22*175 TE-Y HDA-B 30*190 TE-Y HDA-B 30*230 TE-Y HDA-B 30*250 TE-Y HDA-B 37*250 TE-Y HDA-B 37*300 TE-Y HDA-B 37*350 Stop drill bit with TE-C (SDS plus) connection end TE-C-HDA-B 20*100 TE-C-HDA-B 20*120 TE-C HDA-B 22*125 Stop drill bit with TE-Y (SDS max) connection end TE-Y-HDA-B 20*100 TE-Y-HDA-B 20*120 TE-Y HDA-B 22*125 Setting Drilling Setting tool The setting system (tool and setting tool) is required for transferring the specific energy for the undercutting process.5 24 190 250 250 300 35 50 30 250 350 lB dB [mm] [mm] HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF M10 M12 M16 M20 x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100 I 150 10 L 190 12 N 210 R 275 16 S 295 V 360 20 X 410 Setting Drilling The stop drill is required for drilling in order to achieve the correct hole depth.5 17 125 155 21 33. diameter of sleeve Washer diameter Width across flats ls ls ds dw Sw [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 100 120 19 27.5 19 125 175 190 230 29 45.HDA-T Max.

11.11.4.360 TE-Y-HDA-ST 37 M20 8.0 .5 .0 .360 Setting of HDA-F sheradised TE 40 AVR TE 40 Anchor TE 25 a) TE 24 a) TE 56 b) TE 56-ATC b) Setting tool TE 70-ATC b) TE 70 b) TE 76-ATC b) TE 76 b) Technical data of the required drilling hammer Single impact energy [J] Speed under load [1/min] HDA-PF/TF 20-M10*100/20 HDA-PF/TF 22 M12*125/30 HDA-PF/TF 22-M12*125/50 HDA-PF/TF 30-M16*190/40 HDA-PF/TF 30-M16*190/60 a) 1st gear b) max.620 TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.9 250 .4.3 .5 480 .0 250 .0 280 .9 250 .360 Setting of HDA-R stainless steel TE 70-ATC b) TE 70 b) TE 76-ATC b) TE 76 b) TE 56 b) TE 56-ATC b) TE 40 AVR TE 40 Anchor TE 25 a) TE 24 a) Setting tool Technical data of the required drilling hammer Single impact energy [J] Speed under load [1/min] HDA-PR/TR20-M10*100/20 HDA-PR/TR 22 M12*125/30 HDA-PR/TR 22-M12*125/50 HDA-PR/TR 30-M16*190/40 HDA-PR/TR 30-M16*190/60 ■ ■ ■ ■ TE 75 b) TE 35 TE 50 TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.4.500 TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.620 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.5 480 .5 .4.5 .5 .500 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.5 .500 TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.0 250 .620 TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16 8.5 .5 .500 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12 3.5 480 .9 250 .0 .11.360 May 2011 . impact energy page 146 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ TE 75 b) TE 35 TE 50 TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.7.7.9 250 .555 TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12 6.9 250 .11.5 480 .7.7.5 .620 TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.HDA design anchor Setting HDA carbon steel version TE 56 b) TE 56-ATC b) TE 40 AVR TE 40 Anchor TE 25 a) TE 24 a) TE 70-ATC b) TE 70 b) TE 76-ATC b) TE 76 b) Setting tool Technical data of the required drilling hammer Single impact energy [J] Speed under load [1/min] HDA-P/T20-M10*100/20 HDA-P/T 22-M12*125/30 HDA-P/T 22-M12*125/50 HDA-P/T 30-M16*190/40 HDA-P/T 30-M16*190/60 HDA-P/T 37-M20*250/50 HDA-P/T 37-M20*250/100 ■ ■ ■ TE 75 b) TE 35 TE 50 TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10 3.5 .4.4.555 TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10 6.5 .0 250 .9 250 .

HDA design anchor Setting instructions HDA-P. HDA-TR. HDA-PR. HDA-PF HDA-T. HDA-TF May 2011 page 147 .

HDA design anchor Setting details HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF page 148 May 2011 .

min is possible for shear loading.max [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 12 180 0 20 30 14 200 0 50 40 18 270 0 60 50 22 350 0 100 d0 dcut.Shear load .min hs.max b) df hmin [mm] [mm] 21 200-tfix 230-tfix 23 250-tfix 310-tfix 32 330-tfix 400-tfix 40 450-tfix [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 10 15 10 20 30 10 15 10 50 40 15 20 15 60 20 25 20 50 50 50 100 Setting parameters Anchor size Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance smin cmin [mm] [mm] HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF M10 M12 M16 M20 x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100 100 80 125 100 190 150 250 200 May 2011 page 149 .max h1 hef hs.Tension load only! .70 266 250 2 8 300 M20 X x100/20 x125/30 x125/50 x190/40 x190/60 x250/50 x250/100 For HDA-T/-TF/-TR Clearance hole Minimum base material thickness Min.min tfix.min tfix. fixture thickness: .min dcut. details see ETA-99/0009 tfix.min tfix.min tfix.with use of centering washer Max.55 133 125 2 7 80 M12 N R 30 30.55 203 190 2 8 120 M16 S V 37 37. fixture thickness a) use specified stop drill bit b) with use of centering washer a reduction of tfix.without use of centering washer .Shear load .10 22.HDA design anchor HDA-P / HDA-PR / HDA-PF / HDA-T / HDA-TR / HDA-TF Anchor size Head marking Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole a) Anchorage depth Sleeve recess Torque moment b) For HDA-P/-PF/-PR Clearance hole Minimum base material thickness Fixture thickness df hmin tfix.10 20.10 30.max Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M10 I 20 20.15 37.55 107 100 2 6 50 L 22 22.

issue 2008-01-10. / date of issue ETA-02/0042 / 2008-01-10 ESR 1545 / 2005-08-01 BZS D 08-601 / 2008-06-30 UB 3041/1663-CM / 2004-03-22 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0042. page 150 May 2011 . Bern IBMB. subject to lead time. Braunschweig warringtonfire No. please contact your local Hilti Field Engineer HSL-3 Bolt version ■ ■ ■ ■ HSL-3-B Safety cap version ■ HSL-G-R Stainless steel version Concrete Tensile zone Fire resistance Shock European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software Fatigue Seismic ICC Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval ICC-ES report Shockproof fastenings in civil defence installations Fire test report Assessment report (fire) a) Authority / Laboratory CSTB. For technical data.HSL-3 heavy duty anchor HSL-3 heavy duty anchor Anchor version Benefits ■ suitable for non-cracked and cracked concrete C 20/25 to C 50/60 high loading capacity force-controlled expansion reliable pull-down of the part fastened no rotation in hole when tightening bolt stainless steel version (HSL-G-R) is available if required. Paris ICC evaluation service Bundesamt für Bevölkerungsschutz.

5 M10 30.87 32 1.11 50 1.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 151 .c .s Anchor size NRd.c N*Rd.s M8 [kN] 19. NRd.7 M20 130.cyc (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.9 M16 83.9 M12 44.1 in compliance with ETAG No.c = fB • N*Rd.79 25 0.7 M24 188.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd. Design Process: STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.00 40 1.HSL-3 heavy duty anchor Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.3 HSL-3.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c. HSL-3B NRd = min { NRd.001 Annex C Design Method. whichever governing NRd.1.

s M8 [kN] 24.c and multiply by the factor = 2.4 M12 57.4 M16 80.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.5 M24 141.5 ■ 20 0.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1. VRd.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.9 M10 39.9 HSL-3.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .HSL-3 heavy duty anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design concrete edge resistance VRd.s Anchor size VRd.79 25 0.22 Design steel resistance (shear) VRd.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.c = fB • V*Rd. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 152 May 2011 . the concrete resistance V*Rd. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd. HSL-3B VRd = min { VRd.c V*Rd.00 40 1.11 50 1.c.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.87 32 1.9 M20 113.

0 M12 30.s table May 2011 page 153 . All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness.s Steel failure HSL-3. as specified in the table below Anchor size h = hmin [mm] M8 120 M10 140 M12 160 M16 200 M20 250 M24 300 Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge or spacing influence Anchor size Tensile N*Rd.2 Steel governed refer VRd.6 M20 59.7 M10 25. HSL-3-B [kN] [kN] M8 19. HSL-3-B HSL-3.HSL-3 heavy duty anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.c Shear VRd.6 M24 78.4 M16 42.

2 36.3 31.0 23.7 55.0 31.3 48.0 34.2 26.9 16.7 46.7 46.8 42.9 16.5 29.8 14.2 24.c shear V*Rrd.0 30.6 28.0 26.3 36.6 36.3 39.c 200 tension N*Rd.9 43.c 175 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.2 43.0 39.8 35.6 34.8 55.6 21.c shear V*Rrd.8 39.7 40.c shear V*Rrd.6 26.3 18.3 54.c 175 tension N*Rd.2 45.9 31.4 21.3 38.1 29.7 49.9 23.4 30.9 45.2 46.7 55.c shear V*Rrd.0 61.3 35.1 44.4 49.2 55.4 49.9 40.c 250 tension N*Rd.8 45.8 48.4 35.7 28.9 35.9 39.6 32.4 28.9 29.8 41.6 27.0 25.7 49.5 41.4 31.4 45.4 38.3 27.c 150 tension N*Rd.c 80 125 150 175 200 250 300 36.c 150 tension N*Rd.c 300 tension N*Rd.8 48.1 31.6 24.2 37.c 125 tension N*Rd.8 62.8 42.3 23.9 29.3 39.3 21.7 13.0 37.9 33.9 42.3 36.c 80 tension shear V*Rrd.c 200 tension N*Rd.4 40.5 25.0 44.9 23.0 39.8 33.8 48.6 43.4 49.4 24.5 35.6 34.2 29.3 36.c 250 tension N*Rd.5 15.2 20.5 20.0 61.6 52.0 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.0 27.c shear V*Rrd.c 250 tension N*Rd.0 61.9 33.c shear V*Rrd.3 39.5 38.8 48.0 33.0 33.2 42.9 46.4 35.8 48.5 24.c shear V*Rrd.2 40.9 49.7 49.9 39.3 50.5 30.7 49.8 33.1 33.7 30.4 30.6 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 70 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.8 45.6 39.9 61.c 150 tension N*Rd.6 36.c shear V*Rrd.0 26.1 22.2 59.c shear V*Rrd.8 23.3 25.4 40.6 43.2 45.0 38.8 21.2 29.6 20.0 21.6 39.6 31.9 39.8 37.2 28.6 23.1 26.2 43.6 17.4 36.c shear V*Rrd.c 125 tension N*Rd.1 32.2 36.4 28.3 25.4 28.5 35.6 30.4 37.5 29.3 39.9 57.c shear V*Rrd.2 25.7 46.2 34.c shear V*Rrd.8 42.0 38.6 20.6 39.0 27.2 21.9 38.8 12.7 32.6 48.c spacing s1 (mm) 18.3 24.8 45.0 43.8 26.c 70 100 125 150 175 200 250 26.2 33.9 53.3 50.3 page 154 May 2011 .4 46.6 55.c shear V*Rrd.0 37.7 29.3 20.6 33.6 20.2 40.4 32.2 19.3 16.1 26.5 43.2 39.2 31.c 125 tension N*Rd.9 39.4 33.9 18.9 61.6 47.4 27.9 61.c 200 tension N*Rd.9 33.c 100 tension N*Rd.8 41.9 37.6 32.2 19.8 42.5 53.6 36.7 26.9 33.0 34.1 26.1 24.6 25.c N*Rd.HSL-3 heavy duty anchor Two anchors Table 1: One edge influence S1 Nsd h C Vsd ANCHOR M8 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.4 26.6 30.8 32.6 30.8 39.3 33.5 34.c shear V*Rrd.7 37.3 40.9 26.c 100 tension N*Rd.0 34.5 48.9 40.5 42.0 26.6 38.4 21.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.6 52.c shear V*Rrd.6 52.7 29.9 36.9 61.2 50.4 36.3 40.8 22.1 19.7 28.6 30.7 53.9 61.8 55.0 37.0 50.7 55.7 28.0 24.2 44.8 33.

4 98.c 300 tension N*Rd.3 133.9 67.0 78.0 87.8 63.7 63.1 66.1 119.5 51.7 112.c shear V*Rrd.4 67.2 115.c shear V*Rrd.5 59.c 200 tension N*Rd.9 ANCHOR M24 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 150 tension N*Rd.0 70.8 56.6 66.1 59.5 71.9 66.c shear V*Rrd.7 76.c 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 69.1 147.3 78.3 78.5 71.1 119.9 53.c shear V*Rrd.7 74.8 95.c 250 tension N*Rd.3 56.4 88.c 300 tension N*Rd.5 117.4 54.8 74.1 92.0 111.0 57.c 175 tension N*Rd.8 49.3 99.7 130.2 77.4 95.3 129.2 120.2 85.c shear V*Rrd.5 77.0 May 2011 page 155 .c shear V*Rrd.8 156.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.0 109.5 76.6 80.7 59.2 107.0 141.8 103.6 101.c shear V*Rrd.5 68.2 108.0 116.c 200 tension N*Rd.6 101.0 121.6 97.2 113.0 66.0 88.1 97.c 450 tension N*Rd.2 92.4 113.5 79.4 62.6 84.0 91.7 131.2 140.4 63.1 147.2 94.4 104.6 82.c shear V*Rrd.4 96.1 119.8 69.0 99.6 84.1 147.4 55.2 133.1 83.7 104.6 108.2 107.2 69.6 100.0 102.6 75.3 99.8 123.9 103.4 91.2 48.4 83.1 104.0 109.6 79.9 87.8 156.6 71.2 61.2 63.6 78.c 250 tension N*Rd.c 400 tension N*Rd.0 121.2 85.2 91.8 79.9 67.7 52.2 79.4 139.4 118.c shear V*Rrd.4 91.6 91.8 63.9 49.9 92.9 105.7 130.7 59.3 114.6 72.6 91.6 113.5 119.8 76.1 59.9 56.7 87.4 113.4 91.1 74.c 350 tension N*Rd.4 126.0 102.8 105.c shear V*Rrd.2 115.1 106.8 106.2 109.2 54.4 63.6 45.2 107.6 78.8 115.6 119.6 96.c 350 tension N*Rd.1 101.4 113.1 137.3 71.8 64.2 115.8 119.0 52.c shear V*Rrd.2 85.7 ANCHOR M20 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 150 tension N*Rd.c 250 tension N*Rd.1 75.8 86.c shear V*Rrd.c 400 tension N*Rd.7 127.4 39.5 104.5 82.3 89.c shear V*Rrd.4 125.8 63.2 52.7 87.1 85.4 62.c shear V*Rrd.4 139.2 58.8 111.0 78.3 67.7 95.4 90.4 122.4 83.3 99.9 84.7 100.c 450 tension N*Rd.0 78.3 79.9 67.c 150 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.2 92.3 83.c shear V*Rrd.4 83.c 200 tension N*Rd.4 94.8 60.7 130.5 71.8 108.1 104.3 99.5 96.2 65.c 100 150 175 200 250 300 350 46.c shear V*Rrd.2 55.6 61.6 85.4 83.5 98.1 39.5 126.1 85.2 115.8 76.1 85.0 121.2 107.3 49.8 156.8 70.1 74.1 82.c shear V*Rrd.4 91.0 114.6 74.6 36.9 68.3 81.7 56.4 139.2 95.5 107.6 81.6 103.2 71.5 121.c shear V*Rrd.1 119.2 110.1 86.c 350 tension N*Rd.0 71.c 300 tension N*Rd.2 82.c 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 78.HSL-3 heavy duty anchor ANCHOR M16 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.

2 54.2 47.3 79.6 64.c shear V*Rrd.4 84.3 32.1 85.4 37.5 80.1 43.0 63.8 41.6 79.c 200 tension N*Rd.1 99.c shear V*Rrd.9 83.5 60.3 61.c shear V*Rrd.5 73.8 70.c 125 tension N*Rd.8 45.1 52.9 56.0 76.4 54.3 92.c shear V*Rrd.c 250 tension N*Rd.9 64.2 79.9 51.3 83.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.5 54.c shear V*Rrd.6 42.c 175 tension N*Rd.6 63.c 150 tension N*Rd.0 44.6 61.c 300 tension N*Rd.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 29.4 63.9 37.5 35.0 33.6 61.0 44.5 80.8 72.2 68.2 102.2 63.9 62.0 53.8 32.0 37.8 66.0 49.4 60.5 25.0 39.c shear V*Rrd.6 53.1 57.2 56.c 175 tension N*Rd.9 54.c 125 tension N*Rd.c shear V*Rrd.0 64.7 44.c 150 tension N*Rd.6 28.2 73.9 ANCHOR M10 70 100 125 150 175 200 250 Edge C (mm) 70 tension N*Rd.0 46.c 250 tension N*Rd.6 32.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 49.c 150 tension N*Rd.2 35.7 69.9 56.6 59.9 51.7 72.5 80.6 47.2 41.8 75.1 57.9 95.3 35.9 43.4 84.2 102.5 79.2 67.4 78.4 43.9 55.5 57.3 88.7 49.8 94.6 64.4 37.9 44.8 41.6 60.9 66.2 27.8 48.c 80 tension shear V*Rrd.1 page 156 May 2011 .8 48.3 83.3 40.0 33.c shear V*Rrd.2 28.1 99.9 61.2 48.c 100 tension N*Rd.8 76.7 54.6 69.6 69.9 60.1 69.5 59.9 121.7 102.4 27.8 74.7 43.8 81.9 49.c shear V*Rrd.9 66.2 68.1 99.8 32.5 67.0 51.1 38.4 67.9 48.6 34.7 63.9 45.6 51.5 36.4 59.6 61.5 121.2 50.c shear V*Rrd.6 29.5 65.6 44.5 55.6 76.2 79.1 36.9 95.c 200 tension N*Rd.c 200 tension N*Rd.6 32.2 41.6 78.2 79.8 85.6 24.3 44.c shear V*Rrd.4 30.8 53.8 47.2 55.3 47.3 33.9 51.5 69.7 32.6 46.5 91.6 35.3 36.8 38.2 54.2 55.4 92.5 73.4 51.5 91.3 53.8 39.2 70.0 41.4 88.c shear V*Rrd.2 102.c 250 tension N*Rd.1 43.9 95.6 53.4 51.2 44.5 121.5 121.9 56.5 38.3 41.1 30.0 35.5 91.2 70.c 125 tension N*Rd.2 70.2 39.9 61.2 30.8 69.5 69.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 76.7 66.3 34.c N*Rd.9 57.9 121.6 76.7 59.8 72.7 78.4 47.0 62.c shear V*Rrd.3 39.0 ANCHOR M12 80 125 150 175 200 250 300 Edge C (mm) 80 tension N*Rd.3 47.0 54.2 41.6 68.6 57.4 54.2 41.8 56.8 46.c shear V*Rrd.6 50.c shear V*Rrd.4 49.1 34.c shear V*Rrd.6 31.4 54.6 92.c shear V*Rrd.7 102.9 48.3 83.6 29.2 55.2 101.5 57.5 79.7 25.3 76.6 40.3 57.0 52.5 121.c 100 tension N*Rd.0 40.3 27.5 73.c shear V*Rrd.0 44.3 56.7 42.9 53.HSL-3 heavy duty anchor Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence S2 C S1 Nsd h Vsd ANCHOR M8 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.3 47.6 29.5 79.7 38.5 38.9 92.5 121.9 111.4 46.7 72.9 121.2 79.4 63.9 66.2 65.4 63.

c shear V*Rrd.c 250 tension N*Rd.c 200 tension N*Rd.1 114.6 152.3 189.7 93.6 153.4 113.0 119.8 126.7 158.c 200 tension N*Rd.5 170.7 151.8 86.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 86.8 179.c 450 tension N*Rd.c 250 tension N*Rd.c 400 tension N*Rd.4 247.2 72. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 123.0 124.c 150 tension N*Rd. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.5 196.2 170.4 186.6 183.c shear V*Rrd.5 106.3 143.0 98.1 96.5 185.7 141.6 250.3 105.2 313.0 111.c shear V*Rrd.0 214.4 May 2011 page 157 .0 165.3 138.6 126.5 131.8 78.1 163.9 222.c shear V*Rrd. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.2 85.4 109.1 161.1 96.3 100.9 106.9 116.2 143.8 192.7 120.8 75.3 149.4 134.c 350 tension N*Rd.6 128.2 174.4 123.4 139.0 146.8 118.4 247.7 157.3 144.9 226.8 95.c 350 tension N*Rd.8 114.1 75.8 143.2 313.9 159.1 108.4 111.8 95.2 118.4 90.9 186.3 72. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.4 170.2 170.4 150.c 300 tension N*Rd.1 163.8 162.7 101.7 140.0 161.2 170.4 170.c shear V*Rrd.8 118.5 238.9 116.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 132.6 139.8 94.5 155.5 153.9 210.c 300 tension N*Rd.9 106.4 217.3 150.1 176.3 169.3 209.4 247.c shear V*Rrd.7 166.2 189.5 238.6 123.8 135.6 117.9 134.1 125.5 137.2 151.9 222.0 165.4 192.c shear V*Rrd.2 78.c shear V*Rrd.6 102.1 122.9 165.1 ANCHOR M20 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 Edge C (mm) 150 tension N*Rd.4 ANCHOR M24 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Edge C (mm) 150 tension N*Rd.4 217.9 222.4 84.3 279.c shear V*Rrd.c 200 tension N*Rd.2 110.9 163.5 188.1 202.0 181.2 178.c 175 tension N*Rd.4 157.HSL-3 heavy duty anchor Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.c shear V*Rrd.0 200.5 126.c 250 tension N*Rd.3 121.0 127.9 99.2 223.6 130.6 80.5 140.9 83.6 121.7 139.8 95.3 79.6 115.8 168.9 141.3 139.4 105.4 172.2 87.7 150.c 400 tension N*Rd.3 189.7 102.4 140.c shear V*Rrd.4 211.9 90.5 188.0 165.0 136.3 168.1 146.4 170.9 106.8 105.0 178.4 111.9 119.1 101.c shear V*Rrd.0 144.2 313.5 133.4 118.7 161.c shear V*Rrd.1 149.c 450 tension N*Rd.6 77.6 105.0 132.2 159.8 148.0 131.8 205.4 77.9 116.5 238.2 167.3 189.1 163.1 121.7 140.6 138. ANCHOR M16 100 150 175 200 250 300 350 Edge C (mm) 100 tension N*Rd.6 178.5 238.9 116.3 143.0 136.3 187.1 106.9 142.3 279.2 75.3 143.5 82.7 140.c shear V*Rrd.1 129.c 350 tension N*Rd.1 166.4 192.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.c 300 tension N*Rd.1 105.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.1 136.9 222.9 114.4 174.3 203.9 100.8 118.4 192.3 279.5 198.8 95.7 140.c shear V*Rrd.1 140.4 89.c shear V*Rrd.3 117.3 157.c shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.6 118.7 128.4 233.6 86.4 192.0 163.1 105.4 217.9 131.6 103.2 124.5 75.4 69.2 149.0 182.0 165.c shear V*Rrd.1 93.3 135.

0 62.3 109.0 M16 800 640 157 277. 5 µm page 158 May 2011 .s [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm³] [Nm] M8 800 640 36.2 M24 830 640 353 935.4 84.0 M10 800 640 58.6 31.4 Material quality Part Bolt.8 according ISO 898-1.0 M12 800 640 84.3 24. threaded rod Material steel grade 8. HSL-3-B Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section modulus Design bending resistance without sleeve fuk fyk As Z MRd. galvanised to min.5 48.6 415.8 M20 830 640 245 540.1 212.4 718.HSL-3 heavy duty anchor Materials Mechanical properties of HSL-3.

5 25 HSL-3 HSL-3-B 13 14 20 120 60 100 60 100 20 110 15 90 70 40 130 10 50 17 17 25 140 70 100 70 160 25 131 18 105 80 50 156 11 80 19 24 20 30 160 80 160 80 240 25 153 24 125 100 50 178 14 120 24 30 26 40 200 100 240 100 240 30 183 28 155 125 60 213 17 200 30 36 31 45 250 125 300 150 300 30 205 32 180 150 60 235 19 250 36 41 35 50 300 150 300 150 300 hef [mm] Max. fixture thickness tfix [mm] I [mm] [mm] Head height + washer hn Tinst [Nm] Sw [mm] dh [mm] dw [mm] hmin [mm] smin cmin [mm] [mm] for c ≥ [mm] for s ≥ [mm] Setting instructions Drill hole Blow out dust and fragments Install anchor Apply tightening torque (for HSL-3-B: no torque wrench is needed) May 2011 page 159 .HSL-3 heavy duty anchor Setting details Anchor version HSL-3 Drill bit diameter Hole depth Effective anchorage depth Anchor length Tightening torque Width across flats Clearance hole Washer diameter Min. base material thickness Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance d0 [mm] h1 [mm] M8/20 M10/20 M10/40 M12/25 M12/50 M16/25 M16/50 M20/30 M20/60 M24/30 M24/60 12 80 60 20 98 7.

Braunschweig warringtonfire No. Paris Bundesamt für Bevölkerungsschutz. Bern IBMB. / date of issue ETA-02/0027 / 2007-09-20 BZS D 06-601 / 2006-07-17 UB 3177/1722-1 / 2006-06-28 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 Shockproof fastenings in civil defence installations Fire test report Assessment report (fire) a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0027 issue 2007-09-20 page 160 May 2011 .HSC-A safety anchor HSC-A safety anchor Anchor version Bolt version HSC-A Carbon Steel version HSC-AR Stainless steel version ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Benefits ■ the perfect solution for small edge and space distance suitable for thin concrete blocks due to low embedment depth suitable for cracked and non cracked concrete self-cutting undercut anchor available as bolt version for through applications stainless steel available for external applications A4 316 Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Fire resistance Shock Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval a) Authority / Laboratory CSTB.

s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 161 .87 32 1.79 25 0.6 HSC-A HSC-AR NRd = min { NRd.7 M10x40 30.s Anchor size NRd.1.9 21.c N*Rd.c = fB • N*Rd.001 Annex C Design Method.5 13.cyc (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.9 31. NRd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.1 in compliance with ETAG No.s M8x40 [kN] [kN] 19.00 40 1.11 50 1.HSC-A safety anchor Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2. whichever governing NRd.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd. Design Process: STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.7 M12x60 44.c .

c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.00 40 1.5 20 0.HSC-A safety anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design concrete edge resistance VRd.c and multiply by the factor = 2.s M8x40 [kN] [kN] 11.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.22 ■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd.2 M10x40 18.7 8.0 M12x60 27.c = fB • V*Rd.s Anchor size VRd.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2.11 50 1. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 162 May 2011 .c. the concrete resistance V*Rd. VRd.6 13.87 32 1.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.0 18.c V*Rd.79 25 0.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load.9 HSC-A HSC-AR VRd = min { VRd.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .

s table M12 x 60 19.cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness.7 M10 x 40 10.8 May 2011 page 163 .HSC-A safety anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations. as specified in the table below Anchor size h = hmin [mm] M8 x 40 100 M10 x 40 100 M12x60 130 Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge or spacing influence Anchor size Tensile N*rd.s HSC-A HSC-A [kN] [kN] M8 x 40 10.c Shear VRd. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.7 Steel governed refer VRd.

6 21.c tension N*Rd.8 14.6 21.6 23.0 17.5 22.4 10.c 60 shear V*Rrd.8 22.8 16.8 21.3 31.c tension N*Rd.0 42.4 16.2 19.8 19.8 29.6 28.8 16.4 15.0 39.6 20.7 11.2 6.6 16.4 38.8 21.c tension N*Rd.6 17.5 12.6 21.4 16.2 19.3 9.1 page 164 May 2011 .6 21.4 17.1 27.1 14.9 46.1 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.6 21.4 29.4 19.c tension N*Rd.0 9.4 29.8 14.c tension N*Rd.4 16.HSC-A safety anchor Two Anchors Table 1: One edge influence h=hmin C S1 Nsd h Vsd ANCHOR M8 40 60 100 120 150 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.2 13.c tension N*Rd.3 12.2 14.8 21.5 27.c tension N*Rd.0 26.8 34.c tension N*Rd.9 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.2 23.3 21.8 21.7 33.7 29.4 14.c 120 shear V*Rrd.0 16.0 14.1 6.8 21.6 37.c 120 shear V*Rrd.4 17.2 9.6 9.1 26.9 22.2 19.4 16.2 16.0 24.6 39.6 39.4 29.c 250 shear V*Rrd.0 6.2 19.6 21.c tension N*Rd.6 17.6 21.c 100 shear V*Rrd.4 16.6 9.6 39.c 60 shear V*Rrd.7 20.4 16.6 38.2 19.7 33.2 16.7 17.8 12.4 9.c 120 shear V*Rrd.6 21.8 8.6 13.9 21.9 24.4 16.1 18.5 20.7 19.c 90 shear V*Rrd.8 19.2 6.c 40 60 100 120 150 10.1 14.4 16.2 19.4 23.1 14.0 14.3 20.2 15.2 19.8 21.5 18.7 33.6 21.6 19.c tension N*Rd.7 33.0 39.9 26.6 14.c tension N*Rd.8 21.9 30.c 60 90 120 180 250 19.4 26.1 14.0 24.c shear V*Rrd.8 14.6 16.c 150 shear V*Rrd.c 100 shear V*Rrd.0 39.0 12.6 10.6 19.5 17.1 14.c tension N*Rd.2 19.3 24.c shear V*Rrd.6 14.8 21.0 39.9 8.c spacing s1 (mm) 10.c 180 shear V*Rrd.6 39.c 150 shear V*Rrd.c shear V*Rrd.0 19.7 40.1 14.8 12.4 29.5 31.3 17.

1 43.4 23.2 79.c 120 shear V*Rrd.8 17.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 27.2 55.3 63.2 43.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.0 79.0 29.2 24.5 55.6 27.2 79.3 45.8 38.HSC-A safety anchor Four anchors S1 Nsd Table 2: One edge influence h=hmin Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.c tension N*Rd.2 44.c tension N*Rd.6 35.0 34.c tension N*Rd. ANCHOR S2 C h Vsd M8 40 60 100 120 150 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.5 65.1 43.1 20.2 43.9 26.8 35.2 36.3 21.2 43.3 19.c 100 shear V*Rrd.2 39.3 65.2 36.1 20.1 46.9 19.2 36.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.5 55.5 55.c 120 shear V*Rrd.2 24.8 19.9 48.0 31.0 18.c tension N*Rd.2 79.1 34.6 35.3 ANCHOR M12 60 90 120 180 250 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.2 17.1 43. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.9 25.1 14.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 15.c 120 shear V*Rrd.1 14.2 36.0 18.7 44.9 38.8 33.2 24.0 May 2011 page 165 .c 60 shear V*Rrd.1 18.c 180 shear V*Rrd.0 79.3 35.6 35.2 24.2 36.5 55.c shear V*Rrd.1 30.9 ANCHOR M10 40 60 100 120 150 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.4 54.2 44.1 23.5 23.2 26.8 35.2 25.4 21.4 29.1 19.2 79.6 29.c tension N*Rd.8 34.c tension N*Rd.c 60 shear V*Rrd.2 43.8 33.2 22.8 23.2 43.2 43.0 29.0 79.9 75.4 26.4 32.1 43.3 19.0 35.1 43.2 36.2 19.2 44.6 18.c shear V*Rrd.c 250 shear V*Rrd.1 43.c 90 shear V*Rrd.2 44.9 19.7 32.2 24.6 28.2 36.6 26.0 79.4 29.4 35.7 60.9 35.6 16.c tension N*Rd.6 35.4 29.c shear V*Rrd.1 23.2 43.c tension N*Rd.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 15.0 13.6 12.3 27. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.3 32.c 150 shear V*Rrd.1 36.2 43. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.2 24.1 18.1 41.2 24.0 19.2 36.4 17.2 36.1 19.8 66.4 18.7 21.5 49.1 43.c tension N*Rd.0 28.1 43.0 55.3 30.2 28.6 35. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.6 12.2 24.2 13.c 150 shear V*Rrd.4 19.c 100 shear V*Rrd.2 44.7 35.c tension N*Rd.0 34.

A Z [mm²] [mm³] -A.5 ls (mm) 40.5 17. 5 µm Galvanised steel Grade 8 according to ISO 898-2 steel grade 1.5 15.5 15.s [Nm] -AR 450 36. 1.3 109. HSC-A M8 x 40 tfix (or HSC-AR M8 x 40 tfix A4) page 166 May 2011 .HSC-A safety anchor Materials Mechanical properties Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²] -AR -A Yield strength Stressed cross-section for bolt version Section modulus Design bending resistance without sleeve fyk [N/mm²] -AR As.8 40. 1.4401.3 48 33.4571 according EN 10088 steel grade 1.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088.8 (or A4) HSC-AR marking e.8 60. AR -A MRd.5 e (mm) 16 20 24 marking HILTI 8.0 700 640 700 640 700 640 HSC -A M8x40 800 M10x40 800 M12x60 800 Material quality Part HSC-A Cone bolt with . 1.4401.g. with internal or external thread Expansion sleeve and washer Hexagon nut Cone bolt with .6 31.2 24 16.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088. EN ISO 3506 Anchor dimensions Dimensions of HSC-A and HSC-AR Anchor version HSC-A(R) M8x40 HSC-A(R) M10x40 HSC-A(R) M12x60 Thread size M8 M10 M12 tfix (mm) max 15 20 20 b (mm) 13. AR -A.3 450 84. with internal or external thread Expansion sleeve and washer Hexagon nut Material steel grade 8. galvanised to min.8 d (mm) 13.8 according ISO 898-1.7 450 58.4401.0 62.5 17. EN ISO 3506 steel grade 1.2 84 59.

HSC-A safety anchor

Setting
Installation equipment Anchor size HSC-A/AR M8x40 TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 16; TE 16-C;TE 16-M; TE 25; TE 35 TE-C-HSC-B TE-C-HSC-MW 14x40 14 HSC-A/AR M10x40 TE 7-C; TE 7-A; TE 25; TE 35 16x40 16 HSC-A/AR M12x60 TE 16; TE 16-C; TE 16-M; TE 25; TE 35; TE 40; TE 40-AVR 16x60 18

Rotary hammer for setting Stop drill bit Setting Tool

Setting instruction

For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.

Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef

May 2011

page 167

HSC-A safety anchor

Setting details HSC-A (R)
Anchor version Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Effective anchorage depth Maximum fastening thickness Torque moment Width across d0 dcut ≤ h1 ≥ df ≤ hef tfix Tinst SW [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] M8x40 14 14.5 46 9 40 15 10 13 M10x40 16 16.5 46 12 40 20 20 17 M12x60 18 18.5 68 14 60 20 30 19

Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
Anchor version Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance hmin smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] M8x40 100 40 40 M10x40 100 40 40 M12x60 130 60 60

For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced. Critical spacing and critical edge distance for splitting failure apply only for non-cracked concrete. For cracked concrete only the critical spacing and critical edge distance for concrete cone failure are decisive

page 168

May 2011

HSC-A safety anchor

May 2011

page 169

HSC-I safety anchor

HSC-I safety anchor
Anchor version
Internal threaded version: HSC-I carbon steel internal version HSC-IR Stainless steel version (A4)

Benefits
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

the perfect solution for small edge and space distance suitable for thin concrete blocks due to low embedment depth suitable for cracked and non cracked concrete self-cutting undercut anchor internal threaded stainless steel available for external applications

A4 316
Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Fire resistance Shock Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software

Approvals / certificates
Description European technical approval
a)

Authority / Laboratory CSTB, Paris Bundesamt für Bevölkerungsschutz, Bern IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonfire

No. / date of issue ETA-02/0027 / 2007-09-20 BZS D 06-601 / 2006-07-17 UB 3177/1722-1 / 2006-06-28 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26

Shockproof fastenings in civil defence installations Fire test report Assessment report (fire)

a) All data given in this section according ETA-02/0027 issue 2007-09-20

page 170

May 2011

whichever governing NRd.c .s M8x40 [kN] [kN] 16.3 11. NRd.4 M10x50 20.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 171 .3 17.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.00 40 1.87 32 1.c N*Rd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.1 HSC-I HSC-IR NRd = min { NRd. Design Process: STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.2 14.cyc (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.11 50 1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.s Anchor size NRd.001 Annex C Design Method.2 M12x60 24.c = fB • N*Rd.79 25 0.HSC-I safety anchor Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.

79 25 0.5 M12x60 14.c and multiply by the factor = 2.2 8.c = fB • V*Rd.87 32 1.8 6. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 172 May 2011 . the concrete resistance V*Rd.5 20 0.s Anchor size VRd.the anchor row closest to the edge is checked to resist half the total design load. VRd.6 10.c.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.3 HSC-I HSC-IR VRd = min { VRd.00 40 1.5 4 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to the edge .9 M10x50 12.c V*Rd.HSC-I safety anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design concrete edge resistance VRd.22 ■ Design steel resistance (shear) VRd.s M8x40 [kN] [kN] 9.cyl (MPa) fB Shear load acting parallel to edge: These tables are for a single free edge only 2 anchors: For shear loads acting parallel to this edge.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.c can be multiplied by the factor = 2. To obtain the concrete resistance use the corresponding 2 anchor configuration V*Rd.11 50 1.

8 May 2011 page 173 .s HSC-I HSC-I [kN] [kN] M8 x 40 10. as specified in the table below Anchor size h = hmin [mm] M8x40 100 M10x50 110 M12x60 130 Basic loading data (for a single anchor) – no edge or spacing influence Anchor size Tensile N*rd.1 Steel governed refer VRd.HSC-I safety anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.7 M10 x 50 15.cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness.c Shear VRd. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.s table M12 x 60 19.

c 60 shear V*Rrd.8 29.6 21.1 14.5 14.0 18.7 16.3 17.6 10.c tension N*Rd.2 19.6 39.3 46.c tension N*Rd.7 39.1 27.7 17.6 25.6 9.2 23.0 19.c tension N*Rd.6 39.2 19.7 26.c 180 shear V*Rrd.4 20.5 16.6 21.8 22.0 13.6 18.HSC-I safety anchor Two Anchors Table 1: One edge influence h=hmin C S1 Nsd h Vsd ANCHOR M8 40 60 100 120 150 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.8 19.c tension N*Rd.1 40.9 11.2 19.6 page 174 May 2011 .0 22.c 200 shear V*Rrd.2 24.8 27.0 39.c 90 shear V*Rrd.3 24.4 16.6 25.7 11.8 21.2 13.6 18.3 26.7 29.4 20.1 35.7 20.1 30.2 9.8 9.0 24.6 21.0 38.2 16.c tension N*Rd.1 14.8 13.4 16.1 16.2 18.8 21.6 14.7 21.4 16.6 16.1 6.c tension N*Rd.1 22.6 25.7 23.c shear V*Rrd.1 13.c shear V*Rrd.2 13.5 29.1 30.7 21.6 21.4 29.7 33.9 21.0 19.0 23.c tension N*Rd.9 34.7 29.c 100 shear V*Rrd.7 17.1 14.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.c spacing s1 (mm) 10.c 120 shear V*Rrd.c 50 75 100 150 200 14.2 30.4 16.4 17.1 30.c 75 shear V*Rrd.4 29.0 17.0 39.8 21.7 20.1 30.6 19.6 21.5 12.6 29.9 31.2 14.4 26.5 28.9 20.c tension N*Rd.4 29.1 22.c 120 shear V*Rrd.1 23.7 28.7 32.0 39.7 33.6 39.2 19.2 27.3 26.1 23.8 31.9 21.9 8.c shear V*Rrd.8 21.c 100 shear V*Rrd.4 14.5 43.1 22.c 150 shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.6 37.6 17.1 22.5 28.1 ANCHOR M10 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.1 30.3 8.4 19.8 16.c 150 shear V*Rrd.c 60 90 120 180 250 19.8 12.1 17.1 14.2 24.6 21.4 9.c tension N*Rd.7 33.6 26.4 15.1 30.2 6.4 29.0 ANCHOR M12 spacing s1 (mm) Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.2 14.6 39.0 39.7 33.c 250 shear V*Rrd.3 24.5 22.

5 55.5 35.7 35.1 36.2 79.2 79.c 120 shear V*Rrd.8 64.c 250 shear V*Rrd.c tension N*Rd.7 45.0 79.9 26.3 ANCHOR M10 50 75 100 150 200 Edge C (mm) 50 tension N*Rd.3 67.6 12.7 21.2 34.2 42.3 27.c 100 shear V*Rrd.3 60.4 29.5 35.2 43.2 36.2 25.3 19.8 30.8 60.2 36.2 29.1 43.6 27.6 46.9 40.1 43.2 26.3 44.2 45.0 28.3 32.c 150 shear V*Rrd.4 26.7 26.2 36.6 29.3 22.c tension N*Rd.2 44.3 65.6 35.c shear V*Rrd.0 55.3 19.c shear V*Rrd.0 34.8 33.3 49.4 35.8 25.2 27.4 18.2 24.(Refer page 30 for further details) The concrete edge resistance values have been obtained by taking the lesser of: 1.8 33.1 20.7 50.4 49.5 65.9 41.c tension N*Rd.7 56. This can be achieved using the Hilti Dynamic Set.1 23.3 39. You will need to ensure the gap between anchor and the plate is filled.6 35.4 23.2 24.7 32.2 36.c 120 shear V*Rrd.3 30.5 56.2 36.2 39.7 44.HSC-I safety anchor Four anchors Table 2: One edge influence S1 Nsd h=hmin S2 C h Shear design: The concrete edge resistance value in this table uses all 4 anchors in shear.6 35.0 79.1 60.c 180 shear V*Rrd.7 26.1 34.c 100 shear V*Rrd.9 60.c 75 shear V*Rrd.4 19.1 43.2 60.5 55.c 60 shear V*Rrd.4 35.2 44.c tension N*Rd.0 30.1 43.0 29.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 15.c tension N*Rd.6 35.6 41.c 150 shear V*Rrd.4 17.4 35.3 ANCHOR M12 60 90 120 180 250 Edge C (mm) 60 tension N*Rd.1 14.0 79.c tension N*Rd.3 60.2 24.2 44.c tension N*Rd.c 200 shear V*Rrd.9 54.4 24.4 19.0 49.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 27.0 26.6 48.2 43.c tension N*Rd.8 22.4 35.c shear V*Rrd.5 55.8 33.2 79.5 41.0 18.2 43.0 79.8 23.8 19. The concrete edge resistance of the furthest row.6 35.8 37.5 55.c tension N*Rd.c tension N*Rd.2 44.5 56.2 13.2 79.5 75.0 26.3 40.c spacing s1=s2 (mm) 19.3 33.9 44.6 29.2 24.6 May 2011 page 175 . ANCHOR Vsd M8 40 60 100 120 150 Edge C (mm) 40 tension N*Rd.1 18.2 36.c tension N*Rd.1 26.1 19.9 37.5 30.7 31. First row resistance multiplied by number of rows and 2.7 16.c 90 shear V*Rrd.3 21.1 19.9 41.8 26.8 17.c tension N*Rd.2 43.3 23.8 60.6 53.

3 36.0 600 640 700 640 700 640 HSC -I M8x40 800 M10x50 800 M12x60 800 Material quality Part HSC-I Cone bolt with . EN ISO 3506 steel grade 1.4401.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088.0 62.6 31.4401. EN ISO 3506 page 176 HSC-IR May 2011 . galvanised to min. 1. 1.IR -I.3 109.4571 A4-70 according EN 10088. with internal or external thread Expansion sleeve and washer Hexagon nut Cone bolt with .s [Nm] -IR 355 28.l As.7 350 34.IR -I MRd.A Z [mm²] [mm²] [mm³] -I.4401.6 58.8 according ISO 898-1.4571 according EN 10088 steel grade 1.8 84.2 24 16.HSC-I safety anchor Materials Mechanical properties Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk [N/mm²] -IR -I Yield strength Stressed cross-section for internal threaded version Stressed cross-section for bolt version Section modulus Design bending resistance without sleeve fyk [N/mm²] -IR As.2 84 59.IR -I. 5 µm Galvanised steel Grade 8 according to ISO 898-2 steel grade 1. 1. with internal or external thread Expansion sleeve and washer Hexagon nut Material steel grade 8.3 48 33.3 340 40.

TE 25. TE 16.g. TE 7-A.5 lb (mm) 43.5 19.5 19. TE 40.5 17.8 54.5 17. TE 35 16x40 16 16 18x50 18 18 May 2011 page 177 .8 50. TE 25. TE 16-M. TE 16-C.8 (or A4) marking e.8 60. TE 40-AVR 20x60 20 20 Rotary hammer for setting Stop drill bit Setting Tool Insert Tool TE-CHSC-B TE-C HSC-MW TE-C HSC-EW TE 7-C.8 64.5 ls (mm) 40. TE 35.HSC-I safety anchor Anchor dimensions Dimensions of HSC-I and HSC-IR Anchor version HSC-I M8x40 HSC-I M10x50 HSC-I M12x60 Thread size M8 M10 M12 b (mm) 15.8 marking HILTI 8. TE 16-M. HSC-I M6 x 40 (or HSC-IR M6 x 40 A4) Setting Installation equipment Anchor size HSC-I/IR M8x40 HSC-I/IR M10x50 HSC-I/IR M12x60 TE 16. TE 16-C.8 d (mm) 15.

HSC-I safety anchor

Setting instruction

For HSC-I: fastening carbon steel screw or threaded rod. Minimum strength class 8.8 according to ESO 8898-1 For HSC-IR: fastening stainless steel screw or threaded rod: minimum strength class A4-70 according to EN ISO 3506 For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.

Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef

page 178

May 2011

HSC-I safety anchor

Setting details
Anchor version Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Effective anchorage depth Screwing depth Width across Installation torque d0 dcut ≤ h1 ≥ df ≤ hef min s max s SW Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M8x40 16 16.5 46 9 40 8 22 13 10 M10x50 18 18.5 56 12 50 10 28 17 20 M12x60 20 20.5 68 14 60 12 30 19 30

Base material thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance
Anchor version Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance hmin smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] M8x40 100 40 40 M10x50 110 50 50 M12x60 130 60 60

For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced. Critical spacing and critical edge distance for splitting failure apply only for non-cracked concrete. For cracked concrete only the critical spacing and critical edge distance for concrete cone failure are decisive

May 2011

page 179

HSA stud anchor

HSA stud anchor
Anchor version Benefits

two setting depths setting mark

HSA Carbon steel

HSA-R Stainless steel

HSA-F Carbon steel, hot-dip galvanised

A4 316
Concrete Fire resistance Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software

Approvals / certificates
Description European technical approval a) Fire test report Assessment report (fire) Authority / Laboratory CSTB, Paris IBMB, Braunschweig warringtonfire No. / date of issue ETA-99/0001 / 2008-03-13 UB 3049/8151 / 2006-05-03 WF 166404/ 2007-10-26

a) All data given in this section for HSA and HSA-R M6 to M12 according ETA-99/0001, issue 2008-03-13. HSA-F and HSA-R M16 + M20 have no approval.

page 180

May 2011

HSA stud anchor

Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete
Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.001 Annex C Design Method. Design Process:

STEP 1:

TENSION LOADING

The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of:

Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance, or pullout, whichever governing NRd,c = fB • N*Rd,c

N*Rd,c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength
Concrete Strengths f’c,cyc (MPa) fB

20 0.79

25 0.87

32 1.00

40 1.11

50 1.22

Design steel resistance (tension) NRd,s
Anchor size
NRd,s

M6 [kN] [kN] 6.3 6.9

M8 12.0 12.5

M10 21.0 21.9

M12 29.7 30.6

M16 50.7 43.8

M20 89.3 61.3

HSA / HSA-F HSA-R

NRd = min { NRd,c , NRd,s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd

May 2011

page 181

0 23.3 M20 68. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 182 May 2011 .0 M8 9.c.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.87 32 1.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1. VRd.3 M10 15.00 40 1.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.2 4.c V*Rd.79 25 0.0 32.HSA stud anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design concrete edge resistance VRd.c = fB • V*Rd.22 Design steel resistance (shear) VRd.7 M16 44.cyl (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.6 7.s Anchor size VRd.4 16.11 50 1.7 HSA / HSA-F HSA-R VRd = min { VRd.6 11.s M6 [kN] [kN] 5.3 M12 24.

7 M10 100 65 75 9.6 M16 130 100 100 15.7 M12 140 90 100 15.5 20.7 12.6 4.4 6. edge distance (c = cmin) Standard embedment depth Anchor size Min. min.6 3.9 20.3 15. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.3 18.9 25.9 18.7 15.6 M16 170 105 105 20.1 11.3 5.3 7.7 M12 100 100 100 12.0 10.7 15.9 18.cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness.2 9.3 7.1 8.3 M8 100 60 60 9.6 M6 100 40 3.1 44.3 9.8 4.c May 2011 page 183 .3 12.7 6.0 6.9 32.c HSA HSA-R [kN] [kN] 5.5 9.7 20.7 20.5 11.8 18.3 8.6 25.6 15.0 5.7 5.9 6.8 12.6 15.1 8. base material thickness hmin Min.6 21.9 20.2 4.4 Reduced embedment depth M8 100 45 45 5.4 HSA-R [mm] [kN] [kN] Tensile N*Rd.7 8.c HSA HSA-R Shear V*Rd.4 7.9 HSA [mm] [mm] M6 100 50 50 4.7 14.7 15.5 [mm] M6 100 M8 100 M10 100 M12 140 M16 170 M20 210 M6 100 Reduced embedment depth M8 100 M10 100 M12 100 M16 130 M20 160 Single anchor.s table 8.1 M20 210 125 125 26.8 Steel Failure critical 11.8 M20 160 115 115 19.HSA stud anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.c HSA HSA-R [kN] [kN] Steel failure governs refer V Rd.0 3.3 8.7 4.8 29.0 3.7 12. as specified in the table below Anchor size h = hmin [mm] Refer to Loads table below Single anchor – no edge effect Standard embedment depth Anchor size Min. base material thickness hmin Tensile N*Rd. edge distance cmin HSA HSA-R Shear V*Rd.1 Steel failure critical [kN] [kN] 4.6 3.2 M10 100 65 65 8.1 18.

6 75.7 8.2 168.6 M10 720 600 720 576 400 576 58.2 21. 45 µm (M20) Setting parameters Standard embedment depth Anchor size Min. galvanised to min.2 75.3 109. HSA-F Anchor size Nominal tensile strength fuk HSA HSA-R HSA-F HSA Yield strength fyk Stressed cross-section As Section modulus Z Design bending resistance M0Rd.0 363.00 178.4 M20 720 400 720 576 576 245 540. 5 µm Stainless steel Carbon steel.2 M12 720 600 720 576 400 576 84.s HSA HSA-R HSA-F HSA-R HSA-F [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm³] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] M6 720 600 720 576 400 576 20.4 100. 35 µm (M6-M16) and min.0 62.2 Material quality Part HSA Bolt HSA-R HSA-F Material Carbon steel.6 21.3 43.6 31.0 43.2 30.2 52.0 8. base material thickness hmin Minimum spacing smin HSA HSA-R HSA-F HSA HSA-R HSA-F [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 40 40 120 50 50 60 50 50 145 60 60 72 55 65 150 65 75 75 75 100 210 90 100 105 90 250 250 105 126 126 105 310 310 125 155 155 35 90 40 45 35 35 105 45 45 53 55 55 125 65 65 63 100 100 150 100 100 75 100 190 190 100 96 96 100 235 235 115 117 117 [mm] M6 100 M8 100 M10 100 M12 140 M16 170 M20 210 M6 100 Reduced embedment depth M8 100 M10 100 M12 100 M16 130 M20 160 Minimum edge distance cmin Setting details page 184 May 2011 .HSA stud anchor Materials Mechanical properties of HSA. hot-dip galvanised to min.5 178.6 14. HSA-R.8 M8 720 600 720 576 400 576 36.2 M16 670 450 670 536 536 157 277.9 363.8 6.1 12.

concrete thickness [mm] Min. depth [mm] Max. fixture thickness [mm] Min. May 2011 M20x170 OK M12x80 Anchor size M10x120 OK 120 G 72 M10x68 M6x100 M10x90 M6x50 M6x85 M8x75 M6x65 M8x57 M8x92 Anchor size * 57 * 130 103 30 210 55 page 185 . concrete thickness [mm] [mm] [mm] Min. concrete thickness * * 50 A 15 OK * 65 C 30 6 * * 85 D 50 * * 100 E 65 OK * 57 B 20 * * 8 * * 92 E 52 M10x108 10 OK OK OK 90 E 42 30 17 12 * 68 C 25 * * 108 F 60 75 C 35 15 13 9 Head marking (letter code) 5 10 7 10 55 40 30 100 45 30 5 20 100 40 55 5 45 - 65 48 10 100 50 35 23 100 40 27 42 5 25 20 60 70 50 37 100 50 reduced anchorage 45 100 M12x100 M12x220 M12x120 M12x180 M16x100 M16x120 M16x140 M20x125 Setting Details HSA-R available: do I IG T inst SW df standard anchorage h1 hef tfix hmin h1 hef tfix hmin [mm] HSA-F available: Nominal dia. * available subject to lead time. fixture thickness Min. Contact your local Hilti Engineer. depth [mm] Max. fixture thickness [mm] Min.HSA stud anchor Setting Details HSA-R available: HSA-F available: do I IG T inst Sw df standard anchorage h1 hef tfix hmin h1 hef tfix hmin [mm] Nominal diameter of drill bit [mm] Anchor length [mm] Thread length [Nm] Tightening torque* [mm] Width across nut flats [mm] Clearance hole diameter [mm] Min. concrete thickness [mm] Effectiv e anch. of drill bit M12x150 OK OK 80 D 30 OK OK 100 E 45 OK * 120 G 65 OK 12 I 95 50 19 14 * * * L 125 * * 220 O 165 OK OK 100 E 35 * * G 50 OK 16 * M16x190 OK OK 190 L 120 * * G 45 20 170 K 85 200 30 22 [mm] Anchor length [mm] Thread length [Nm] [mm] [mm] Tightening torque* Width across nut flats Clearance hole diameter 150 180 120 140 I 70 24 18 100 125 Head marking (letter code) [mm] Min. depth of drill hole [mm] Effective anch. depth [mm] [mm] Max. depth of drill hole Max. depth of drill hole [mm] Effective anch. depth 70 50 5 25 45 100 5 25 95 70 55 140 85 125 90 64 5 115 84 25 170 75 105 78 reduced anchorage 75 105 145 5 25 130 45 95 10 160 * Tightening torque same for standard & reduced anchorage. fixture thickness Min. depth of drill hole [mm] Effective anch.

/ date of issue ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30 ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30 PB III / 08-354 / 2008-11-27 a) Data for HUS-HR with standard and reduced embedment depth is given in this section according ETA-08/0307 issue 2009-03-30. page 186 May 2011 . Berlin MFPA.HUS-HR screw anchor HUS-HR screw anchor Anchor version HUS-HR Stainless steel Concrete Screw Benefits ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Quick and easy setting Low expansion forces in base materials Through fastening Removable Forged-on washer and hexagon head with no protruding thread A4 316 Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Solid brick Autoclaved aerated concrete Fire resistance European Technical Approval Corrosion resistance CE Hilti anchor conformity design software Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval Fire test report Fire test report ZTV – Tunnel (EBA) a) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. Berlin DIBt. Leipzig No.

22 a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth ■ Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.0 HUS-HR 8 24.c .HUS-HR screw anchor Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2. Design Process: STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.0 NRd = min { NRd.c N*Rd.87 32 1.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.001 Annex C Design Method.79 25 0.6 HUS-HR 14 73.3 HUS-HR 10 37.00 40 1.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 187 .s Anchor size NRd. whichever governing NRd = fB • N*Rd.s [kN] HUS-HR 6 17.cyl (MPa) fB 20 0.1.1 in compliance with ETAG No.11 50 1. NRd.

c = fB • V*Rd.0 22.3 17.00 40 1.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.7 VRd = min { VRd.0 22.11 50 1.87 32 1.HUS-HR screw anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design concrete edge resistance VRd. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 188 May 2011 .3 HUS-HR 10 22.c.cyl (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.7 36.s HUS-HR 6 [kN] [kN] [kN] 11. VRd.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.c V*Rd.3 HUS-HR 8 17.3 17.0 HUS-HR 14 36.s Anchor size Extra reduced embedment Reduced embedment Standard embedment VRd.22 Design steel resistance (shear) VRd.s VRd.3 11.79 25 0.s VRd.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.

HUS-HR screw anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.8 Cracked concrete 8 10 14 Reduced embedment hnom Min.c [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 6 30 80 8 50 100 6. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.5 70 120 6.cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness.7 Steel governs refer VRd.3 55 100 3.c [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 55 100 5.c Shear V*Rd.2 60 120 5.2 70 140 13. base material thickness hmin Tension N*Rd.c [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 60 100 8.2 18.s table May 2011 page 189 .4 90 140 11. base material thickness hmin Tension N*Rd.c Shear V*Rd.7 80 120 8.2 19.6 110 160 28.4 26.5 14. as specified in the table below Single anchor – no edge effects Non-cracked concrete Anchor size HUS-HR hnom Min.2 Steel governs refer VRd.c Shear V*Rd.5 14 6 30 80 Extra reduced embedment 50 100 3.0 13.4 22.4 80 120 11.s table Standard embedment hnom Min.2 90 140 17.3 24.9 60 100 4.0 10 60 120 8.6 Steel governs refer VRd.s table 110 160 17. base material thickness hmin Tension N*Rd.0 70 140 8.3 31.4 70 120 11.3 20.

edge distance c=cmin Tension N*Rd.9 14 6 30 80 40 Extra reduced embedment 50 100 45 3.1 6.5 110 160 60 12.3 page 190 May 2011 .8 80 120 50 8.c [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 55 100 40 5.1 Cracked concrete 8 10 14 Reduced embedment hnom Min.c Shear V*Rd.4 4.4 6.8 5.3 90 140 50 9.0 70 120 50 10.5 70 120 50 6.c [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 6 30 80 40 8 50 100 45 6.5 3.2 3.c Shear V*Rd.c [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] 60 100 45 8. base material thickness hmin Min.9 4.4 60 100 45 4.0 55 100 40 3.7 6.3 4. base material thickness hmin Min.1 6. edge distance c=cmin Tension N*Rd.3 70 140 50 6.4 9.0 90 140 50 13.5 Standard embedment hnom Min.4 4.8 10 60 120 50 7.4 5.2 6.3 4.3 4. edge distance c=cmin Tension N*Rd. min. base material thickness hmin Min.2 4.3 60 120 50 5.1 70 140 50 9.0 2. edge distance (c = cmin) Non-cracked concrete Anchor size HUS-HR hnom Min.c Shear V*Rd.0 80 120 50 11.HUS-HR screw anchor Single anchor.4 110 160 60 17.

4 23.5 12.HUS-HR screw anchor Materials Mechanical properties Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Stressed cross-section Section modulus Design bending resistance fuk As Z MRd.4 128.9 HUS-HR 8 870 39 34.2 44.8 Material quality Part Stainless steel hexagonal head concrete screw Material Stainless steel (grade A4) May 2011 page 191 .2 HUS-HR 14 820 125 196.s [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm³] [Nm] HUS-HR 6 1040 23 15.9 HUS-HR 10 950 55 58.

1 8. 105 120 ds (mm) 7.HUS-HR screw anchor Anchor dimensions Dimensions of HUS .3 16. 105 HUS-HR 14 x 120 ls (mm) 60 85 75.5 10.5 dk (mm) 5. page 192 May 2011 .HR Anchor version HUS-HR 6 x 60 HUS-HR 8 x 85 HUS-HR 10 x 75.1 12.6 Setting Recommended installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer drill bit Socket wrench insert Impact screw driver HUS-HR 6 Hilti TE 6 TE-C3X 6/17 S-NSD 13 ½ (L) Hilti SIW 144 or 121 Hilti TKI 2500 HUS-HR 8 Hilti TE 6 TE-C3X 8/17 S-NSD 13 ½ (L) HUS-HR 10 Hilti TE 16 TE-C3X 10/22 S-NSD 15 ½ (L) Hilti SI 100 HUS-HR 14 Hilti -TE 16 TE-C3X 14/22 S-NSD 21 ½ Setting instruction For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.4 12.4 7.

4 65 9 45 . installation torque HUS-HR hnom d0 dcut ≤ h1 ≥ df ≤ hef Tfix Tinst Tinst Tinst Tinst [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 6 55 6 6.c) 16 16 8 46 45 90 70 b) 10 80 60 a) 14 90 70 b) 70 b) 110 14 14.d) .45 80 14 54 45 20 20 10 71 45 20 20 10 52 65 .d) .d) 100 80 120 18 86 65 .c) 16 16 8 64 .d) .45 70 12 47 .d) .d) .c) 10 10 4 38 35 .d) 60 50 a) 8 60 8 8.HUS-HR screw anchor Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef Setting details Anchor version Nominal embedment depth Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Effective anchorage depth Max.5 10 10.c) a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth c) Hilti recommends machine setting only in concrete d) Hilti does not recommend this setting process for this application May 2011 page 193 . Mz 12 Solid m. fastening thickness Concrete Max.d) Solid m.d) . KS 12 Aerated conc.

HUS-HR screw anchor Base material thickness. anchor spacing and edge distance Anchor size Nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] HUS-HR 6 30 100 40 40 55 100 40 40 50 100 45 45 HUS-HR 8 60 100 45 45 80 120 50 50 60 120 50 50 HUS-HR 10 70 120 50 50 90 140 50 50 HUS-HR 14 70 140 50 50 110 160 60 60 Minimum base material h [mm] thickness non-cracked concrete min Minimum spacing Minimum edge distance smin [mm] cmin [mm] page 194 May 2011 .

HUS-HR screw anchor May 2011 page 195 .

page 196 May 2011 .HUS-H screw anchor HUS-H screw anchor Anchor version HUS-H Carbon steel Concrete Screw Benefits ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Quick and easy setting Low expansion forces in base materials Through fastening Removable Forged-on washer and hexagon head with no protruding thread Concrete Tensile zone Small edge distance & spacing Solid brick Autoclaved aerated concrete Fire resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval Fire test report Assessment report (fire) a) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. Berlin IBMB. Brunswick warringtonfire No. / date of issue ETA-08/0307 / 2009-03-30 UB 3574/5146 / 2006-05-20 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 a) Data for HUS-H 8 and HUS-H 10 is given in this section according to ETA-08/0307 issue 2009-03-30 .

0 1.1.87 0.b 20 0.17 a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.22 1.5 NRd = min { NRd.09 50 1. whichever governing NRd = fB • N*Rd.11 1.c .10.c N*Rd.5 HUS-H 8 [kN] 26.s ETA Anchor size NRd.s HILTI HUS-H 10 39.001 Annex C Design Method.1 in compliance with ETAG No.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB Concrete Strengths f’c.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 197 .79 0.82 25 0.0 40 1. Design Process: STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.HUS-H screw anchor Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.14 10 a.6 HUS-H 14 67. NRd.cyl (MPa) fB HUS-H 8.89 32 1.

6 VRd = min { VRd.89 32 1.c V*Rd.b 20 0.HUS-H screw anchor STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design concrete edge resistance VRd.c = fB • V*Rd.cyl (MPa) fB HUS-H 8.09 50 1.0 40 1.79 0.s HILTI HUS-H 10 15.87 0. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 198 May 2011 .c.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.7 HUS-H 14 36.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.17 a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth Design steel resistance (shear) VRrd.11 1.82 25 0.22 1.0 1. VRd.s ETA Anchor size VRd.7 HUS-H 8 [kN] 10.14 10 a.10.

6 8.s table Steel governs refer VRd.1 a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth May 2011 page 199 .c 50a) 100 55 5.s table Steel governs refer VRd.9 9.0 8.4 110 210 60 18.1 8.6 8.4 130 8.7 60a) 130 65 7.1 Steel governs refer VRd.0 70 a) 60 75 120 11.5 75 120 55 11.4 110 210 30.5 30.s table a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth Single anchor.3 100 5.2 9.1 130 12.6 85 130 65 12.9 6.1 12.4 6.2 110 8.c Shear V*Rd.4 130 8.c 50 a) 10 b) 14 85 130 12.c Shear V*Rd.6 8.2 60 a) 70 b) 90b) 170 19.cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness.0 14 90b) 170 60 13. as specified in the table below Single anchor – no edge effects 8 hnom Min. base material thickness Min. base material thickness Tension N*Rd.HUS-H screw anchor Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.9 70a) 130 60 10.2 60b) 110 55 8.3 10 70b) 130 65 8. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc. edge distance cmin Tension N*Rd.2 6. edge distance (c = cmin) 8 hnom Min. min.

1 8.4 58.2 16.2 46.4 12.5 HUS-H 14 770 700 143.0 34.1 191.4 26. 1.1 12.HUS-H screw anchor Materials Mechanical properties Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section modulus Design bending resistance fuk fyk As Z MRd.5 d (mm) 7.H Anchor version HUS-H 8 x 55/65/80/90 HUS-H 10 x 65/75/90/100 HUS-H 14 x 80/115/160 ls (mm) 55/65/80/90 65/75/90/100 80/115/160 ds (mm) 10. 5 µm Anchor dimensions Dimensions of HUS . galvanised to min.6 Setting Recommended installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Drill bit Socket wrench insert Impact screw driver TE-C3X 8/17 S-NSD 13 ½ (L) SI 100 HUS-H 8 HUS-H 10 TE 6 … TE 16 TE-C3X 10/22 S-NSD 15 ½ (L) SI 100 TE-C3X 14/22 S-NSD 21 ½ SI 100 HUS-H 14 page 200 May 2011 .1 HUS-H 10 1000 900 55.7 118 Material quality Part Carbon steel hexagonal head concrete screw Material steel according DIN EN 10263-4.5523.s [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm²] [mm³] [Nm] HUS-H 8 950 855 39.

Machine setting not required May 2011 page 201 . fastening thickness Concrete Max. KS 12 Aerated conc. Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef Setting details Anchor version Nominal embedment depth Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Diameter of clearance hole Effective anchorage depth Max.5 110 10 10.45 70 12 47 60 45 6 16 10 44 45 85 70 b) 10 75 60 a) 14 85 70 a) 70 b) 90b) 14 14.HUS-H screw anchor Setting instruction For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product. installation torque HUS-H hnom d0 dcut h1 df hef T Tinst Tinst Tinst Tinst [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm] 35 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 36 60 50 a) 8 60 8 8. Mz 12 Solid m. c) a) extra reduced embedment depth b) reduced embedment depth c) Installation torque for manual setting only.hnom 55 10 16 10 67 50 95 80 100 18 67 65 - 120 90 Solid m.45 80 14 54 ls .

HUS-H screw anchor Base material thickness. page 202 May 2011 . anchor spacing and edge distance Anchor size Nominal embedment depth hnom [mm] 50 100 55 55 100 55 55 HUS-H 8 60 110 55 55 110 40 50 75 120 55 55 120 40 50 60 110 65 65 110 65 65 HUS-H 10 70 130 65 65 110 50 50 85 130 65 65 130 50 50 70 130 80 60 HUS-H 14 90 170 80 60 170 80 60 110 210 80 60 - Minimum base material h [mm] thickness non-cracked concrete min Minimum spacing non-cracked concrete Minimum edge distance non-cracked concrete Minimum base material thickness cracked concrete Minimum spacing cracked concrete Minimum edge distance cracked concrete smin [mm] cmin [mm] hmin [mm] smin [mm] cmin [mm] For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.

HUS-H screw anchor May 2011 page 203 .

HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application HKD push-in anchor – single anchor application Anchor version HKD-S(R) Carbon steel. / date of issue ETA-02/0032 / 2010-04-22 a) Anchors with anchorage depth hef = 25mm are not coverd by ETA page 204 May 2011 . tested and confirmed by everyday jobsite experience reliable setting thanks to simple visual check versatile for medium-duty fastening with bolts or threaded rods available in various materials and sizes for maximized coverage of possible applications HKD-E(R) Carbon steel. stainless steel without lip ■ A4 316 Concrete Corrosion resistance European Technical Approval CE Hilti anchor conformity design software Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval a) Authority / Laboratory DIBt. Berlin No. stainless steel with lip Benefits ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ simple and well proven approved.

4 11. HKD-ER NRd = min { NRd. HKD-E HKD-SR.1 M20x80 59.7 6.c N*Rd.4 9.s M6x25 [kN] [kN] 6.7 HKD-S.4 M16x65 37.7 20.1.2 35. NRd. whichever governing NRd.22 Design steel resistance (tension) NRd.001 Annex C Design Method.11 50 1.HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application Design process for typical anchors layout in non cracked concrete Background of the design method: Values of the design resistances are obtained from PROFIS 2.c .2 M10x30 12.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.cyc (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.c = fB • N*Rd.79 25 0. Design Process: STEP 1: TENSION LOADING The design tensile resistance NRd is the lower of: ■ Concrete cone or concrete splitting resistance.1 in compliance with ETAG No.5 M12x50 23.00 40 1.9 M8x30 11.87 32 1.4 not available M10x40 13.s Anchor size NRd.s } CHECK NRd ≥ NSd May 2011 page 205 .1 55.

6 HKD-S. VRd.8 33.HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application STEP 2: SHEAR LOADING The design shear resistance VRd is the lower of: ■ Design concrete edge resistance VRd.1 M20x80 27.5 M10x30 5.22 Design steel resistance (shear) VRd.s Anchor size VRd.s } CHECK VRd ≥ VSd STEP 3: COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR LOADING The following equations must be satisfied: NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd ≤ 1.87 32 1. HKD-E HKD-SR.9 4.79 25 0.2 and NSd/NRd ≤ 1.3 M16x65 17.11 50 1.9 not available M10x40 6.s M6x25 [kN] [kN] 3.c = fB • V*Rd. HKD-ER VRd = min { VRd.3 12.cyl (MPa) fB ■ 20 0.c is obtained from the relevant design tables fB influence of concrete strength Concrete Strengths f’c.9 M12x50 11.4 6.5 21.5 5.c V*Rd.1 M8x30 5. VSd/VRd ≤ 1 page 206 May 2011 .c.00 40 1.

as specified in the table below Anchor size h = hmin [mm] Refer to table below Single anchor for edge distance c ≥ cmin Non-cracked concrete Hilti technical data Anchor size Min Base thickness Min.8 according ETA-02/0032.3 M20x80 160 280 30.4 30. HKD-E HKD-SR.0 9.s [kN] Steel governs refer VRd.8 not available M10x40 100 140 9.s table hmin cmin M6x25 100 100 3. issue 2010-04-22 M10x30 100 105 5.5 12.5 M16x65 130 230 22. HKD-ER Shear VRd.cyl = 32 MPa minimum base material thickness. All tables are based upon: ■ ■ ■ correct setting (See setting instruction) non-cracked concrete – fc.8 3.HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application Precalculated table values – design resistance values General: The following tables provide the total ultimate limit state design resistance for the configurations.c [kN] HKD-S.0 M12x50 100 175 12.4 Tension N*Rd. HKD-E HKD-SR. edge distance HKD-S. HKD-ER May 2011 page 207 .3 22.8 5.8 M8x30 100 105 5.

HKD-E fuk fyk As Z HKD-SR. 1.9 5.4401.5 12 M10x30 30 11.75 16.9 10.75 13.4 30 Anchor body page 208 May 2011 . 1. 1. 1. HKD-ER Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section Modulus HKD-S.4404.9 50 M8 560 540 440 355 26. 5 m Stainless steel.4571 Tapered expansion plug Anchor dimensions Anchor size Anchor version: HKD-S (R).95 6. HKD-E (R) Effective anchorage depth Anchor diameter Plug diameter Plug length hef d1 d2 l1 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M6x25 25 7.8 110 M12 510 540 410 355 58. 1. HKD-ER HKD-S.4401.8 8. HKD-ER HKD-S.4571 Steel material Stainless steel.2 16 M12x50 50 14. HKD-E (R) [mm²] HKD-S (R). HKD-E (R) [mm³] Material quality Part Anchor Body HKD-S.3 20 M16x65 60 19. HKD-SR. HKD-E HKD-SR. HKD-ER [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] M6 560 540 440 355 20.8 29 M20x80 80 24.4404. HKD-E HKD-SR.95 8.7 264 M16 460 540 375 355 102.HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application Materials Mechanical properties of HKD-S. HKD-E HKD-SR.2 12 M10x40 40 11. 1. HKD-E.1 10 M8x30 30 9.1 79 M10 510 540 410 355 28. HKD-ER Material Steel Fe/Zn5 galvanised to min.8 602 M20 460 540 375 355 163 1191 HKD-S (R).

torque wrench. May 2011 page 209 . For technical data for anchors in diamond drilled holes please contact the Hilti Technical advisory service. blow out pump Setting instructions For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application Setting Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Machine setting tool Hand Setting tool Other tools HSD-M HSD-G 6x25 8x30 M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 TE 2 – TE 16 10x30 10x40 12x50 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80 TE 40 – 80 16x65 20x80 hammer.

Torque moment d0 dcut≤ h1≥ ls.HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef Setting details Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Screwing depth Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Effective anchorage depth Max.5 18 65 60 25 25. anchor spacing and edge distances Anchor size Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing and minimum edge distance HKD-S (R) HKD-E (R) hmin smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] M6x25 100 60 88 M8x30 100 60 105 M10x40 100 80 140 M12x50 100 125 175 M16x65 130 130 230 M20x80 160 160 280 For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced.min ls.45 27 6 12 7 25 4 M8x30 10 10. page 210 May 2011 .5 33 10 13 12 30 15 12 12.5 43 10 18 12 40 15 15 15.5 85 20 42 22 80 120 Base material thickness.5 70 16 30.5 9 30 8 M10x30 M10x40 M12x50 M16x65 M20x80 12 12.max df≤ hef Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M6x25 8 8.5 33 8 14.5 54 12 22 14 50 35 20 20.

HKD push-in anchor Single anchor application May 2011 page 211 .

issue 2010-04-22. fck. stainless steel without lip ■ ® A4 316 Fire resistance Corrosion resistance CE conformity European Technical Approval Concrete Tensile zonea) Redundant fastening Sprinkler approved a) Redundant fastening only Approvals / certificates Description European technical approval Fire test report Assessment report (fire) a) Authority / Laboratory DIBt.HKD push-in anchor Redundant fastening HKD push-in anchor – redundant fastening Anchor version HKD-S(R) Carbon steel. The anchor is to be used only for redundant fastening for non-structural applications. Berlin DIBt.cube = 25 N/mm² to C50/60. / date of issue ETA-06/0047 / 2010-04-22 ETA-06/0047 / 2010-04-22 WF 166402 / 2007-10-26 a) All data given in this section for HKD-S(R) and HKD-E(R). stainless steel with lip Benefits ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ simple and well proven approved. Basic loading data for all load directions according design method B of ETAG 001 All data in this section applies to ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Correct setting (See setting instruction) No edge distance and spacing influence Concrete C 20/25. tested and confirmed by everyday jobsite experience reliable setting thanks to simple visual check versatile for medium-duty fastening with bolts or threaded rods available in various materials and sizes for maximized coverage of possible applications HKD-E(R) Carbon steel. according ETA-06/0047. Berlin warringtonfire No. fck.cube = 60 N/mm² Minimum base material thickness Anchors in redundant fastening page 212 May 2011 .

g.0 M12x50 4.0 4. suspended ceiling.0 HKD-S. HKD-ER a) With overall partial safety factor for action γ = 1.HKD push-in anchor Redundant fastening Design Resistance.9 M12x50 2. May 2011 page 213 .9 HKD-S.9 - M10x40 2. all load directions Anchor size Load FRec M6x25 [kN] [kN] - M8x25 - M8x30 1.5 for variable actions. Annex 1. Requirements for redundant fastening The definition of redundant fastening according to Member States is given in the ETAG 001 Part six. The partial safety factors for action depend on the type of loading and shall be taken from national regulations. annex C. HKD-E HKD-SR.0 M10x30 2.9 2.0 4.4.7 - M10x40 4. HKD-E HKD-SR. The value NSd may be increased if the failure of one (= most unfavourable) fixing point is taken into account in the design (serviceability and ultimate limit state) of the structural system e.4 M10x30 1.9 2. According ETAG 001.35 for permanent actions and γQ = 1. HKD-ER Recommended loadsa).4 1. In Absence of a definition by a Member State the following default values may be taken Minimum number of fixing points 3 4 Minimum number of anchors per fixing point 1 1 Maximum design load of action NSd per fixing point a) 2 kN 3 kN a) The value for maximum design load of actions per fastening point NSd is valid in general that means all fastening points are considered in the design of the redundant structural system.0 2. the partial safety factor is γG = 1. all load directions Anchor size Load FRd M6x25 [kN] [kN] - M8x30 2.

9 50 M8 560 540 440 355 26. 1.2 12 M10x40 40 11. 1.8 8.4571 Steel material Stainless steel.5 12 M10x30 30 11. HKD-SR.HKD push-in anchor Redundant fastening Materials Mechanical properties of HKD-S. HKD-ER HKD-S.4401. HKD-E. 1.2 16 M12x50 50 14. HKD-E HKD-SR.4404.1 79 M10 510 540 410 355 28.3 20 Anchor body page 214 May 2011 . 1. HKD-E (R) [mm³] Material quality Part Anchor Body HKD-S.1 10 M8x30 30 9. HKD-E (R) Effective anchorage depth Anchor diameter Plug diameter Plug length hef d1 d2 l1 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M6x25 25 7. HKD-ER [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] M6 560 540 440 355 20.9 10. HKD-E (R) [mm²] HKD-S (R).9 5.8 110 M12 510 540 410 355 58. HKD-E HKD-SR. 1. 5 m Stainless steel. HKD-ER HKD-S.4571 Tapered expansion plug Anchor dimensions Anchor size Anchor version: HKD-S (R).4404.4401. HKD-ER Anchor size Nominal tensile strength Yield strength Stressed cross-section Section Modulus HKD-S.7 264 HKD-S (R).95 8. HKD-E HKD-SR.95 6. 1. HKD-E fuk fyk As Z HKD-SR. HKD-ER Material Steel Fe/Zn5 galvanised to min.

May 2011 page 215 .HKD push-in anchor Redundant fastening Setting Installation equipment Anchor size Rotary hammer Machine setting tool Hand Setting tool Other tools HSD-M HSD-G 6x25 8x30 M6x25 M8x30 M10x30 TE 2 – TE 16 10x30 10x40 12x50 M10x40 M12x50 hammer. torque wrench. blow out pump Setting instructions For detailed information on installation see instruction for use given with the package of the product.

max df≤ hef Tinst [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] M6x25 8 8.HKD push-in anchor Redundant fastening Setting details: depth of drill hole h1 and effective anchorage depth hef Setting details Anchor size Nominal diameter of drill bit Cutting diameter of drill bit Depth of drill hole Screwing depth Diameter of clearance hole in the fixture Effective anchorage depth Max.5 33 8 14.5 54 12 22 14 50 35 Base material thickness.5 43 10 18 12 40 15 M12x50 15 15. anchor spacing and edge distances Anchor size Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing and minimum edge distance HKD-S (R) HKD-E (R) Minimum base material thickness Minimum spacing and minimum edge distance HKD-S (R) HKD-E (R) hmin smin cmin hmin smin cmin [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] M6x25 80 200 150 100 80 140 M8x30 80 200 150 100 60 105 M10x40 80 200 150 100 80 140 M12x50 100 125 175 For spacing (edge distance) smaller than critical spacing (critical edge distance) the design loads have to be reduced. page 216 May 2011 . Torque moment d0 dcut≤ h 1≥ ls.min ls.5 33 10 13 12 30 15 M10x40 12 12.5 9 30 8 M10x30 12 12.45 27 6 12 7 25 4 M8x30 10 10.

Post-installed rebar. In compliance with AS 3600-2009 May 2011 page 217 .

the K3 factor is equal to 0. therefore post-installing a bar with Hilti HIT-RE 500 proves to be more economical against the cast-in bar.k1. This allows us to re-write Eq 2 for post-installed rebar as follows: Eq 3: AS3600-2009 + Hilti HIT-RE 500 Lsy. this RHS is replaced by the required “minimum” embedment depth of the specific product used for post-installing the deformed bar as shown in the table “HIT-RE 500 – Bond length to develop Yield” on page 5.k1. The right hand side (RHS) has had a minor change which determines the development length required to develop the yield strength of the bar to avoid the pull-out of the bar from the concrete. The area of interest is “Section 13 – Stress Development of Reinforcement and Tendons” which deals with the determination of the required development length to develop the yield strength of a deformed bar in tension.tb = 29k1db The major change is the left hand side (LHS) of the formula which calculates the development length required to develop the yield strength of the bar to avoid the splitting failure of the concrete. On the other hand.db (RHS) and also against the required embedment depth for the post-installed rebar with Hilti HIT RE-500. This relationship has undertaken some major changes in comparison to AS3600-2001 (see below): Eq 1: AS3600-2001 Lsy. which in many cases leads to a deeper embedment depth compared to post-installing with Hilti HIT-RE 500.b = k1 k2 fsy Ab (2a + db ) √f’c 0. From a chemical anchor perspective and the application of “drill & epoxy of starter bars”.db. As of recent times the new concrete code. page 218 May 2011 .db . therefore Hilti HIT-RE 500 rebar connections “work like castin rebar” adopting the concrete splitting behaviour model (LHS).5k1 k3 fsy db k2 √f’c 25k1db Eq 2: AS3600-2009 Lsy. in many cases this shall govern the required embedment depth against the 29.tb = 0. AS3600-2009 : Concrete Structures has been released with many changes to the previous edition.7 for any confinement with cd ≥ 3. development and experience have proven that the load transfer behaviour achieved by Hilti HIT-RE 500 is comparable to that of cast-in reinforcement.Post-installed rebar in compliance with AS 3600-2009 Introduction. In the splitting formula (LHS) of AS3600-2009.5k1 k3 fsy db k2 √f’c Required embedment depth for HIT-RE 500 Comparing the two formulas of AS3600-2001 and AS3600-2009: The splitting formula (LHS) of AS3600-2001 allows the development length to be reduced indefinitely (minimum 12db embedment) with more concrete confinement and is only limited by the 25. many years of research.

With the Hilti systems. these connections can be installed entirely independently of the concrete formwork and allow greater flexibility in the construction schedule and planning. without stress peaks. The Hilti HIT system is a simple. Despite this. Great flexibility is indispensable in today’s construction industry. The Hilti HIT system is the ideal solution for all kinds of post-installed rebar connections in conversion work. thanks to the ease with which post-installed rebars can be integrated in the structure using the Hilti HIT system. deadlines can still be met. and thus transferred optimally to the existing reinforcement. Complex and costly remedial work. the planning process often overlaps with the actual execution of the work. thus become a thing of the past. however. or structural alterations due to incorrectly positioned reinforcement or as a result of changes made to plans. highly efficient and flexible solution for installing rebar connections that are as secure and reliable as cast-in reinforcement. Due to tight schedules. They simply “work like cast-in rebar”. Simply more flexible. May 2011 page 219 . The Hilti HIT system lets you place rebar connections precisely where planned. The load transfer values achieved by Hilti HIT are therefore comparable to those obtained with cast-in reinforcement. loads are taken up evenly by the concrete. The diagram clearly illustrates the effectiveness of Hilti HIT fast-cure and slow-cure injectable mortars compared to other systems. retrofitting or the construction of new structures.Post-installed rebar in compliance with AS 3600-2009 Simply like cast-in. In contrast to cast-in reinforcement.

db Figure 1.Post-installed rebar in compliance with AS 3600-2009 Design of post-installed rebar using AS 3600-2009.7 ≤ K3 ≤ 1.85 cd determines the confinement of the bar and is equal to the smaller of the concrete cover to the deformed bar or half the clear distance to the next parallel bar. 2} page 220 May 2011 .1 s/2 / c s cd ≤ min {c. This is because the design bond strength of the post-installed bar made with Hilti HIT-RE 500 is higher compared to cast-in bar due to better performance of the adhesive mortar.1.0. Lsy. this required “minimum” embedment depth is generally smaller than 29 K1 db. But for small edge distance and/or narrow spacing splitting or spalling forces become decisive due to the low capacity of the concrete. A refined dvelopment length can be calculated in compliance with AS 36002009. The minimum development length of 29 K1 db (required to avoid pull-out failure of the cast-in bar) is no longer relevant to post-installed bar and therefore is replaced by the required “minimum” embedment depth of the specific prodcut used for post-installing the deformed bar.7 If cd = 2 x db.15 x (cd-db) / db.0 .3 5.t x (Fst /Fsy) ≥ 12. multiply the Basic Anchorage Depth by the relevant coefficient in compliance with AS36002009 Clause 13. k3=0. shall be determined from: Lst = Lsy. To determine the length of lapped splices for bars in Tension.5 x db = drill hole loaction (edge of concrete to centre of bar) ≥ 35mm 3. therefore If cd ≥ 3 x db.2 6.2.1) For post-installed rebar the following rules apply for minimum spacing (S) and edge distance (C) geometry: Smin = 5 x db for hammer drilled holes (centre to centre of rebars) Smin = 3 x db for diamond cored holes only (centre to centre of rebars) Cmin = 2.db) / 100. but 0.2-2009 2. Development length to develop less than yield strength Fst . 1. (see Figure 1.2.2. Clause 13.5k1 k3 fsy db k2 √f’c This is the embedment depth required to avoid splitting failure of the concrete K1=1 For post-installed bar K2 = (132 . k3=0. and K3 = 1. 4. therefore concrete splitting shall govern the required embedment depth.1. In case of bars post-installed with Hilti HIT-RE 500.0. Calculation of the Basic Development Length for a post-installed deformed bar in tension In compliance with AS3600 Clause 13.tb = 0.

Rebar Details Bar Size Drill bit size Design Yield d0 D0 Fsy fsy (mm) (mm) (mm2) (KN) (N/mm2)q 500 10 12-14 79 40 12 16-18 113 57 16 20-22 201 101 20 25-28 314 157 24 29-31 452 226 28 35-37 616 308 32 39-42 804 402 36 43-46 1018 509 40 47-50 1257 629 Example 1: f’c=32MPa. 550mm embedment into concrete. as per Hilti is: concrete not in contact with water before/during installation and curing.78 1323 1297 297 1260 1236 1214 518 408 Specification: N16 Rebar + HIT-RE 500. N20.Post-installed rebar in compliance with AS 3600-2009 Calculations of the basic anchorage depth to develop yield of post-installed rebars.00 300 294 286 280 275 4.7x0.775 Lsy.AS3600-2009. cd=65mm > 3. N16. post-installed in dry concrete with f’c=32MPa and hammer drilled hole. s=80mm and c=40mm Therefore.67 429 420 408 401 393 4.tb= 600 x (0.02 1.db.85) = 547mm Lsy.85 nfin Edge distance (c/edge) c Spacing (c/c) f’c = 20MPa f’c = 25MPa f’c = 32MPa f’c = 40MPa f’c = 50MPa s Length to Develop Yield Lsy.2) =0.db and k3=0.Bond Length to Develop Yield fbd (f’c=20N/mm2) (ETA 04/0027) (N/mm2) f’c = 20MPa -> fB = f’c = 25MPa f’c = 32MPa f’c = 40MPa f’c = 50MPa 1 1. The definition of Dry Concrete. 494mm embedment into concrete May 2011 page 221 . N20.tb ≥ Bond length 494 501x0.db and k3=0.7 for hammer drilled holes. s=150mm and c=60mm Therefore. cd=50mm and k3=0.db.06 985 966 938 921 904 3. Length to develop yield (Splitting Stress) . The values of fbd are taken from ETA 04/0027.85 Lsy.00 250 245 238 234 229 5. k3 =0.40 682 668 649 637 625 4. 520mm embedment into concrete.7 Edge distance (c/edge) c Spacing (c/c) f’c = 20MPa f’c = 25MPa f’c = 32MPa f’c = 40MPa f’c = 50MPa s Length to Develop Yield Lsy.83 for dry concrete and a factor of 0.tb (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 321 287 254 227 203 391 350 309 277 247 540 483 427 382 341 699 625 552 494 442 870 778 687 615 550 1054 942 833 745 666 1252 1120 990 885 792 1467 1313 1160 10 1038 928 1701 1522 1345 1203 1076 (mm) (mm) 35 70 42 84 56 112 70 140 84 168 98 196 112 224 126 252 140 280 Example 3: f’c=40MPa. requires a bond length to develop yield equal to 510x0. Example: An N20 bar.05 1.775/0. The above values of the design bond resistance of HIT-RE 500 are given for the most unfavourable installation conditions: diamond cored holes and non-dry concrete. s=150mm and c=80mm With hammer drilled hole Therefore.83=296mm. Length to develop yield (Splitting Stress) . (a) For confinement =2.07 1.tb ≥ Bond length 547 501 Specification: N20 Rebar + HIT-RE 500.7 Lsy.7 reduction factor for diamond cored holes. (b) For confinement ≥ 3. cd=32mm =2.tb ≥ Bond length Sectional Area of bar As HIT-RE 500 .09 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 5.AS3600-2009.67 536 525 510 5 501 491 4. The above values of the bond length for HIT-RE 500 shall be multiplied by a factor of (1/1.7=351 Specification: N20 Rebar + HIT-RE 500.tb (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 389 348 308 275 246 475 425 376 336 301 655 586 518 463 415 849 759 671 600 537 1056 944 835 5 747 668 1279 1144 101 1011 905 809 1521 1360 1202 1075 962 1782 82 1594 1409 1260 1127 20 2066 1848 1633 1461 1307 (mm) (mm) 35 50 35 60 40 80 50 100 60 120 20 70 140 80 160 90 180 100 200 Example 2: f’c=40MPa.92 1148 1125 1093 1073 073 1053 3. k3=0.33 808 792 769 755 741 4. and then multiplied by a 0.

easy and reliable post-installed rebar. Design Detection Hilti PROFIS Rebar puts post-installed rebar connection design and the calculation of overlap and anchorage lengths at your fingertips. Drilling Ferroscan PS 200 – for the detection of reinforcing bars in concrete.Post-installed rebar in compliance with AS 3600-2009 Everything you need for fast. Alternatively. page 222 May 2011 . or with Hilti diamond core drilling systems. use Hilti cordless reciprocating saws for total mobility. Cutting Hilti HIT Profi Rebar sets keep all the required cleaning accessories conveniently at hand. Setting Hilti angle grinders featuring Smart Power and Hilti AC-D cutting discs for cutting rebars to length. Cleaning Drill faster and safer with Hilti combihammers and extra-rugged hammer drill bits. professional job of post-installed rebar connections – with Hilti HIT injectable mortars and efficient Hilti dispensers. Provides accurate positioning. Make a quick. depth and diameter of rebar. Reduces the risk of hitting rebars when drilling. easy.

More than 100. .000 satisfied customers benefit every year from our 25 years of experience.

com.Hilti. 1G Homebush Bay Drive | Rhodes | NSW 2138 | T 131 292 | F 1300 135 042 | www. Outperform.au Item # 3480195 . Outlast.hilti. Hilti (Aust.) Pty Ltd | Level 5.